lR;eso t;rs - MHA

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

MINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS

l e t rsR; so ;l e t rsR; so ;

a n n u a l r e p o r ta n n u a l r e p o r t

GOVERNMENT OF INDIAGOVERNMENT OF INDIAGOVERNMENT OF INDIAGOVERNMENT OF INDIAGOVERNMENT OF INDIAMINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRSMINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRSMINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRSMINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRSMINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS

ANNUAL REPORTANNUAL REPORTANNUAL REPORTANNUAL REPORTANNUAL REPORT 2003-2004 2003-2004 2003-2004 2003-2004 2003-2004

DEPA RTMENTS OF INTERNAL SECURITY,JAMMU & KASHMIR AFFAIRS, BORDER MANAGEMENT, STATES AND HOME

NEW DELHI

CHAPTER-I

Overview 1-6

CHAPTER-II

Mandate and Organisational Structure of 7-9

Ministry of Home Affairs

CHAPTER-III 10-47

Internal Security

CHAPTER-IV

Emerging Concerns and New Initiatives 48-65

CHAPTER-V

Centre-State Relations 66-89

CHAPTER-VI

Police Forces 90-108

CHAPTER-VII

Other Concerns 109-128

CHAPTER-VIII

Miscellaneous 129-138

Annexures 139-159

CONTENTS

��

1.1 The overall internal security and law &order situation in the country remained largely undercontrol during the year 2003-04. However, Pak-sponsored cross-border terrorism in Jammu &Kashmir, insurgency-related violence in someNorth-Eastern States, violence perpetrated bynaxalite elements in Andhra Pradesh, Bihar,Chhatisgarh and Jharkhand and sporadic ethnic/communal/caste violence in certain parts of thecountry continued to remain areas of concern.

JAMMU AND KASHMIRJAMMU AND KASHMIRJAMMU AND KASHMIRJAMMU AND KASHMIRJAMMU AND KASHMIR

1.2 The overall level of violence during2003-04 was broadly comparable to that of 2002-03. The number of incidents and the number ofcivilians, security forces personnel and terroristskilled in those incidents during the years 2002-03and 2003-04 were as under:-

enormous damage to the Kashmiri people, theirage-old syncretic culture and to the economy of theState.

1.4 The main planks of the Government’smulti-pronged strategy to tackle terrorism in Jammu& Kashmir continue to be –

(a) directly countering terrorism throughsecurity measures undertaken by Jammu& Kashmir Police and Security Forces;

(b) accelerated economic development,improved provision of services andgood governance to maintainsatisfaction level among the people ofJammu & Kashmir;

(c) willingness to talk with people ofJammu & Kashmir, specially those whoeschew the path of violence; and

(d) deepening the political process throughelections at all prescribed levels andencouraging open political debate.

1.5 As part of the integrated approach tocombat terrorism in the State of Jammu & Kashmir,the Central Government has been taking severalmeasures to offset the adverse impact of terrorismon general public with emphasis on planned andbalanced regional development, building/

CHAPTERCHAPTERCHAPTERCHAPTERCHAPTER

�� I

Number of 2002-03 2003-04Incidents 3860 3362Civilians Killed 994 753Security ForcesPersonnel Killed 433 326Terrorists Killed 1536 1491

1.3 Terrorism in Jammu & Kashmir alonehas taken a toll of about 34,000 lives since 1990,including more than 12,000 innocent civilians andabout 18,000 terrorists. Besides, it has caused

��

�

strengthening physical and social infrastructure andimproving productive potential of the State. Inpursuance of the decision of the Cabinet Committeeon Security, the Deputy Prime Minister metdelegation of All Party Hurriyat Conference (APHC)led by Maulana Abbas Ansari on January 22, 2004.Both sides agreed that step by step approach shouldlead to resolution of all outstanding issues relatingto Jammu & Kashmir, with APHC delegationcommitting itself to enlargement of dialogue processto cover all regions of Jammu & Kashmir andconcerns of all communities and the Governmentreiterating its concern to safeguard the security ofall people and prevent violation of their rights. Thesecond meeting was also held in March 26, 2004, ina cordial atmosphere in which there was a frankexchange of views and review of progress madesince the first meeting.

NORNORNORNORNORTH EASTTH EASTTH EASTTH EASTTH EAST

1.6 The North-Eastern States have beenaffected by insurgency for quite some time now.Militant activities of various underground groupsand ethnic divisions have kept the conditionsdisturbed in several areas of Assam, Manipur,Nagaland and Tripura, as well as in some areas ofMeghalaya and Arunachal Pradesh. Presence of along and porous border and a very inhospitableterrain have facilitated movement of militantgroups as also inflow of illegal arms into the region,besides large scale influx of illegal migrants intothe country. Inadequate economic development andemployment opportunities in the region have alsofueled induction of neo-literate youth intomilitancy. Pak-ISI has also been assisting themilitancy in the region.

1.7 The strategy adopted by theGovernment to improve the situation in the NorthEast includes accelerated infrastructuraldevelopment, stress on employment, goodgovernance and decentralization, building friendlyrelations with neighbouring countries, willingnessto meet and discuss legitimate grievances of thepeople and the resolve not to tolerate violence. Toassist the State Governments to combat militancy,units of Central Police Forces and Army have beendeployed in the aid of civilian authorities in theinsurgency affected States. While the deploymentcharges for Central Police Force units in Assam arepresently levied at 10% of the normal charges, theother six North-Eastern States are totally exemptfrom such charges. The Central Government is alsoimplementing schemes of reimbursement ofsecurity-related expenditure to the States seriouslyaffected by insurgency and modernisation of StatePolice Forces. Under the latter scheme, Assam,Manipur and Tripura would get 100% assistance,while the remaining States would get 75%assistance. The other measures aimed at curbingmilitancy include declaration of major militantgroups as unlawful associations under the UnlawfulActivities (Prevention) Act, 1967, declaration ofcertain areas as Disturbed Areas under the ArmedForces (Special Areas) Act, 1958 andimplementation of 100% Centrally-funded surrenderand rehabilitation scheme, aimed at weaning awaypersons who have strayed onto the path of militancyand now find themselves trapped in it.

NAXAL VIOLENCENAXAL VIOLENCENAXAL VIOLENCENAXAL VIOLENCENAXAL VIOLENCE

1.8 Naxal violence continues to pose a seriouschallenge to internal security in the country. Presently,

��

�

55 districts in 9 States, namely, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar,Maharashtra, Orissa, Madhya Pradesh, Chhatisgarh,Jharkhand, West Bengal and Uttar Pradesh are afflictedwith naxalism. Naxal outfits have laid special emphasison militarization of their fighting formations byacquiring new technology, particularly relating tofabrication and firing mechanism for improvisedexplosive devices (IEDs) and weapons. The naxaloutfits continue to augment their armed strength byembarking on extensive induction of misguided youthinto their formation.

1.9 The Government has adopted a multi-pronged strategy to tackle the problem of naxalviolence which include, inter alia, modernisation andstrengthening of State Police Forces, long-termdeployment of Central Police Forces, intensifiedintelligence-based well-coordinated anti-naxaloperations, removal of socio-cultural alienation ofthe people, focussed attention on development andpublic grievances redressal system and creation oflocal resistance groups at grass root levels.

1.10 Recognising that the menace of naxalviolence has to be tackled on both security anddevelopment fronts, the Ministry continues to focusattention of the State Governments on ensuringintegrated development of the affected districts ofthe States. At the initiative of the Ministry, thePlanning Commission has included all the naxalviolence affected 55 districts under BackwardDistrict Initiative (BDI) component so as to fill thecritical gaps in physical and social infrastructure inthese areas. The scheme provides for an additionalityof Rs. 15 crore per year per district for a period ofthree years. This works out to Rs. 2475 crore whichamount, if properly utilised, will help accelerate theprocess of development in these districts.

1.11 Keeping in view the overall dimensionsof naxalite extremism in the aforementioned States,a high level coordination centre, headed by theUnion Home Secretary and with Chief Secretariesand DsGP of Police of these States as its membersmeets every six months and reviews andcoordinates steps taken by the States to checknaxalite activities. The last meeting of theCoordination Centre was held on March 19, 2004at New Delhi, where it was decided to deploy 23battalions of CRPF on long-term basis (3-5 years)in naxal affected areas to undertake intensive,focussed and coordinated intelligence-based anti-naxal operations jointly with the State PoliceForces.

ISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIAISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIAISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIAISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIAISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIA

1.12 Pakistan has consistently used terrorismand covert action as an instrument of State policyagainst India. It has recruited, trained, financed,armed and infiltrated terrorists in India and hasprovided sanctuary to anti-Indian elements. It hasalso sought to promote disaffection among the Indianpeople towards the State with a view to destabilizingthe country.

1.13 The main focus of ISI strategy includesintensification of proxy war in a wide area fromJammu & Kashmir to North East, furtherstrengthening the strategic alliance betweenKashmiri militants and international terrorist groups,focus on planned and coordinated attacks by militantoutfits on security forces, in-depth andcomprehensive use of India’s immediateneighbourhood for executing its plans, subversion,indoctrination and training of vulnerable sectionsof the society, espionage, targeting of economic

��

�

infrastructure, destabilizing the economy of thecountry by circulating fake currency notes, etc.

1.14 The Government has adopted acoordinated and multi-pronged approach for tacklingthe activities of ISI by strengthening bordermanagement to check illegal cross border activities,gearing up the intelligence machinery, closeinteraction between different agencies of the Centreand State Governments, neutralizing plans of militantsand anti-national elements by coordinated action,modernisation and upgradation of State Police Forcesand Security Forces with advanced sophisticatedweapons and communication systems, etc.

1.15 As a result of the coordinated actionbetween the Central intelligence agencies and theState Police Forces, 104 Pak-backed terroristmodules have been busted in various parts of thecountry leading to arrest of 140 persons and killingof 34 terrorists in the last three years.

FENCING AND FLOOD-FENCING AND FLOOD-FENCING AND FLOOD-FENCING AND FLOOD-FENCING AND FLOOD-LIGHTING OF BORDERSLIGHTING OF BORDERSLIGHTING OF BORDERSLIGHTING OF BORDERSLIGHTING OF BORDERS

1.16 The Group of Ministers, in their reporton reforming the National security system hadrecommended creation of a separate Department ofBorder Management in the Ministry of Home Affairsto pay focussed attention to the issues relating toborder management. In pursuance of this, aDepartment of Border Management within theMinistry of Home Affairs was created on January6, 2004.

1.17 On Indo-Pak border, out of the totallength of 2003 Kms of border to be fenced, 1641Kms of border has already been fenced. The

construction of fencing and flood-lighting in Punjaband Rajasthan has been completed except in certainnon-feasible areas. In Gujarat sector, 66 Kms ofroad/embankment, 26 Kms of fencing and 48 Kmsof flood lighting has been completed out of 310 Kmssanctioned. In Jammu sector, the work is progressingas per schedule and would be completed by the targetdate of March, 2006. So far, 110 Kms of fencingand 80 Kms of flood lighting work has already beencompleted out of 180 Kms and 196 Kms sanctioned,respectively.

1.18 On Indo-Bangladesh border, out of totallength of 3287 Kms sanctioned for fencing, 1502Kms has already been fenced. Similarly, out of 3663Kms of roads to be constructed, work has beencompleted on 2670 Kms of roads.

1.19 For effective management of Indo-Nepal border, Sashastra Seema Bal (SSB) has beendeployed and all the State Governments havingborders with Nepal have been requested to sendaction plan for strengthening policing intelligenceinfrastructure. It has also been decided to deploySSB on Indo-Bhutan border on a full time basis.

1.20 In pursuance of the recommendationsof the Group of Ministers regarding greater use ofhigh technology surveillance systems for effectiveborder management, the border guarding forces haveidentified the class and makes of surveillanceequipment to be deployed on international bordersof the country.

DISASTER MANAGEMENTDISASTER MANAGEMENTDISASTER MANAGEMENTDISASTER MANAGEMENTDISASTER MANAGEMENT

1.21 Through an amendment to theGovernment of India (Allocation of Business) Rules,

��

�

1961, ‘Disaster Management’ was transferred from theMinistry of Agriculture to the Ministry of Home Affairsin 2002. A complete change of approach has beenbrought out after the transfer of work to MHA. Thefocus is now on prevention, mitigation andpreparedness to ensure that in the event of a calamitystriking, casualties are kept to the minimum and post-calamity response is professional and better organised.For this purpose, a strategic roadmap has been framed.Concerted mitigation measures have been initiated. ANational Earthquake Mitigation Project (NEMP) anda National Cyclone Mitigation Project (NCMP) havebeen drawn and appraised by the PlanningCommission. A project has also been taken upcovering 17 States and 169 districts which are multi-hazard prone for special assistance for (a) drawing upState, District, Block and Village disaster managementplans, (b) drawing up District, Block and Villagedisaster management teams, and (c) setting up ofControl Rooms/Emergency Operation Centres.

1.22 Eight battalions of Central Police Forceshave been set apart for being converted into SpecialistResponse Teams. 16 teams have already been trainedfor response in complex disasters. In all, 144 teamsare being trained. Out of these, 72 teams will betrained for response to nuclear, biological andchemical emergencies. The States have been advisedto set up their own specialist teams.

1.23 A nation-wide web-based inventory ofspecialised equipment required for emergency/disaster response, called India Disaster ResourcesNetwork, has been put into place. This gives thelocation of specific equipment, specialised resourcesas well as the controlling authority for that resourceso that it can be mobilized for response in shortestpossible time.

1.24 A proposal for setting up a NationalEmergency Management Authority is under process.The proposal, inter alia, includes setting up aNational Emergency Management Authority,sanction of three fully containerized mobile hospitalsand sanction of equipment for Specialist ResponseTeams.

MULMULMULMULMULTI-PURPOSE NATI-PURPOSE NATI-PURPOSE NATI-PURPOSE NATI-PURPOSE NATIONALTIONALTIONALTIONALTIONALIDENTITY CARD SCHEMEIDENTITY CARD SCHEMEIDENTITY CARD SCHEMEIDENTITY CARD SCHEMEIDENTITY CARD SCHEME

1.25 In order to create a system of individualidentification of the citizens of the country, a schemefor preparation of a National Register of IndianCitizens and issue of Multi-purpose NationalIdentity Cards based on this Register to the Indiancitizens is under consideration. The system not onlyenvisages preparation of a National Register ofIndian Citizens and providing a unique identitynumber to each citizen of the country but also callsfor continuous updating of this Register by linkingit to the system of registration of births and deaths.The system further envisages completecomputerisation and linking of the Registers at thesub-district, district and national level.

1.26 A pilot project on the scheme has beeninitiated in April, 2003 in a few selected sub-districtsof 13 States and Union territories, namely, Jammu& Kashmir, Gujarat, Uttranchal, Rajasthan, UttarPradesh, Assam, Andhra Pradesh, West Bengal,Tripura, Goa, Tamil Nadu, Pondicherry and Delhicovering a total population of 30.5 lakh. The pilotproject is expected to be completed by December,2004. The experience/lessons drawn from the pilotproject would be taken into account whileimplementing the scheme in the entire country.

��

�

1.27 To provide legal sanction for the Multi-purpose National Identity Card Scheme, theCitizenship Act, 1955 has been amended and aspecific section on registration of citizens andissuing cards has been included in the Act. TheCitizenship (Registration of Citizens and Issue ofNational Identity Cards) Rules, 2003 have beennotified on December 10, 2003.

DUAL CITIZENSHIPDUAL CITIZENSHIPDUAL CITIZENSHIPDUAL CITIZENSHIPDUAL CITIZENSHIP

1.28 Following the recommendations madeby the High-level Committee on Indian Diasporaon measures for a constructive relationship withthem, the Citizenship Act, 1955 has been amendedso as to promote overseas citizenship within thefabric of the Citizenship Act. Citizens of 16 specifiedcountries have been included for overseascitizenship which is planned as registration ofpersons of Indian origin as overseas citizens of India.However, such PIOs registered as overseas citizensof India will not be entitled to exercise electoralfranchise and will not be inducted into civil anddefence services except by special order of theCentral Government. The Citizenship (Amendment)Act, 2003, duly passed by the Parliament, has beennotified on January 8, 2004. The Citizenship(Amendment) Rules, 2004 have also been notifiedon March 26, 2004.

MODERNISAMODERNISAMODERNISAMODERNISAMODERNISATION OF CENTRALTION OF CENTRALTION OF CENTRALTION OF CENTRALTION OF CENTRALPOLICE FORCESPOLICE FORCESPOLICE FORCESPOLICE FORCESPOLICE FORCES

1.29 To effectively meet the challenges putforth by cross-border terrorism and continuedmilitancy in certain parts of the country, a five-yearmodernisation plan for six Central Police Forcesunder MHA was approved in February, 2002 with

an outlay of Rs.3470 crore with a view to ensuringthat these Forces have superior weaponry,communication equipments, surveillanceequipments, mobility, etc. vis-à-vis their adversaries.Rs. 1080 crore has been spent by these Forces tillMarch 31, 2004 on modernisation.

SCHEME FOR MODERNISASCHEME FOR MODERNISASCHEME FOR MODERNISASCHEME FOR MODERNISASCHEME FOR MODERNISATIONTIONTIONTIONTIONOF STOF STOF STOF STOF STAAAAATE POLICE FORCESTE POLICE FORCESTE POLICE FORCESTE POLICE FORCESTE POLICE FORCES

1.30 The scheme is under implementationsince 1969-70 to supplement the efforts of the StateGovernments in modernisation their Police Forces.The objective of the scheme is to equip the StatePolice Forces adequately to enable them toeffectively tackle threats to internal security, growingterrorism/extremism/communal and ethnicdisturbances/ organised crimes and to reduce thedependence of States on Central Police Forces/Army for maintenance of law and order. Keeping inview the difficulties expressed by the States tocontribute their matching share towardsimplementation of the scheme, the scheme has beenrevised on October 22, 2003. The revised schemeincludes change in funding pattern after groupingthe States into three categories, namely, A, B1 andB2, on the basis of threats from insurgency/naxalitemilitancy/cross-border terrorism being faced by theStates. Direct procurement of critical items by theUnion Government, entrusting constructionactivities of Police buildings to Central Constructionagencies, if need be, etc. are some of the otherimportant features of the revised scheme. Theexisting 50:50 cost sharing basis between the Centreand the State Governments has been done away with,and provisions for 100%, 75% and 60% Centralfunding to States falling in categories A, B1 and B2category, respectively, have been made. ❏

��

�

2.1 The Ministry of Home Affairsdischarges certain vitally important responsibilitiesthat are becoming increasingly onerous andcomplex. In terms of Entries No. 1 and 2 of List II– State List in the Seventh Schedule to theConstitution of India, ‘public order’ and ‘police’ arethe responsibilities of States. At the same time,article 355 of the Constitution casts a duty on theUnion to protect every State against externalaggression and internal disturbance and ensure thatthe government of every State is carried on inaccordance with the provisions of the Constitution.In pursuance of these obligations, the Ministry ofHome Affairs extends manpower and financialsupport, guidance and expertise to the StateGovernments for maintenance of security, peace andharmony without trampling upon the constitutionalrights of the States.

2.2 Under the Government of India(Allocation of Business) Rules, 1961, the Ministryof Home Affairs has the following constituentDepartments:-

(a) Department of Internal Security, dealingwith Police, Law and Order andRehabilitation;

(b) Department of States, dealing withCentre-State Relations, Inter-State


II��

��

Relations, Union territories andFreedom Fighters’ Pension;

(c) Department of Official Language,dealing with the implementation of theprovisions of the Constitution relatingto Official Language and the provisionsof the Official Languages Act, 1963;

(d) Department of Home, dealing with thenotification of assumption of office bythe President and Vice-President,notification of appointment of the PrimeMinister and other Ministers, etc.; and

(e) Department of Jammu & KashmirAffairs, dealing with the constitutionalprovisions with respect to the State ofJammu & Kashmir and all other mattersrelating to the State excluding those withwhich the Ministry of External Affairsis concerned.

(f) Department of Border Managementdealing with management of bordersincluding coastal borders.

2.3 The Department of Official Languagehas a separate Secretary and functionsindependently. The Annual Report of the Ministry

��

�

of Home Affairs does not, therefore, cover theactivities of that Department. The Department ofInternal Security, Department of States, Departmentof Home, Department of Jammu & Kashmir Affairsand Department of Border Management do notfunction in water-tight compartments. They allfunction under the Home Secretary and are inter-linked.

2.4 Apart from the major task of preservingthe internal security, in its countless dimensions, ofthe country, the responsibilities of the Ministry ofHome Affairs cover a wide arc of subjects coveringCentral Police Forces (CPFs), Centre-State relations,police modernisation, border management, disastermanagement, human rights, national integration,communal harmony, freedom fighters’ pension andother welfare measures for them, rehabilitation ofdisplaced persons, administration of Unionterritories, etc.

2.5 The list of existing Divisions of theMinistry of Home Affairs, indicating major areasof their responsibility, is given below

CS DivisionCS DivisionCS DivisionCS DivisionCS DivisionThe Division deals with Central -State relations,

including working of the Constitutional provisionsgoverning such relations, appointment of Governors,creation of new States, nominations to Rajya Sabha/Lok Sabha, Inter-State boundary disputes, over-seeingthe crime situation in States, etc.

InterInterInterInterInternal Securnal Securnal Securnal Securnal Security Divisionity Divisionity Divisionity Divisionity DivisionThe Division deals with matters relating to

internal security, including anti-national andsubversive activities of various groups/extremistorganizations.

Police DivisionPolice DivisionPolice DivisionPolice DivisionPolice DivisionThe Division functions as the cadre controlling

authority of IPS officers and also deals with allmatters relating to Central Police Forces, includingtheir deployment.

UT DivisionUT DivisionUT DivisionUT DivisionUT DivisionThe Division deals with all legislative and

Constitutional matters relating to Union terrotoriesincluding Delhi; it also functions as the cadrecontrolling authority of AGMU cadre of IPS/IASas also DANICS/DANIPS. It is also responsible forover-seeing the crime situation in UTs.

NE DivisionNE DivisionNE DivisionNE DivisionNE DivisionThe Division deals with the law and order

situation in North-Eastern States, including mattersrelating to insurgency and talks with variousextremist groups operating in that region.

J&K DivisionJ&K DivisionJ&K DivisionJ&K DivisionJ&K DivisionThe Division deals with the Constitutional

matters including article 370 and general policymatters in respect of J&K and terrorism/ militancyin that State; it is also responsible for implementationof the PM’s Package for J&K.

ForForForForForeignereignereignereignereigners Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions DivisionThe Division deals with all matters relating

to Foreigners Act and Passport (Entry into India)Act, Registration of Foreigners Act, the CitizenshipAct and the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act.It also controls Bureau of Immigration.

FrFrFrFrFreedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fighters & Rehas & Rehas & Rehas & Rehas & RehabilitabilitabilitabilitabilitationtiontiontiontionDivisionDivisionDivisionDivisionDivision

The Division frames and implements the

��

Freedom Fighters Pension Scheme and the schemesfor rehabilitation of migrants from former WestPakistan/ East Pakistan and provision of relief toSrilankan and Tibetan refugees.

Human Rights DivisionHuman Rights DivisionHuman Rights DivisionHuman Rights DivisionHuman Rights Division The Division deals with matters relating to

the Protection of Human Rights Act and also mattersrelating to national integration and Ayodhya Affairs.

Disaster Management DivisionDisaster Management DivisionDisaster Management DivisionDisaster Management DivisionDisaster Management DivisionThis newly created Division is responsible for

coordination of relief measures in the event ofnatural calamities and man-made disasters (exceptdraught and epidemics).

BorBorBorBorBorder Management Divisionder Management Divisionder Management Divisionder Management Divisionder Management DivisionThis Division, set up recently, deals with all

matters relating to management of borders.

PPPPPolice Moderolice Moderolice Moderolice Moderolice Modernisanisanisanisanisation Divisiontion Divisiontion Divisiontion Divisiontion DivisionThe Division handles all items of work relating

to modernisation of State Police Forces,provisioning/ procurement of various items formodernization of Central Police Forces, policereforms, police training and VIP/ InstallationSecurity.

Policy Planning DivisionPolicy Planning DivisionPolicy Planning DivisionPolicy Planning DivisionPolicy Planning DivisionAnother newly created Division, it deals with

matters relating to policy formulation in respect ofcounter-terrorism, international covenants, bilateralassistance treaties and related items of work.

Finance DivisionFinance DivisionFinance DivisionFinance DivisionFinance DivisionThe Division is responsible for formulating,

operating and controlling the budget of the Ministryunder the Integrated Finance Scheme.

Security DivisionSecurity DivisionSecurity DivisionSecurity DivisionSecurity DivisionThe Division deals with arms and explosives,

narcotics, coastal security, National Security Act,etc.

Judicial DivisionJudicial DivisionJudicial DivisionJudicial DivisionJudicial DivisionThe Division deals with all matters relating

to the legislative aspects of the IPC/CrPC and theCommission of Inquiry Act; it also handles mattersrelating to the State legislations to the extent theselegislations require the assent of the President underthe Constitution.

Administration DivisionAdministration DivisionAdministration DivisionAdministration DivisionAdministration DivisionThe Division is responsible for handling all

administrative matters of the Ministry of HomeAffairs and also deals with matters relating to Tableof Precedence, Padma Awards, Flag Code, Insult toNational Honour Act and Secretariat SecurityOrganisation.

2.6 Information relating to Ministers,Secretary, Special Secretary, Additional Secretariesand Joint Secretaries holding positions in theMinistry of Home Affairs (excluding the Departmentof Official Language) as on March 31, 2004 is givenin Annexure-I.

❏

��

�


�� IIISITUSITUSITUSITUSITUAAAAA TION IN JTION IN JTION IN JTION IN JTION IN JA M M U A M M U A M M U A M M U A M M U A N DA N DA N DA N DA N DKASHMIR (J&K)KASHMIR (J&K)KASHMIR (J&K)KASHMIR (J&K)KASHMIR (J&K)

Historical PerspectiveHistorical PerspectiveHistorical PerspectiveHistorical PerspectiveHistorical Perspective

3.1 Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) became anintegral part of the Indian Union on Oct. 26, 1947when the then ruler of the State, Raja Hari Singh,unconditionally signed the instrument of accessionin accordance with the legal framework in terms ofwhich the Princely States of British India couldaccede either to India or to Pakistan. The instrumentof accession was common for all Princely States ofBritish India including J&K. The prescribed legalframework did not envisage ratification of suchaccession by the people of the Princely state.

3.2 India, since its independence, has beena vibrant, secular democracy providing to the peopleof all its states, including J&K, free and equalparticipation in political life and governance.Pakistan’s refusal to accept the State’s accession toIndia led it to launch an armed aggression in 1947resulting in the forcible occupation of a part of theState that still remains under its illegal control.Pakistan’s non-acceptance of the reality and itsambition to wrest Jammu and Kashmir from Indiaby force led to wars in 1965 and 1971 between thetwo countries.

3.3 Since the initiation of terrorism in J&Kin 1989-90, the people of J&K have voted inParliamentary elections in 1996, 1998 and 2004,elections to the State Assembly in 1996 and 2002and in Panchayat Elections in 2000 despiteterrorist’s threats and calls for boycott of elections.The UN Resolutions calling for the will of thepeople to be ascertained are no longer tenablebecause Pakistan has not fulfilled the preconditionof withdrawal from the territory occupied by itthrough aggression. The UN Resolution had calledfor a ceasefire and withdrawal of all Pakistaniregulars and irregulars from the territory of theerstwhile Princely State of J&K, to be followed(once United Nations Commission on India andPakistan had certified full Pakistani withdrawal)by a reduction of Indian forces to a level sufficientto maintain law and order and public order. Onlyon full compliance of the above conditions, thewishes of the people was to be ascertained. Notonly that, Pakistan still continues to occupy theterritory illegally captured (and has even ceded apart of it to China), it has attempted to alter thestatus quo by force of wars in 1965 and 1971. Bya subsequent (Shimla) agreement of 1972, Indiaand Pakistan agreed that the issue of J&K, alongwith other issues, would be addressed bilaterally.As such, Pakistan has no right to invoke theresolutions.

��

G oG oG oG oG ovvvvvererererernment Pnment Pnment Pnment Pnment Policolicolicolicolicy on Jy on Jy on Jy on Jy on Ja m ma m ma m ma m ma m mu &u &u &u &u &KashmirKashmirKashmirKashmirKashmir

3.4 The Government is pursuing a multi-pronged strategy to bring peace and normalcy in theState of Jammu & Kashmir. Accordingly, theCentre’s four-pronged strategy being implementedjointly with the State Government continues tocomprise: -

● proactively tackling of cross borderterrorism with the help of the securityforces whose tactics and deployment arekept dynamic to match changing groundrealities;

● accelerated economic development,improved provision of services andemployment opportunities, etc. in J&Kso as to raise the satisfaction levels ofthe people in the State;

● deepening the political process throughregular elections at all levels andencouraging political debate, and

● willingness to talk with all such peopleor groups within J&K who eschew thepath of violence with a view toredressing the genuine grievances of thepeople of J&K.

PrPrPrPrProfofofofofile of ile of ile of ile of ile of TTTTTerrerrerrerrerrorororororism in J&Kism in J&Kism in J&Kism in J&Kism in J&K

3.5 Post September 11, 2001, Pakistan’sresponse to mounting international pressure to endall kinds of cross-border terrorism has been waxingand waning commensurate with its internal andexternal compulsions. Pakistan has not yetabandoned exporting cross border terrorism as aninstrument of State Policy to achieve the so-called

unfinished agenda of partition. In more than oneways Pakistan still retains an undiminishedcapability to control the levels of cross-borderterrorism emanating from its soil and to calibrate itto suit its advantage. Most of earlier restrictionsimposed on terrorist outfits by Pakistan have beengradually rolled back this year. Consequently, mostof the parameters indicative of cross-borderterrorism such as infiltration levels, terroristviolence, communications, funding, etc. have startedapproaching the levels of previous year.

3.6 Terrorism in J&K has been the cause forthe loss of about 33000 lives over the last one-decadeor so. The terrorist outfits sponsored by Pak ISIhave caused enormous sufferings and damage toKashmiri people, their culture and the economy ofthe State. A total number of 59864 terrorist incidentsoccurred since inception and until March 31, 2004,which has claimed 11945 civilians’ lives. 3882Security Forces personnel have been killed whileenforcing the rule of law in J&K. A total number of17820 terrorists have also been killed including3396(till Feb.29, 2004) foreign terrorists. However,infiltration of foreign mercenaries in J&K continuesleading to mindless violence against soft targets,specially minorities and other vulnerable sectionsof the society. With dwindling support base amongthe locals, foreign mercenaries have been the mainstriking force constituting around 60-70 percent ofthe estimated presence of around 3,500 terrorists inJ&K. The local terrorists have either beenmarginalized or inveigled into supporting theruthless foreign elements that sustain terrorism underthe direction of Pak ISI.

3.7 Installation of democratic Governmentin 2002, popularly elected amidst a crescendo of

��

�

terror orchestrated by the terrorists in J&K, was abig setback to Pakistan’s game plan. Since then,terrorist outfits, at the behest of their mentor, havecontinued to spread terror and violence in a bid totrample upon the people’s yearning for peace andprosperity.

3.8 The statement below, giving summaryof number of incidents, civilians, security Forcespersonnel and terrorists killed during 1990 to 2004(March, 31) illustrates the unrestrained spate ofcontinued violence perpetrated by terrorist outfitsin J&K:-

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Since

** 1990 to

2004**

No. of Incidents 4158 3765 4817 5247 5829 5938 5014 3420 2932 3071 3074 4522 4038 3401 638 59864

Civilians Killed 461 382 634 747 820 1031 1341 971 889 873 847 996 1008* 795 150* 11945*

SFs Killed 155 173 189 198 200 237 184 193 236 355 397 536 453 314 62 3882

Terrorists Killed 550 844 819 1310 1596 1332 1209 1075 999 1082 1520 2020 1707 1494 263 17820 +

Foreign 14 12 14 90 122 85 139 197 319 305 436 625 508 470 60*** 3396

Terrorists killed

*Includes Members of VDCs &SPOs

**Upto March 31, 2004

+Including Foreign Terrorist

*** upto Feb., 2004

J&K - TERRORISM RELATED STATISTICS (TERRORISTS ACTIVITIES IN J&K SINCE 1990)

Counter MeasurCounter MeasurCounter MeasurCounter MeasurCounter Measures to deal withes to deal withes to deal withes to deal withes to deal withCrCrCrCrCross-boross-boross-boross-boross-border der der der der TTTTTerrerrerrerrerrorororororismismismismism

3.11 To contain cross border terrorismperpetrated by the Pak ISI in Jammu & Kashmir,the Central Government, conjointly with the StateGovernment, has adopted a multi-pronged approachwhich includes, inter-alia, strengthening bordermanagement to check infiltration; pro-active actionagainst terrorists within J&K; gearing up intelligencemachinery; greater functional integration throughan institutional frame-work of Operations Groups

3.9 Month-wise break up of the figuresrelating to the number of incidents and civilians,security force personnel & terrorists killed in1999 to 2003 and 2004 (upto March 31) is atAnnexure-II

3.10 Additional information in regard torecovery of arms and explosives from terrorists/militants and destruction of property by terrorists,during the period 1990 to 2004 (up to March 31) isat Annexure-III, IV and V, respectively.

and Intelligence Groups of the UHQ at variouslevels; improved technology, weapons andequipments for security forces and action as per lawagainst over ground supporters of the terrorists.Specific measures taken include strengthening of thecounter-terrorist grid, strengthening andmodernization of J&K Police, vitalization of VillageDefence Committees, launching of pinpointedcounter-terrorist operations based on actionableintelligence, strengthening of security cover for areasinhabited by minorities including Sikhs andchecking infiltration through improved bordermanagement.

��

�

3.12 The State Police, in consultation withother security forces, have also evolved certainstandard practices for the field units for respondingappropriately and effectively to suicide attacks. Thestrategies, tactics and dynamic deployment tocounter the terrorists are constantly reviewed,refined and monitored in the Unified Headquartersand in Operation Groups at various levels in the Stateso as to meet the ever-changing challenges beingthrown up by the terrorists. Appropriate strategiesincluding those for checking infiltration, protectionof remote, scattered and minority populations, aswell as of vital installations and religious places,and for intelligence based operations against terroristetc. are formulated and refined from time to time.

SecurSecurSecurSecurSecurity Situaity Situaity Situaity Situaity Situation in J&K in the tion in J&K in the tion in J&K in the tion in J&K in the tion in J&K in the YYYYYearearearearear2003-2004: an Assessment2003-2004: an Assessment2003-2004: an Assessment2003-2004: an Assessment2003-2004: an Assessment

3.13 In 2002, the total numbers of terroristrelated violent incidents were 4038, which claimedthe lives of 1008 civilians and 453 security forcespersonnel. The terrorism related statistics indicatesthat 2002 showed some improvement over 2001.

3.14 In the calendar year 2003, there was aslight decline in the number of terrorist incidentsexcept during July-Aug.’03 in comparison to lastyears’ corresponding period. During the year 2003a total numbers of 3401 terrorist incidents ofviolence have occurred, which claimed lives of 795civilians and 314 Security Forces Personnel. Onthe other hand, 1494 terrorists were killed duringthis period, which includes 470 foreign terrorists.

3.15 In the calendar year 2002, the dailyaverage of terrorist incidents fluctuated around 11.In the calendar year 2003, there was slight decline

in daily average of terrorist incidents (around 9.3)and also in other terrorism related parameters.However, during first three months of 2004, the dailyaverage was around 6.6. The number of incidentsof grenades throwing has gone up considerably andthe use of Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs) byterrorist continues to remain significant duringcurrent calendar year. The security situation in J&Kis delicately poised at the moment and indicationsare that the Pak mentors would continue to use thelevel of cross-border terrorism by calibrating andescalating terrorist violence in J&K aimed atextracting concessions and influencing ongoingIndo-Pak Talks.

Comparative Daily Average of TerroristIncidents

Year/Months 2002 2003 Jan. toMarch,

2004No. of terrorist 11 9.3 6.6incidents (approx.)(avg. per day)

3.16 Statistics apart, there has been awelcome change in the current public perceptionabout the over all environment which is far morerelaxed than in the yesteryears, as is demonstratedby the following indicators:-

● Heavy rush of tourists numbering191164 to Kashmir Valley during thecalendar year 2003 (182205 domesticand 8959 foreigners) as compared to25,881 (23370 domestic and 2511foreigners) during the entire calendaryear 2002. In fact, these figures are the

��

�

highest since the Kargil incursion of1999. Similar trends have continuedduring first three months of this year.

● Overwhelming response to Shri AmarNathji Yatra and pilgrimage to MataVaishno Devi Shrine;

● Record number of pilgrims (40,000 to50,000) visiting Kheerbhawani,Srinagar in 2003

● The picnic spots/gardens/tourist placesespecially in Kashmir Valley have onceagain been full of tourists; movementof traffic and markets staying open tilllate in the evening;

● Altogether tourists numbering 5848790(domestic) and 24377 (foreigners) hadvisited the State, thus, setting an all timehigh record in the calendar year 2003.

● Overwhelming public response to visitof HE President of India, Hon’ble PrimeMinister and other prominentOpposition and ruling party leaders,whenever visited to the state of J&Kincluding as part of campaigning forParliament elections 2004 relatedmeetings etc.

● Holding of a large number ofConferences in Srinagar.

3.17 Amidst the rising hope a breakthroughin the ongoing Indo-Pak talks, steps have been takenfor progressive restoration of normal diplomatic andcultural ties with the expectation for preparinggrounds for a meaningful dialogue. Cessation ofcross border terrorism by the neighbouring countryis not only desirable but essential for facilitating

conducive atmosphere for talks in the prevailingsecurity scenario. While public ennui againstviolence and tactics of terrorism and yearning foran end to terrorist violence continues to hold firmand the revival of tourism is greatly welcomed, thereis also an expectation that if the dialogue process issincerely revived and pursued, this transient peacemay become more concrete and something positivemay emerge.

Intensity and paIntensity and paIntensity and paIntensity and paIntensity and pattertterttertterttern of terrn of terrn of terrn of terrn of terrorororororistsistsistsistsistsrrrrrelaelaelaelaelated violence in 2003 and 2004 (uptoted violence in 2003 and 2004 (uptoted violence in 2003 and 2004 (uptoted violence in 2003 and 2004 (uptoted violence in 2003 and 2004 (uptomarmarmarmarmarch 31)ch 31)ch 31)ch 31)ch 31)

3.18 From January to April 2003,terroristsrelated violence showed decline as usual due toprolonged harsh winter and closure of posses forcingterrorists to go on defensive. In an attempt to bolstertheir sagging morale, terrorist outfits carried out afew suicide attacks and the massacre of innocentcivilians at Nadimarg on 23/24, March 2003.

3.19 During May to August, though therewas a marginal decrease in terrorist initiatedviolence, a large number of civilians were killed,mainly due to grenade attacks and IED blasts.Terrorists targeted pilgrims at Katra enroute toVaishno Devi on July 21, 2003.

3.20 The general scenario related to militancyremained active in Districts Poonch, Rajouri andUdhampur in the Kashmir Valley due to movement/concentration of armed terrorists. Terrorists resortedto killing of civilians suspected by them to beinformers of Security Forces.

3.21 The month of May-August did not witnessmuch violence against Security forces (SFs) except

��

�

suicide attack on Army Camp, Sujwan (28.6.2003) andTanda Camp (22.7.2003) in the wake of sustainedcounter-terrorist SF operations, which claimedsubstantial number of causalities on the terrorist side.The Security Forces continued to exert pressure onterrorist by engaging them in frequent encounters.

3.22 After the killing of the terrorist leaderGazi Baba, the frequency of suicide attacks againstsecurity forces has been raised by fundamentalistterrorist outfits like LeT, JeM, HM, etc. AroundSeptember 15, 2003, a spurt in terrorist violence inJ&K was directed to boost the sagging morale ofterrorist cadre and to score as much as possible, intune with the past trends, prior to winter season.Some incidents including killing of counterinsurgent Kuka Parray and others had contributedto a sense of fear amongst people at a time whentheir mindset was showing a discernible change.However, strong administration action like killingof 204 terrorists during Sept. 2003 and onwardsincluding death of some top terrorist operatives,made a dent in terrorist ranks and arrested the trendof increasing violence.

3.23 With the continued counter-terroristmeasures, terrorist violence in J& K has gone downsomewhat in the present calendar year 2004compared to that in corresponding period last year.Grass-root political workers, volunteer civilianmembers of VDCs and SPOs, apart from securityforces personnel, continue to be targeted by theterrorists. The level of infiltration has remained lowas compared to the previous year, one reason forthis being the fencing along with IB (InternationalBorder) and LOC (Line of Control) and multi-tireddeployment of security forces, though someinfiltration attempts have been noted recently.

Disturbed arDisturbed arDisturbed arDisturbed arDisturbed areas in Jeas in Jeas in Jeas in Jeas in Ja m ma m ma m ma m ma m mu & Kashmiru & Kashmiru & Kashmiru & Kashmiru & Kashmir

3.24 Earlier, vide notification dated July 6,1990, the State Government [Governor] haddeclared only the 20 km belt along the line of controlin the districts of Rajouri & Poonch of Jammudivision and 6 districts, namely Srinagar, Budgam,Anantnag, Pulwama, Baramulla and Kupwara, ofthe Valley as ‘disturbed’ under section 3 of theArmed Forces [J&K] Special Powers Act, 1990.After reviewing the matter in its totality, the StateGovernment [Governor], vide its notification datedAugust 10, .2001, has declared the whole of JammuDivision as disturbed, in addition to the six districtsof Kashmir division. Accordingly now the followingareas stand notified as ‘disturbed’ under section 3of the Armed Forces (Jammu & Kashmir) SpecialPowers Act, 1990:

“Districts of Jammu, Kathua, Udhampur,Poonch, Rajouri , Doda, Srinagar, Budgam,Anantnag, Pulwama, Baramulla & Kupwara”

System of UHQsSystem of UHQsSystem of UHQsSystem of UHQsSystem of UHQs,,,,, Ops & Int. Ops & Int. Ops & Int. Ops & Int. Ops & Int. gr gr gr gr groupsoupsoupsoupsoups

3.25 In order to synergise the securityoperations of various government agenciesinvolved in combating militancy in J&K, UnifiedHeadquarters (UHQs) were set up by the StateGovernment in Srinagar and Jammu in 1996. TheseUHQs have been working under the chairmanshipof the Chief Minister of J&K. The UHQs arebasically State-level coordination committeescomprising, besides the Chief Minister, the ChiefSecretary of J&K, Security Advisers to StateGovernment who are Corps Commanders of theArmy; DGP, J&K, Principal Secretary (Home),J&K and topmost officials of State Government

��

�

and of the Central Police Forces (CPFs) andintelligence agencies deployed in J&K. Alldeployment of Security Forces on the counter-terrorism grid in J&K are done with the consent ofthe Chairman, UHQ.

3.26 There is also an OPS Group or CoreGroup of each UHQ chaired by the CorpsCommander (Security Advisor to StateGovernment) concerned to take coordinateddecisions on operational matters within theframework laid down by the UHQs. Each UHQalso has an Int. Group. There are similar Ops Groupsand Int Groups at lower levels in the State.

3.27 There is also an Operations Group underthe Chairmanship of Special Secretary (JKA) in theMHA to have periodical review of the securitysituation in J&K, deployment of Central PoliceForces(CPFs) in J&K and coordination of internalsecurity related operations. This Group consists ofofficers of Government of J&K, CPFs, Army,Ministry of Home Affairs, Ministry of Defence,Intelligence agencies, etc. Similarly, there is anIntelligence Group under Special Secretary (JKA)in the Ministry with membership similar to that ofthe Operations Group. Both of these wereconstituted in 1998.

3.28 Media Advisory Groups have also beenconstituted both at Central Government level (JKA)and at the State level so that the correct picture aboutJ&K, including terrorist activities on the ground, getsprojected in the media.

3.29 Recently, Coordination Groups atCentral Government level and in the State have beencreated so that all concerned State and Central

Agencies can coordinate and synergize efforts tocheck flow of funds to terrorists.

Banning of OutfitsBanning of OutfitsBanning of OutfitsBanning of OutfitsBanning of Outfits

3.30 As on date, nine Outfits operating inJammu & Kashmir, namely, Jaish-e-Mohhamd[JeM], Lashkar-e-Toiba [LeT], Hizbul-Mujahideen[HM], Harkat-ul-Mujahideen [HuM], Al-Umar-Mujahideen [AuM],Jammu & Kashmir IslamicFront [JKIF], Al-Badr , Jamiat-ul-Mjahideen [JuM]and Dukhtaran-e-Millat [DeM] stand declared as‘terrorist organization under the Prevention ofTerrorism Act, 2002 [No.15 of 2002] .

PPPPPolitical Prolitical Prolitical Prolitical Prolitical Processocessocessocessocess

Appointment of ShrAppointment of ShrAppointment of ShrAppointment of ShrAppointment of Shri N.N.i N.N.i N.N.i N.N.i N.N. VVVVVohra as GOIohra as GOIohra as GOIohra as GOIohra as GOIReprReprReprReprRepresentaesentaesentaesentaesentativtivtivtivtive fe fe fe fe for initiaor initiaor initiaor initiaor initiating and carrting and carrting and carrting and carrting and carryyyyyffffforworworworworwararararard furd furd furd furd further dialoguether dialoguether dialoguether dialoguether dialogue

3.31 On 15th August, 2002 the PrimeMinister made an announcement that theGovernment is committed to have a free and fairelection to the Vidhan Sabha in J&K and that talkswould be held with elected representatives afterthe elections. Accordingly, following the electionsin October, 2002 and installation of popularGovernment in J&K, Shri N.N. Vohra, formerUnion Home Secretary and former PrincipalSecretary to Prime Minister was appointed in April,2003 to initiate and carry forward a dialogue withthe elected representatives and variousorganisations and concerned individuals in theState of J&K.

3.32 Initially even before formal orders of hisappointment were issued, Shri Vohra visited Jammu

��

�

and met the Chief Minister, Dy. Chief Minister,Leader of the Opposition in each House andSpeakers of Vidhan Sabha and Vidhan Parishadrespectively.

3.33 Shri Vohra visited Srinagar, Jammu, Lehetc. and has been interacting with persons representinga cross section of organizations, political parties,NGOs, religious and community interests, Sub-regional groups, etc, besides eminent citizens.

OfOfOfOfOffer of meeting with Hurrfer of meeting with Hurrfer of meeting with Hurrfer of meeting with Hurrfer of meeting with Hurriyiyiyiyiyaaaaat at at at at at thet thet thet thet thelevel of Deputy Prime Ministerlevel of Deputy Prime Ministerlevel of Deputy Prime Ministerlevel of Deputy Prime Ministerlevel of Deputy Prime Minister

3.34 The Cabinet Committee on Security inits meeting held on October 22, 2003 offered to havea meeting with the Hurriyat Conference at the levelof Deputy Prime Minister taking into account theinterest shown by the Hurriyat to have talks at thepolitical level.

3.35 The Hurriyat had already split in todifferent groups. One faction is headed by MaulanaAbbas Ansari and the other is headed by SASGeelani. Though both the groups are secessionists,Maulana Ansari faction is somewhat moderate inapproach compared to Geelani faction. SAS Geelaniis totally pro-Pakistan and is supported by ISI andPakistan Government. The third faction within thesecessionists is now known as ‘Ittehadi Force’ (IF)consisting of J&K Democratic Freedom Party, J&KLiberation Front, Jamat-e-Islami, People’s League(PL), Kashmir Bar Association, etc. All factions ofseparatists are in touch with Pakistan Governmentand with ISI.

3.36 None of the factions enjoys masspopular support in J&K except for support in small

pockets where individual Hurriyat leaders haveinfluence.

3.37 The Hurriyat faction led by MaulanaAbbas Ansari announced it’s decision to accept theoffer of the dialogue. However, SAS Geelani factiondid not support this stand. Subsequently theGovernment issued a formal invitation to MaulanaAbbas Ansari, Chairman requesting him to meet theDeputy Prime Minister on January 22, 2004 alongwith his colleagues.

3.38 All Party Hurriyat Conference (APHC)delegation led by Maulana Abbas Ansari andcomprising of Prof. Abdul Ghani Bhat, Mirwaiz UmarFarooq, Bilal Ghani Lone and Fazal-ul-Haq Quereshicalled on Deputy Prime Minister on January 22, 2004.In a joint statement issued after the discussion it wasagreed that the meeting was the first significant stepin the dialogue process initiated by the Governmentof India and hoped that a step by step approach wouldlead to the resolution of all outstanding issues relatingto Jammu & Kashmir. The APHC delegation stressedthe need for a honourable and durable solutionthrough dialogue and need for ending violence at alllevels. The Dy. PM endorsed the view of APHC thatthe role of gun should be replaced by the sound ofpolitics. The APHC delegation committed itself tothe enlargement of dialogue process to cover allregions of the J&K and the concerns of allcommunities. The Dy. PM reiterated theGovernment’s concern to safeguard the security ofall people and ensure against the violation of theirrights. He also agreed that a rapid review would beundertaken to examine the cases of those held indetention. It was agreed that the next round ofdiscussions would take place in the latter part ofMarch 2004.

��

�

3.39 Dy. PM met All Party HurriyatConference (APHC) delegation led by MaulanaAbbas Ansari on March 27, 2004 for second roundof discussions which reviewed progress on issuesraised in the first meeting held on 22.01.2004. Forthis round Fazal-ul-Haq Qureshi who was there infirst round had withdrawn. Recognizing thatfollowing the Lok Sabha elections, the newgovernment was likely to be established in the latterhalf of May 2004, it was agreed that discussion onsubstantive issues would commence at the nextmeeting to be held in June 2004.

3.40 Pursuant to the two rounds ofdiscussions between the APHC and Dy. PM, theJoint Screening Committee reviewed a number ofcases of detenues held under J&K Public SafetyAct, 1978 (PSA) and as on March 31, 2004 hadrecommended the release of about 43 detenues.This is an ongoing process and the StateGovernment has been asked to submit further casesof PSA detenues for consideration of the JointScreening Committee.

3.41 With regard to Human Rights aspectthe Home Secretary in his letter dated January 27/30, 2004 addressed individually to the StateGovernment of J&K (Chief Secretary and DirectorGeneral of Police) the Ministry of Defence(Defence Secretary and Army Chief) and the Headsof CPFs reiterated the highest importance theGovernment attaches to human rights and the needto sensitize the security forces personnel to be moresensitive in their interaction with local publicwithout sacrificing the security relatedrequirements. The then Deputy Prime Minister helda high level meeting with the heads of CentralPolice Forces, Chief of Army Staff and officials of

Jammu & Kashmir on February 14, 2004 to discussthe measures required to be taken by the SecurityForces without in any way compromising theeffectiveness of the counter terrorism operationsbeing carried out by the Security forces, to ensuremore humane behaviour by them in their day today inter action with common citizens in J&K, andto avoid human rights violation.

Reimbursement of Security RelatedReimbursement of Security RelatedReimbursement of Security RelatedReimbursement of Security RelatedReimbursement of Security RelatedExpenditurExpenditurExpenditurExpenditurExpenditure [Sre [Sre [Sre [Sre [Sre]e]e]e]e]

3.42 The Central Government has beenreimbursing security related expenditure incurredby the State Government since 1989, in its fightagainst the menace of terrorism. A sum ofRs.2357.85 crore has been released to J&KGovernment during 1989-2002, as per followingdetails :-

(a) Assistance to = Rs. 580.65 croreKashmiri Migrants

(b) Welfare Activities = Rs. 441.37 crore(c) Security Works & = Rs. 256.87 crore

related activities(d) Election related = Rs. 224.63 crore

additional SRE(e) Additional = Rs. 999.43 crore

Expenditure on Police(f) Action Plan related = Rs . 207.96 crore

SRETotal = Rs.2710.91 crore

3.43 A sum of Rs. 245.9562 crore includingan advance of Rs. 88 crore has been reimbursed/released to the Government of Jammu & Kashmirduring the Financial Year 2003-04 towardsadditional expenditure on police, Action Plan SRE

��

and Election related security expenditure. Similarlya sum of Rs. 144.9950 crore including an advanceof Rs. 40 crore has been reimbursed/released to J&KGovernment towards Relief and RehabilitationActivities during the financial year 2003-04. Thefinal item-wise expenditure would be arrived at asand when the item-wise expenditure statement forthe entire advanced amount is submitted by the StateGovernment. The budget provision under the HeadSRE is Rs. 289 crore and Rs. 160 crore for Reliefand Rehabilitation for 2004-05.

3.44 A sum of Rs.13.02 crore had beenreleased to the Government of Himachal Pradeshduring 1999-2003 for meeting the security relatedexpenditure in its efforts to control/contain spill overof terrorism related activities from J&K to HP. Asum of Rs.2.1968 crore including an advance of Rs.0.75 crore has been reimbursed/released to HimachalPradesh during the financial year 2003-2004. TheBudget provision for the current financial year 2004-05 is Rs. 3 crore.

Devolution of Powers to The StateDevolution of Powers to The StateDevolution of Powers to The StateDevolution of Powers to The StateDevolution of Powers to The State

3.45 The Legislative Assembly of Jammu &Kashmir, on June 26, 2000, passed a “Resolution”accepting the recommendations made by StateAutonomy Committee in its report and demandedthat the Union Government and the Government ofJammu and Kashmir take positive steps for itsimplementation of the same.

3.46 The Union Cabinet in its meeting heldon July 4, 2000 did not accept the resolutionpassed by J&K Assembly, as its acceptance wouldhave set the clock back and reversed the naturalprocess of harmonizing the aspirations of the

people of J&K with rest of the nation and wouldhave also reversed certain constitutionalsafeguards and provisions extend to J&K. It washowever conveyed to the Chief Minister of J&Kthat though the Resolution passed by theAssembly had not been accepted, where StateGovernment felt that there should be greaterpowers with them and that with these greaterpowers they would be able to serve the peoplebetter, the Government of India would be willingto consider their proposal in that regard.

AAAAAutonomutonomutonomutonomutonomy y y y y AAAAAvvvvvailaailaailaailaailable ble ble ble ble TTTTTo J&Ko J&Ko J&Ko J&Ko J&K

3.47 In the case of other States, whichacceded to India, the Constitution of India was madewholly applicable. However, in the case of J&K,the original intention to have a separate ConstituentAssembly of J&K was not amended. At the time ofcommencement of the Indian Constitution, theConstituent Assembly of J&K was not constituted.Pending its convening, a provision was made in theConstitution of India defining the manner in whichthe legislative competence of the Parliament was toapply to J&K so as to create a link between theConstitution of India and the State Constitution.Hence, article 370 was incorporated in theConstitution of India. An Order was made by thePresident under article 370 titled “the Constitution(Application to Jammu & Kashmir) Order 1950”.Subsequently, with the concurrence of the StateGovernment, as provided for in the article 370, acomprehensive Order was made in 1954, titled “ theConstitution (Application to Jammu & Kashmir)Order, 1954”, which added more powers to theParliament. Amendments have later been made tothe 1954 Order with the concurrence of the StateGovernment, from time to time. This Order, as

��

��

amended from time to time, is incorporated in theConstitution of India (Government Publication) asAppendix-I. This Order can be termed as‘Constitution of India as Applicable to J&K . Overthe years, a number of provisions of the IndianConstitution have been applied to J&K, with certainexceptions and with/without modification, throughthe medium of article 370. Of the three LegislativeLists in the Seventh Schedule to the Constitution,the State List (List-II) does not apply to J&K. TheUnion List (List-I) and the Concurrent List (List-III) have been applied with certain exceptions andmodifications. The most important exception in theUnion List is the residuary powers, which has beenapplied with the modification that Parliament wouldhave powers to legislate only in respect of matterconnected with terrorist/secessionist activities andin respect of all other residuary items the powerwould vest in the State Legislature.

3.48 All the Fundamental Rights guaranteedunder the Constitution of India are available to thepermanent residents of J&K in terms of Constitutionof J&K. Further, power of the State Legislature tomake laws in future or to amend the existing law inforce, including the pre-constitution laws relatingto permanent residents and their rights, has beengiven protection under article 35(A) of theConstitution of India, as applicable to J&K. Suchprotection is not available to other States.

3.49 The general effect of application ofprovisions of Constitution of India to J&K is thatcertain institutional safeguards or benefits availablein the rest of the country such as the jurisdiction ofthe Supreme Court and Election Commission ofIndia, functions of Comptroller & Auditor Generalof India, All India Services, labour welfare measure

etc, apply to the State. Union Departments likeCustoms, Central Excise, Income Tax, Posts &Telegraph, Civil Aviation etc. have their operationsextended to the State. Elections to the StateLegislature, however, is held under the provisionsof the Constitution of J&K. The position regardingappointment, removal from office, salary andallowances and conditions of service of the Judgesof the High Court of J&K has been brought on parwith that of the Judges of the other High Courts inIndia, although the power exercised by thepresident to appoint Judges of J&K High Court isderived from the provisions of the Constitution ofJ&K.

3.50 Autonomy in literal terms can bedefined as freedom to work/legislate independently.If this definition is applied in constitutional term,then autonomy means independent powers to makelegislation on various subjects. The State of J&Kalready enjoys the said autonomy, as may be seenfrom the aforesaid.

Economic Development of J&KEconomic Development of J&KEconomic Development of J&KEconomic Development of J&KEconomic Development of J&K

Central Assistance to J&KCentral Assistance to J&KCentral Assistance to J&KCentral Assistance to J&KCentral Assistance to J&K

3.51 Like anywhere else, and more so inJammu and Kashmir, restoration of peace andharmony and maintenance of internal security andpublic order are intrinsically linked to economicdevelopment. The central Government laysemphasis on a good infrastructure, promotion oftrade and industry including tourism, cottageindustries and handicraft, adequate employmentopportunities especially for the youth, etc. torestore peace and prosperity to the beleagueredState .

��

�

3.52 The Central Government has beencontinuously striving to supplement the efforts ofthe State Government to bring about an all-roundeconomic development and provide avenues forgainful employment to the people. The focus is onplanned and balanced regional development forbuilding up physical, economic and socialinfrastructure thereby improving productivepotential of J&K State.

3.53 The Centre has been providingcontinuous financial support to the StateGovernment over and above the normal Central Planassistance. As a special dispensation, Centralassistance has been provided to J&K not only tofund the State Plan but also to cover its non-Plangap. The State’s Annual Plan for 2003-04 has beenincreased by about Rs.300 crore over the previousyear to Rs.2500 crore.

Monitoring of Development Schemes inMonitoring of Development Schemes inMonitoring of Development Schemes inMonitoring of Development Schemes inMonitoring of Development Schemes inJ&KJ&KJ&KJ&KJ&K

3.54 In order to effectively coordinate andaccelerate efficient implementation of variousdevelopment packages in J&K, a StandingCommittee, headed by Cabinet Secretary/HomeSecretary, on development programmes in J&K wasconstituted with representation from the concernedCentral Ministries, the Planning Commission andthe State Government. A Working Group under theChairmanship of Special Secretary, Department ofJ&K Affairs was also constituted to assist theStanding Committee. Initially, four Sub-groups ofthe Working Group under the Chairmanship ofSpecial Secretary, Department of J&K Affairs hadbeen constituted to monitor the progress ofimplementation of Centrally Sponsored Schemes/

Centrally Financed Projects being implemented byvarious Central Ministries/Departments includingthose of Railways and Roads in the State of J&Kand to analyse and sort out coordinational problemsin their implementation. These have now beenreorganised into six Sub-groups to facilitate morefocused discussion and in-depth examination ofcoordinational issues. Each Sub-group comprisesrepresentatives of concerned Central Ministries andState Government Departments as well as PlanningCommission and Department of Jammu & KashmirAffairs/MHA. While the responsibility ofimplementing a particular Central/CentrallySponsored Scheme/Project continues to be that ofthe concerned Central Ministry/State Government,the Department of J&K Affairs, MHA endeavoursto facilitate and coordinate the implementation ofdevelopment schemes and projects in the State ofJ&K .

InfrastrInfrastrInfrastrInfrastrInfrastructuructuructuructuructureeeee

3.55 Some of the important schemes beingimplemented by the Central Govt. in theinfrastructure sector are given below:-

RailwaysRailwaysRailwaysRailwaysRailways

(i)(i)(i)(i)(i) Jammu-Udhampur Rail link Jammu-Udhampur Rail link Jammu-Udhampur Rail link Jammu-Udhampur Rail link Jammu-Udhampur Rail link

Construction of 53.6 Kms. rail line fromJammu to Udhampur has been taken up at anestimated cost of about Rs. 480 crore. Theexpenditure upto March 31, 2003 is Rs. 423.23 croreand allocation during the current year i.e. 2003-04is Rs. 30 crore. This Rail link has been completed.

(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii) UdhampurUdhampurUdhampurUdhampurUdhampur-Sr-Sr-Sr-Sr-Srinaginaginaginaginagararararar-Baram-Baram-Baram-Baram-Baramulla Rail linkulla Rail linkulla Rail linkulla Rail linkulla Rail link

Construction of 287 Kms. rail lines fromUdhampur to Baramulla has been taken up as a

��

��

national project costing about Rs. 3564 crore. Theexpenditure upto March 31, 2004 is Rs. 1202.53crore. This rail line has been included in the PM’s

package for J&K announced on May 23, 2002 witha view to speeding up its implementation.

PowerPowerPowerPowerPower

(i)(i)(i)(i)(i) Dulhasti HE PrDulhasti HE PrDulhasti HE PrDulhasti HE PrDulhasti HE Projectojectojectojectoject

This 390 MW project is in Kishtwar Tehsil ofDistrict Doda located on the River Chenab. Theestimated cost of the project is Rs. 4,227.63 croreand an amount of Rs. 4,034.40 crore has been spentupto March, 2004. This project is progressing welland is nearing completion.

(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii) SeSeSeSeSewwwwwa-II HE Pra-II HE Pra-II HE Pra-II HE Pra-II HE Project (120 MW)oject (120 MW)oject (120 MW)oject (120 MW)oject (120 MW)

This project has received investment clearanceof the Government. in August 23, .2003. It isscheduled to be completed in a period of 4 yearsfrom the date of sanction. An expenditure of Rs.87.79 crore has been incurred till March, 2004. The

Project is expected to be completed by September,2007.

(iii)(iii)(iii)(iii)(iii) Baglihar HE PrBaglihar HE PrBaglihar HE PrBaglihar HE PrBaglihar HE Project (3X150 MW) & Sawoject (3X150 MW) & Sawoject (3X150 MW) & Sawoject (3X150 MW) & Sawoject (3X150 MW) & Sawalkalkalkalkalkototototot

PrPrPrPrProject (3X200 MW)oject (3X200 MW)oject (3X200 MW)oject (3X200 MW)oject (3X200 MW)

Both these projects are in Doda district andwere commenced by NHPC but have been

transferred to the State Government. on its request.

(iv)(iv)(iv)(iv)(iv) Six prSix prSix prSix prSix projectsojectsojectsojectsojects

Namely, (a) Kishangang (330 MW), (b) Uri-II (280 MW), (c) Bursar (1020 MW), (d) Pakal Dul(1000 MW), (e) Nimmo Bazgo (15X3 MW), (f)Chutak (3X10 MW) have been transferred to NHPC

by the State Government. for implementation.

RoadsRoadsRoadsRoadsRoads

(i)(i)(i)(i)(i) NationaNationaNationaNationaNational Highway-1A – Pathankot-Jammu-l Highway-1A – Pathankot-Jammu-l Highway-1A – Pathankot-Jammu-l Highway-1A – Pathankot-Jammu-l Highway-1A – Pathankot-Jammu-

SrSrSrSrSrinaginaginaginaginagararararar-Baram-Baram-Baram-Baram-Baramulla-Urulla-Urulla-Urulla-Urulla-Uri (505 Km).i (505 Km).i (505 Km).i (505 Km).i (505 Km).

The National Highway from Pathankot toSrinagar has been declared a part of North SouthCorridor under National Highway DevelopmentProgramme (NHDP) and has been entrusted toNational Highway Authority of India (NHAI).Presently, the road from km. 80/0 to km. 97/20costing Rs. 88.38 crore is being executed by BorderRoads Organization(BRO). The remaining sectionof NH-1A is proposed for 4 laning in subsequentyears and targetted to be completed by 2007.

(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii) AlterAlterAlterAlterAlternananananate rte rte rte rte route to NH-1Aoute to NH-1Aoute to NH-1Aoute to NH-1Aoute to NH-1A

The road from Batote-Kishtwar-Sinthan Pass-Anantnag has been declared as NH-1B and has beenentrusted to BRO for development. The last sectorfrom Anantnag to Khanabal, 5 km. in length, is tobe developed by State PWD. The total length of NH-1B is 270 Km.

iii)iii)iii)iii)iii) ConstrConstrConstrConstrConstruction of an all wuction of an all wuction of an all wuction of an all wuction of an all weaeaeaeaeather rther rther rther rther route to Lehoute to Lehoute to Lehoute to Lehoute to Leh

via Manali including construction ofvia Manali including construction ofvia Manali including construction ofvia Manali including construction ofvia Manali including construction of

Rohtang tunnelRohtang tunnelRohtang tunnelRohtang tunnelRohtang tunnel

There is a long standing demand of the peopleof Leh District for conversion of the Leh-Manaliroute, which is open to traffic only for 3 months in ayear, into an all weather alternative route. Afeasibility study for development of a new alignmentalong Darcha-Padam-Zangal-Nimu linking theexisting road sector Manali-Sarchu is underexamination by Army Headquarters/ Ministry ofDefence. This new road along with tunnel acrossRohtang pass, when constructed, would serve as anall weather route both for Leh and Kargil. The roadis expected to be completed by 2011.

��

��

J&K Package announced by theJ&K Package announced by theJ&K Package announced by theJ&K Package announced by theJ&K Package announced by thePrime Minister on May 23, 2002Prime Minister on May 23, 2002Prime Minister on May 23, 2002Prime Minister on May 23, 2002Prime Minister on May 23, 2002

3.56 The Prime Minister, during his visit toJammu & Kashmir on May 23, 2002, announced apackage for over Rs. 6000 crore for “employment,rail and road development, relief & security” forJ&K. The main schemes/projects covered in thepackage are as under: -

❍ The 287 Km. Udhampur-Srinagar-Baramulla rail line to be completedwithin five years.

❍ Jammu Tawi-Jalandhar rail line to bedoubled within the next five years.

❍ Manali approach Road-RohtangTunnel-Darcha-Nimu Road .

❍ Advancing the completion of Batote-Kistwar-Sinthan Pass-KhannabalNational Highway- IB to December 31,2007 (as against earlier completionschedule of December 31, 2013)

❍ Development of traditional cottageindustries like wool, pashmina,handicrafts, sericulture & silk industries,kani jamawara shawls etc.

❍ Development of Agri-export Zones forapples & walnuts .

❍ Eco restoration of degraded catchementsof Chenab, Jhelum and Shivaliks inJ&K using participatory watershedapproach over the next 5 years .

❍ Technology Mission on Horticulture forJ&K which could be coordinated withthe Agri-Export Zones for Apples &

Walnuts being developed by theMinistry of Commerce.

❍ Provision of Rs. 500 crore over the nextfive years for Border Area DevelopmentProgramme . (Half of this amount wouldbe made available directly to DistrictRural Development Agencies with afocus on economic and infrastructuredevelopment programmes in the border/LOC areas and 15% of the funds wouldbe allocated for roads in border/LOCareas to be constructed by BRO) .

❍ Raising of two India Reserve Battalionsin two years, providing incentives forpolice personnel who are members ofSpecial Operations Group (SOG),providing better training and weaponryto J&K Volunteer Force (elite group ofSPOs), enhancement in some of thenorms pertaining to relief for bordermigrants and for Kashmiri migrants inJ&K, upgrading police hospitals fortreatment of police personnel woundedin terrorist attacks, establishment of aRehabilitation Centre for Widows ofPolice personnel killed by terrorists,schools for orphans of police personnelkilled by terrorists, etc.

❍ Providing funds to State Governmentfor new tents and common civicamenities for border migrants in J&K.

3.57 Some of the items in the aforesaidpackage which are being implemented by variousMinistries/Departments have been fullyimplemented while others are under various stagesof implementation.

��

��

Announcements made by theAnnouncements made by theAnnouncements made by theAnnouncements made by theAnnouncements made by thePrime Minster during his visit to J&KPrime Minster during his visit to J&KPrime Minster during his visit to J&KPrime Minster during his visit to J&KPrime Minster during his visit to J&Kon April 19, 2003on April 19, 2003on April 19, 2003on April 19, 2003on April 19, 2003

3.58 The Prime Minister, at the end of histwo days visit to J&K on April 19, 2003 announcedthe following measures for the development ofJ&K:-

● Setting up of a Special Task Force forcreating at least one lakh employmentand self-employment opportunities inJ&K over the next two years.

● Preparation of a comprehensive TourismRevival Plan for J&K.

● Preparation of a time-bound plan ofaction to assist the State Government inspeedy completion of all the viableongoing power projects in the State andexamine how unviable projects can bemade viable.

● Setting up of decentralized non-conventional energy projects, especiallythose using geo-thermal energy.

● Construction of 600 metre cable–stayedBasholi Bridge across river Ravi.

● Taking up of a specially targeteddrinking water project for villages ofKandi area in Jammu Region .

● Setting up of Community InformationCentres in all Blocks in J&K.

● Improvement in the functioning ofeducational institutions in J&K.

● Setting up of a committee to

comprehensively address the problemsfaced by Kashmiri Pandits.

● Extension of Telemedicine Pilot Projectin J&K.

● Kashmir Channel, which runs for 14hours everyday, to be made 24 hourschannel from August 15, 2003.

3.59 Action has been taken up by theconcerned Ministries/Departments on all the above-mentioned measures .

Announcements made by theAnnouncements made by theAnnouncements made by theAnnouncements made by theAnnouncements made by thePrime Minister on Au21Prime Minister on Au21Prime Minister on Au21Prime Minister on Au21Prime Minister on Au21gust 29, 2003 at Jammugust 29, 2003 at Jammugust 29, 2003 at Jammugust 29, 2003 at Jammugust 29, 2003 at Jammu

3.60 The Prime Minister during his visit toJammu on August 29, 2003 announced the followingadditional measures for the development of J&K: -

● A one time special grant of Rs. 30 crorefor development of University ofJammu and its affiliated colleges.

● Release of additional amount of Rs. 20crore for drinking water supply in Kandiarea of J&K.

● Laying of a 220 KV single circuittransmission line from Srinagar to Lehvia Kargil at a cost of Rs. 300 crore.

● Enhancing relief for migrants from Rs.600 to Rs. 750 per person per monthsubject to a maximum of Rs. 3,000 perfamily per month.

● Construction of 500 new tenements forthe Kashmiri migrants at Purkoo PhaseIV costing Rs. 10 crore. (In addition Rs.

��

��

5 crore will be provided for otherfacilities in 14 Kashmiri migrant campsin Jammu region) .

● Partial shifting of border villages ofBalakote area.

● A one time grant of Rs. 45 crore forconstruction of buildings of recentlysanctioned 10 Kendriya Vidyalayas ina period of three years.

● Assisting the State Government. of J&Kin funding Baglihar Power project (450MW).

● Sewa-II HE project (120 MW).

3.61 The implementation of the packagesannounced by the Prime Minister is closelymonitored in the Deptt. of J&K Affairs through themeetings of the six sub-Groups of the workingGroup constituted under the Chairmanship ofSpecial secretary, Deptt. of J&K Affairs.

TTTTTask Forask Forask Forask Forask Force fce fce fce fce for cror cror cror cror creaeaeaeaeation of one lakhtion of one lakhtion of one lakhtion of one lakhtion of one lakhemployment and self-employment and self-employment and self-employment and self-employment and self-employment opportunities in J&Kemployment opportunities in J&Kemployment opportunities in J&Kemployment opportunities in J&Kemployment opportunities in J&Kover the next two yearsover the next two yearsover the next two yearsover the next two yearsover the next two years

3.62 The Task Force on creation of one lakhemployment/self-employment opportunities in J&Kover the next two years was constituted under thechairmanship of Cabinet Secretary to prepare acomprehensive plan to tackle the problem ofunemployment in the State of J&K so as to banishthe feeling of alienation among the people of J&Kand contribute to peace and development of theState. The Task Force has since submitted its report.It has identified and classified the potential

employment opportunities under the following threecategories:-

i) Self-employment - 38.17%

ii) Wage employment - 45.18%

iii) Regular salaried - 16.65%employment

3.63 The major sectors, in which theemployment/self-employment opportunities are tobe created, have been identified are as under: -

i) Roads, highways and railways

ii) Textiles including handicrafts, carpetand silk

iii) Agriculture (including horticulture,animal Husbandry and food processing)

iv) Education

v) Tourism

vi) Small and medium industrial units

vii) I.T and telecommunications

viii) Existing Central/Centrally sponsoredschemes

ix) Banking support for self-employmentactivities

3.64 The estimated financial requirement forimplementation of the recommendations of the TaskForce is approx. Rs.3000 crore which would be metmainly by Budget support from Government(Rs.2,700 crore) and Bank credit (Rs.300 crore). Outof the budgetary outlay of Rs.2,700 crore,approximately Rs.1,900 crore are already availableand approved for with various Ministries andDepartments. Accordingly, the additional budgetaryfunds over and above those already sanctioned, which

��

��

would need to be provided, would be approximatelyRs.800 crore over the two year period.

3.65 For achieving the objective of creationof one-lakh employment opportunities in J&K, usewill be made of all existing schemes and someexisting schemes will be modified or new schemesas identified by the Task Force got approved. Toensure achievement of the target of one lakh jobsbetween August 15, 2003 and Augst 15, .2005, thetargets assigned to various Ministries and State Govt.is one and a half times i.e. 1.50 lakh employmentopportunities. Till 31-3-2004, 6790 employmentopportunities have been created.

HorHorHorHorHorticulturticulturticulturticulturticultureeeee

3.66 Horticulture is one of backbones of theeconomy of the State. Production of fresh fruit isabout 9.31 lakh MT whereas the production of dryfruit is about 11.06 lakh MT. Various horticulturedevelopment schemes are under implementationboth under State and Central Sector Programmes toimprove the yield and quality of various fruits.

3.67 MOU has been signed for setting of twoAgri-Export zones for apples and walnuts in J&Kto give boost to export of apples and walnuts.Besides, the excising scheme of Technology Missionfor Horticulture for North-East has been extendedto J&K at a cost of Rs. 100 crore for 5 years.

BorBorBorBorBorder der der der der ArArArArArea Deea Deea Deea Deea Devvvvvelopment Prelopment Prelopment Prelopment Prelopment Pro-o-o-o-o-gramme in J& Kgramme in J& Kgramme in J& Kgramme in J& Kgramme in J& K

3.68 The BADP in Jammu & Kashmir isbeing implemented in 42 border bloks havingInternational Border with Pakistan, forming part of

9 districts in the State and two border blocks, viz.Nyoma and Durbuk in district Leh bordering China.The major initiatives undertaken by BADP includesolar street lighting, purchase of medical diagnosticequipments, construction of link roads, ruralsanitation, schools, medical facilities, etc.

3.69 During his May 2002 visit to J&K, PMhas announced a BADP Fund of Rs. 500 crore fornext 5 years(Rs. 100 crore per year instead of J&K’snormal share Rs. 34 crore)Half of the amount wouldbe made available directly to DRDAs for taking upeconomic and infrastructure development in theBorder Area. 15% of the total amount per year hasbeen approved for construction of roads in Borderareas.

Some of Centrally SponsorSome of Centrally SponsorSome of Centrally SponsorSome of Centrally SponsorSome of Centrally SponsoredededededSchemes being Implemented bySchemes being Implemented bySchemes being Implemented bySchemes being Implemented bySchemes being Implemented byCentral Ministries/Departments inCentral Ministries/Departments inCentral Ministries/Departments inCentral Ministries/Departments inCentral Ministries/Departments inthe State of J&Kthe State of J&Kthe State of J&Kthe State of J&Kthe State of J&K

3.70 In addition to the above developmentalprogrammes, various Central Ministries/Departments are implementing their schemes inJ&K . For example, the Department of FoodProcessing Industries provides assistance forinfrastructure development and for setting up/expansion of food processing units and the Ministryof Rural Development is implementing Schemeslike Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana, PradhanMantri Gramodaya Yojana, Jawahar GramSamridhi Yojana (JGSY), Swarnjayanti GramSwarozgar Yojana (SGSY), EmploymentAssurance Scheme (EAS), Indira Awaas Yojana(IAY), Drought Prone Area Programme, DesertDevelopment Programme etc. Similarly, theDepartment of Agriculture and Cooperation

��

��

(Ministry of Agriculture) is implementingproduction oriented schemes, area developmentschemes etc. The Department of Women and ChildDevelopment is implementing schemes likeIntegrated Child Development Services Scheme(ICDS), Indira Mahila Yojana, Balika SamridhiYojana, Support to Employment cum TrainingProgramme (STEP), etc. The Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources is implementingSolar-Photovoltaic Programme under their SolarEnergy Programme, to provide financial assistancefor solar lantern, home lighting system/solar homesystem, street lighting system and power plants andother systems.

Relief and RehaRelief and RehaRelief and RehaRelief and RehaRelief and Rehabilitabilitabilitabilitabilitation Measurtion Measurtion Measurtion Measurtion Measuresesesesesfffffor Por Por Por Por People eople eople eople eople AfAfAfAfAffected bfected bfected bfected bfected by y y y y TTTTTerrerrerrerrerrorororororism inism inism inism inism inJ&KJ&KJ&KJ&KJ&K

Ex-graEx-graEx-graEx-graEx-gratia rtia rtia rtia rtia relief/compensaelief/compensaelief/compensaelief/compensaelief/compensation to thetion to thetion to thetion to thetion to thevictims of militancvictims of militancvictims of militancvictims of militancvictims of militancy/cry/cry/cry/cry/cross-boross-boross-boross-boross-border fder fder fder fder fiririririringinginginging

3.71 Terrorism in J&K, aided and abettedby Pakistan as well as the cross-border firing/shelling by Pak troops, has left many casualties ofboth civilians and Security Forces. TheGovernment of Jammu and Kashmir has beenproviding ex-gratia relief to the next-of-kins(NoKs) of victims of militancy for death, injury,etc as per the existing rules. As per StateGovernment’s orders, Rs.1 lakh is paid to the next-of-kin in case of death and Rs.75,000/-, Rs.5,000/- & Rs.1,000/- for permanent disability, grievousinjury and minor injury, respectively, caused in aterrorist incident.

3.72 As per State Government’s policy, 50%of the loss of immovable property subject to a ceiling

of Rs.2 lakhs is paid as compensation to the propertydamaged in militancy.

3.73 The State Government of J&K providesRs.2 lakhs to Next –of-Kins of J&K Police personneland also to the NoKs of Security Forces personneland Volunteer Special Police Officers killed in actionagainst terrorists

3.74 All of the above expenditure of the StateGovernment is being reimbursed by the CentralGovernment under Security Related Expenditure(SRE).

PPPPPayment of eayment of eayment of eayment of eayment of ex-grax-grax-grax-grax-gratia rtia rtia rtia rtia relief to the J&Kelief to the J&Kelief to the J&Kelief to the J&Kelief to the J&KPolice personnel by the CentralPolice personnel by the CentralPolice personnel by the CentralPolice personnel by the CentralPolice personnel by the CentralG oG oG oG oG ovvvvvererererernmentnmentnmentnmentnment

3.75 Central Government makes payment ofRs.3.00 lakh to the NoKs of each J&K Policepersonnel killed in terrorism related incidents, overand above the amount of Rs.2.00 lakh paid by theState Government and reimbursed under SRE.

Relief to Kashmiri Migrants and theirRelief to Kashmiri Migrants and theirRelief to Kashmiri Migrants and theirRelief to Kashmiri Migrants and theirRelief to Kashmiri Migrants and theirrrrrrehaehaehaehaehabilitabilitabilitabilitabilitationtiontiontiontion

3.76 The targeted attacks by the militantsagainst civilians in the initial phases of the terroristviolence in J&K forced a vast majority of KashmiriPandits and a sizeable number of Sikhs and otherHindus and a few Muslims to migrate from theValley in 1990 and thereafter. There are 56,380migrant families of which 34,644 families are inJammu, 19,338 families in Delhi and 2,398 familiesin other States/UTs. Of these, 21,927 families areof Government employees/pensioners. In Jammu,16,679 and in Delhi, 4100 needy families are

��

��

drawing relief. 237 migrant families are living in14 camps in Delhi and 4,778 families in 12 campsin Jammu.

3.77 The policy of the Government in respectof these Kashmiri migrants is based on the premisethat they would return to the Valley as soon asconditions reasonably conducive for their returnare created. Accordingly, the permanentrehabilitation of the migrants outside the State isnot envisaged. In such a situation, the thrust ofthe policy has been to ensure that difficulties andhardships to the migrants are minimized and theneedy families provided a reasonable amount ofsustenance and support. The Government of J&Khas been giving giving cash relief of Rs.600/- perhead per month, subject to a maximum of Rs.2,400/- per month per family, which was enhanced toRs.3,000/- per month per family w.e.f. June 1, 2002plus basic dry ration @ 9 kgs of rice and two kgsof ‘atta’ per person and one kg of sugar per familyper month to needy migrants. During his visit toJ&K in August 2003, the Prime Ministerannounced further enhancement of relief to Rs.750/- per head per month subject to a maximum ofRs.3,000/- per family per month. Accordingly,relief has been enhanced w.e.f July 1, 2003. Whilethe relief provided by J&K Government isreimbursed by the Central Government from SRE,all other State Governments/Union territories paysuch relief from their own funds.

3.78 In Jammu, where a sizeable number ofmigrants are staying in relief camps, the migrantfamilies have been provided with one-roomtenement accommodation. Necessary physicalfacilities like water, electricity, sanitation, etc. havebeen provided free of cost. There are 12 dispensaries

within Jammu to provide medical facilities to themigrants . The living conditions of the migrants inthese camps are closely monitored by MHA . InDelhi also, accommodation, water electricity,sanitation, etc. have been made available.

3.79 In order to provide further relief tomigrants, the State Government has enacted the J&KMigrants Immovable Property (Preservation,Protection and Restraint of Distress Sales) Act, 1997aimed at preventing distress sale of immovableproperty by the migrants. The State Governmenthas also enacted the J&K Migrants (Stay ofProceedings) Act, 1997 to stop undue harassmentof migrants due to litigation in absentia.

3.80 Under the Jammu & Kashmir Migrants’Immovable Property (Preservation, Protection andRestraint on Distress Sales) Act, 1997, necessarynotices have been issued to the civilians who haveunauthorisedly occupied migrants’ houses, by theDeputy Commissioners concerned in the capacityof Custodian of migrant property. As far as thehouses occupied by the Security Forces areconcerned, rent is reimbursed under SRE.

Prime Minister’s announcementsPrime Minister’s announcementsPrime Minister’s announcementsPrime Minister’s announcementsPrime Minister’s announcementspertaining to Kashmiri Migrant camps inpertaining to Kashmiri Migrant camps inpertaining to Kashmiri Migrant camps inpertaining to Kashmiri Migrant camps inpertaining to Kashmiri Migrant camps inJJJJJa m ma m ma m ma m ma m mu ru ru ru ru regegegegegionionionionion

3.81 In 1996, the then Prime Minister hadannounced a special package of Rs.6.6 crore forimprovement of facilities in Jammu camps. Theamount was utilized on construction of one-roomtenements, Sulabh type toilet complexes, drainagescheme and school buildings. A further sum of Rs.6.20crore has been released by the Government of Indiafor improvement of living conditions in Jammu camps.

��

�

3.82 During his visit to J&K in August 2003,the Prime Minister has announced sanction of furtheramount of Rs.5.00 crore for improvement offacilities in camps. Out of this, the StateGovernment has been authorized to incur anexpenditure of Rs 3.06 crore for the purpose. Themoney released has been utilized for constructionof approach roads, construction of water tanks,improvement of drainage system, sanitation andother facilities. The balance amount would bereleased to the State Government as per requirement.

3.83 In addition, the Prime Ministerannounced sanction of Rs.10 crore for constructionof 500 new one room tenements (ORTS) at PurkhooPhase-IV camp to accommodate migrants presentlystaying in various Government/semi-Governmentbuildings and for replacement of the existing 504leaking dome type ORTs at Muthi Phase II camp.

Action Plan fAction Plan fAction Plan fAction Plan fAction Plan for ror ror ror ror returetureturetureturn of Migrantsn of Migrantsn of Migrantsn of Migrantsn of Migrants

3.84 In order to enable safe and honourablereturn of migrants to their native places in the Valley,the State Government constituted an Apex levelCommittee under the Chairmanship of Revenue,Relief and Rehabilitation Minister to look into allaspect of this problem and suggest solutions. A Sub-Committee headed by Financial Commissioner(Planning & Development) was asked to prepare aplan for the return of the migrants.

3.85 The Sub-Committee finalized an ActionPlan for the return and rehabilitation of Kashmirimigrants involving a total amount of Rs.2,589.73crore to enable approximately 1.25 lakh Kashmirimigrants persons at presently residing in Jammu,Delhi and other States/Union Territories to return

to the Valley. The Action Plan envisagesrehabilitation grant per family @ Rs.1.50 lakh; grantfor repair of houses @ Rs.1 lakh for houses intactand Rs.3 lakh for houses damaged; grant forhousehold goods @ Rs.0.50 lakh and furniture @Rs.0.50 lakh; interest free loan @ Rs.1-2 lakh perperson; compensation for loss of income fromagriculture upto Rs.1.50 lakh per family; interest freeloan of Rs.1.50 lakh per family for investment inagricultural operations and sustenance of Rs.2,000per month for one year.

3.86 The National Conference Governmenthad, in October 1999, approved the above ActionPlan. To begin with, the State Government identified166 houses forming 15 clusters in Srinagar andBadgam Districts, which were considered safe forthe return of the owners of these houses. The list ofthese clusters was published in the newspapers andsteps were taken to identify the families and findtheir willingness to return to their homes. About 50families who were registered with the ReliefOrganisation, Jammu were contacted personally togive their consent for return to the Valley on thebasis of the package announced by the Government.Interaction meetings with some of these familieswere also held, but none of the families agreed toreturn to the Valley.

3.87 The new State Government hasindicated that it has identified the shrines in Mattanand Kheer Bhavani where the Kashmiri migrantsdisplaced from these places could be settledtemporarily by developing two model clusters(containing temporary shelters),until such time theycan repair their existing residential houses. Ministryof Finance has provided a grant of Rs.10 crore tothe State Government for the reconstruction/

��

��

renovation of houses and shrines at Kheer Bhavaniand Mattan. Govt. of J&K has also proposedconstruction of flats at Budgam and Anantnag forthe rehabilitation of Kashmiri migrants. The centralGovt. has approved the construction of 200 flats atBudgam on an experimental basis and has releaseda sum of Rs. 4 crore as advance in March, 2004.

RehaRehaRehaRehaRehabilitabilitabilitabilitabilitation Council ftion Council ftion Council ftion Council ftion Council for or or or or WWWWW idoidoidoidoidows andws andws andws andws andOrphansOrphansOrphansOrphansOrphans

3.88 Terrorism in J&K has also left its scarson the social fabric. Many women have beenrendered widows and children orphaned . With theobjective of providing assistance for psychologicaland economic rehabilitation of the victims ofmilitancy, the State Government of Jammu &Kashmir had set up a Council in 1995 forrehabilitation of widows, orphans, handicapped andold-aged persons adversely affected by militancy.It also aims at better coverage of beneficiaries undervarious on-going welfare and development schemesof the Government. As a registered body under theSocieties Registration Act, it functions as a Non-Governmental Organisation (NGO). The Council isto have a corpus fund of Rs.20 crore against whicha sum of Rs.18.66 crore is available .

3.89 The National Foundation of CommunalHarmony (NFCH) is already in touch with the StateGovernment of J&K to coordinate various welfareschemes sponsored by them. As such NFCH isproviding assistance to all orphans and destitutechildren directly under their own scheme. NFCHhas released an amount of Rs. 49.45 lakh to theCouncil for providing financial assistance/scholarships for school going orphans in the Stateof J&K.

3.90 Some of the welfare schemes taken upby the Council are as follows –

i. i. i. i. i. WWWWW idoidoidoidoidows/Girws/Girws/Girws/Girws/Girl studentsl studentsl studentsl studentsl students

Financial assistance for marriage, skillupgradation and vocational training and loansthrough bank tie up for taking up self-employmentventure ; setting up of hostels for girl students, etc.

ii.ii.ii.ii.ii. OrphansOrphansOrphansOrphansOrphans

Sponsorship in residential schools both in theState and outside and in foster homes run by NGOs;special coaching classes for admission toprofessional courses; provision of scholarships andreimbursement of tuition fees; etc.

iii.iii.iii.iii.iii. Handicapped personsHandicapped personsHandicapped personsHandicapped personsHandicapped persons

Organisation of rehabilitation/medical camps;traveling expenses for specialized treatment;vocational training through NGOs, etc .

Relief and rRelief and rRelief and rRelief and rRelief and rehaehaehaehaehabilitabilitabilitabilitabilitation of Bortion of Bortion of Bortion of Bortion of BorderderderderderMigrants of J&KMigrants of J&KMigrants of J&KMigrants of J&KMigrants of J&K

3.91 The December 13 attack on IndianParliament and the resultant military build up alongthe Line of Control/International Border andstepped-up cross-border firing resulted in thedisplacement of a large number of families fromthe border areas. About 30,771 familiescomprising 1,53,131 individuals have been forcedto migrate from the border areas/LoC of Rajouri,Poonch, Jammu and Kathua districts. The figureincludes 6,040 families (22,000 persons) who hadmigrated from Akhnoor tehsil in the wake of Kargilconflict in 1999. The State Government formulateda relief package to these border migrants whichwas revised/upgraded after PM’s announcement on

��

�

May 23, 2002 as follows –

● free ration @ 11 kgs per person permonth;

● free kerosene oil @ 10 litres per familyper month;

● cash assistance @ Rs.400/- per personper month limited to Rs.1,600/- perfamily per month;

● free medical aid to all the displacedpersons;

● cash assistance for fodder @ Rs.300/-per animal rearing family per month inthose areas, which have been mined (asidentified by respective DeputyCommissioners) and ;

● free ration at sanctioned scale at theplace of residence in case any of themigrants wish to return.

3.92 The revised relief package has beengiven effect from June 1, 2002.

3.93 A sum of Rs.20 crore has been releasedto the State Government from National DefenceFund for purchase of tents and for providing civicamenities in the camps set-up for border migrantsat various places. The Central Government alsooffered to reimburse the expenditure for providingrelief to the migrants. A sum of Rs.10 crore wasreleased as advance from SRE for providing reliefwhich included cash relief, free ration, kerosene oil,free medical aid, etc.

3.94 After commencement of de-inductionof the troops from Jammu Border, the migrantshave started going back to their villages. As

intimated by Government of J&K all the migrantfamilies, except the following, returned to theirhomes –

Jammu - 6019 familiesRajouri - 1834 familiesPoonch - 541 families

3.95 As intimated by Ministry of Finance(Department of Expenditure), a grant of Rs.11 crorehas been provided to the State Government forrepairing the houses in the border areas of JammuDistrict to enable the migrants to return to theirhouses.

Special Concessions/FacilitiesSpecial Concessions/FacilitiesSpecial Concessions/FacilitiesSpecial Concessions/FacilitiesSpecial Concessions/Facilitiesgggggiviviviviven to Central Goen to Central Goen to Central Goen to Central Goen to Central GovvvvvererererernmentnmentnmentnmentnmentEmployeesEmployeesEmployeesEmployeesEmployees

3.96 Special concessions have been providedto the Central Government employees working inthe Kashmir Valley as well as to the Kashmirimigrant employees of the Central Government andpublic sector undertakings. These concessions,which came into force in March 1990, are beingextended from time-to-time. The concessions/facilities include the option to move the family to aplace of choice, payment of HRA for class A cityirrespective of the status of the city chosen,arrangement for stay, security and transport, a perdiem allowance of Rs.10/- for each day ofattendance, mess allowance at a uniform rate ofRs.15/- per day/departmental messing arrangements,temporary adjustment of migrants employees againstavailable vacancies in the respective Ministries/Departments in and around Delhi, payment ofpension outside the Valley, etc. The concessionspresently stand extended upto June 30, 2004.

��

��

Extension of the concession for one more year uptoJune 30, 2005 is under consideration.

TTTTTourourourourourism In J&Kism In J&Kism In J&Kism In J&Kism In J&K

3.97 Tourism had became one of the worsthit sectors during the turmoil in J&K beginning 1990and a large part of of tourism related infrastructuregot damaged. The number of domestic tourists tothe Valley, which had reached 4,90,212 in 1989,

SECURITY SCENARIO IN THESECURITY SCENARIO IN THESECURITY SCENARIO IN THESECURITY SCENARIO IN THESECURITY SCENARIO IN THENORNORNORNORNORTH EASTTH EASTTH EASTTH EASTTH EAST

3.98 North East India comprises States ofArunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya,Mizoram, Nagaland & Tripura. The region accounts

States State Area Population PopulationCapital (sq kms) (1991 Census) (provisional) 2001

Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar 83743 864558 1,091,117

Assam Guwahati 78438 22414322 26,638,407

Manipur Imphal 22327 1837149 2,388,634

Meghalaya Shillong 22429 1774778 2,306,069

Mizoram Aizwal 21081 689756 891,058

Nagaland Kohima 16579 1209546 1,988,636

Tripura Agartala 10486 2757205 3,191,168

Sikkim Gangtok 7096 406457 5,39,000

Year Kashmir Valley Ladakh Region Vaishno AmarnathjiDevi

Domestic Foreign Total Domestic Foreign Total

1997 7027 9111 16138 3991 12810 16801 4434233 790351998 99636A 10247 109883 6792 15238 22030 4622097 1499201999 200162 17130 217292 1905 9669 11574 4668340 1143662000 104337 7575 111912 6217 11825 18042 5109575 1733342001 66732 5859 72591 4260 15439 19699 5056919 1190372002 23370 2511 25881 2944 5089 8033 4432178 1107932003 182205 8959 191164 12975 15418 28393 5500296 1533142004 upto 23855 2770 26625 40 391 431 932145 -March

touched an all time low of 322 in 1995. The numberof foreign tourists declined from 67,762 in 1989 to8,198 in 1995. The number of pilgrims visitingAmarnath had also declined considerably during theperiod from 1990 to 1997. There has beenfluctuation in numbers of tourists visiting the Stateof J&K, but the year 2003 had witnessed a steadyimprovement in the tourists visiting J&K as giventhe comparative statement below –

for 8.06 % of the total land surface of India and hasa population of 316 lakhs, which is 3.73 % of thetotal population of the country (1991census). Inaddition to the North Eastern states, the NE Divisionof MHA also deals with the affairs of the State ofSikkim. Some basic statistics are given below:

��

��

Security set up in North EastSecurity set up in North EastSecurity set up in North EastSecurity set up in North EastSecurity set up in North East

3.99 The strength of State Police forces in North Eastern States is as follows:

State Police Stations Civil Police Armed Police Total India ReserveBattalions (IR)*

Arunachal Pradesh 66 2987 2913 5900 2

Assam 240 22977 30946 53923 6

Manipur 57 4743 9241 13984 4

Meghalaya 26 5955 2626 8581 3

Mizoram 31 2948 3852 6800 2

Nagaland 45 7367 9020 16387 2

Tripura 44 7786 4596 12382 5

Sikkim 26 2500 1500 4000 1

Total 535 57263 64694 121957 25

* out of 25 IR Battalions, 15 IR Battalions have already been raised and remaining 10 IR Battalions under raising.

Major insurMajor insurMajor insurMajor insurMajor insurgent grgent grgent grgent grgent groups in Noroups in Noroups in Noroups in Noroups in NorthththththEastEastEastEastEast

3.100State wise details of the major insurgentgroups in the North Eastern States are as under:

(i)(i)(i)(i)(i) AssamAssamAssamAssamAssama) United Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA)b) National Democratic Front of Bodoland(NDFB)

(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii) ManipurManipurManipurManipurManipura) People’s Liberation Army (PLA)b) United National Liberation Front

(UNLF)c) People’s Revolutionary Party of

Kangleipak (PREPAK)d) Kangleipak Communist Party (KCP)e) Kanglei Yaol Kanba Lup (KYKL)f) Manipur People’s Liberation Front

(MPLF)g) Revolutionary People’s Front (RPF)

(iii)(iii)(iii)(iii)(iii) TTTTTrrrrripuraipuraipuraipuraipuraa. All Tripura Tiger Force (ATTF)b. National Liberation Front of Tripura

(NLFT)

(iv)(iv)(iv)(iv)(iv) MeghalayaMeghalayaMeghalayaMeghalayaMeghalayaa) Achik National Volunteer Council

(ANVC)b) Hynniewtrep National Liberation

Council (HNLC)

3.101All the above groups have been declaredas ‘Unlawful Associations’ under the UnlawfulActivities (Prevention) Act, 1967 (37 of 1967).

3.102In addition, numerous other militantgroups like the People’s Liberation Front ofMeghalaya (PLFM), Dima Halam Daogah (DHD),Kuki National Army (KNA), Bru NationalLiberation Front (BNLF), Zomi RevolutionaryArmy (ZRA), etc. are operating in the North East.

��

��

CurrCurrCurrCurrCurrent staent staent staent staent status of militanctus of militanctus of militanctus of militanctus of militancy iny iny iny iny inthe North Eastthe North Eastthe North Eastthe North Eastthe North East

3.103The status of security situation in NorthEast can be gauged from the details of incidents ofextremist related violence in the North Eastern Statesas given below:

3.104An analysis of the data indicates that thelaw & order situation in Assam remains vitiated dueto violent activities of ULFA, NDFB and UnitedPeoples Democratic Solidarity (UPDS) (anti- talksfaction). The whole of Assam except Karimganjand Hailakandi districts of Barak Valley are affectedby insurgency in varying degrees. In Meghalaya,

- MEGHALAYA ARUNACHAL PRADESH MIZORAM

Head 2002 2003 2004 2002 2003 2004 2002 2003 2004(upto (upto (upto

31.3.04) 31.3.04) 31.3.04)

Incidents 84 85 14 54 50 21 01 03 02Extremists 24 37 04 21 31 22 - - -KilledExtremists 104 103 05 38 32 05 - - -arrestedSecurity 14 07 05 04 01 - - 01 -Forces KilledaArms looted 06 02 - - 02 - - - -Arms recovered 51 53 02 24 34 10 - - -Arms - - 09 06 - - - - 02surrenderedExtremists 14 20 47 13 18 10 02 01 05SurrenderedCivilians Killed 28 35 08 07 07 03 - - -No. of persons 26 51 03 13 42 02 - 04 01kidnapped

Head ASSAM TRIPURA NAGALAND MANIPUR2002 2003 2004 2002 2003 2004 2002 2003 2004 2002 2003 2004

(upto (upto (upto (upto31.3.04) 31.3.04) 31.3.04) 31.3.04)

Incidents 412 358 50 292 394 60 208 199 36 268 243 77Extremists Killed 308 207 28 22 50 24 71 70 05 125 128 40Extremists arrested 143 215 33 285 336 72 94 90 09 406 232 98Security Forces 26 12 03 46 39 10 03 03 - 54 27 09KilledArms looted 05 02 - 30 36 11 16 15 - 30 03 -Arms recovered 252 186 48 66 76 14 133 64 10 84 29 26Arms surrendered - - 91 - - 08 - - - - - -Extremists 81 328 457 118 268 48 116 29 09 06 05 -SurrenderedCivilians Killed 193 182 33 150 207 21 16 13 02 60 50 11No. of persons 97 89 10 176 221 09 34 163 03 67 81 12kidnapped

��

��

the law & order situation in Garo hills is under straindue to increased activities of ANVC, ULFA, NDFBand Hazong United Liberation Army (HULA). Thesecurity scenerio in Tripura remains a matter ofconcern with violence by both the major tribalterrorist outfits viz. NLFT and ATTF showing nosigns of abatement. In Nagaland, violence betweenthe NSCN (I/M) and NSCN (K) has remained theprominent feature of the current violence profile.Tuensang, Kohima and Zunhebeto have been themost affected districts in the factional violence. Thesecurity scenario in Manipur remains grim due toviolence perpetrated by various UndergroundGroups (UGs). The Meitei UGs continue todominate the violence scenario. In ArunachalPradesh, Tirap and Changlang districts continue toremain affected by insurgency.

Steps taken by the CentralSteps taken by the CentralSteps taken by the CentralSteps taken by the CentralSteps taken by the CentralG oG oG oG oG ovvvvvererererernment to curb militancnment to curb militancnment to curb militancnment to curb militancnment to curb militancyyyyy

DecDecDecDecDeclaralaralaralaralaration of Disturbed tion of Disturbed tion of Disturbed tion of Disturbed tion of Disturbed ArArArArAreaseaseaseaseas

3.105Whole of Manipur, Nagaland andAssam, Tirap and Changlang districts of ArunachalPradesh and a 20 km belt in the States havingcommon border with Assam have been declared as‘disturbed areas’ under the Armed Forces (SpecialPowers) Act, 1958 as amended in 1972. TheGovernor of Tripura has also declared the area under22 Police Stations and part of areas under 5 PoliceStations as ‘disturbed areas’.

DeploDeploDeploDeploDeployment of Central Pyment of Central Pyment of Central Pyment of Central Pyment of Central Police Forolice Forolice Forolice Forolice Forcescescescesces

3.106Units of the Central Police Forces(CPFs) and Army have been deployed in aid ofcivilian authorities in the militant affected States.

While deployment charges for CPF units in Assamare levied @ 10% of the normal charges, the othersix North Eastern States are totally exempt from suchcharges in view of their poor resource position.

India rIndia rIndia rIndia rIndia reseresereseresereservvvvve bae bae bae bae battalionsttalionsttalionsttalionsttalions

3.107Despite heavy deployment of CPFs,it has not been possible to meet the demands ofthe States for additional forces. The concept ofIndia Reserve Battalions was mooted by theMinistry of Home Affairs, in the background ofincreasing problems of law and order andemerging internal security scenario in the country,which put considerable pressure on the CentralPolice Forces.

3.108Under the scheme of India ReserveBattalions, the State Governments are allowed bythe Central Government to raise the Armed PoliceBattalions. The responsibility for raising andmaintaining these Battalions rests with the StateGovernments. The cost of raising IR Battalions ismet by the Central Government (excluding the costof land and buildings), while the recurring cost isthe responsibility of the concerned StateGovernment.

Cease FirCease FirCease FirCease FirCease Fire/Pe/Pe/Pe/Pe/Peace eace eace eace eace TTTTTalksalksalksalksalks

3.19 The Government of India has madeappeal to all the militant groups operating in theNorth East to give up the path of violence and comeforward for talks without conditions. NationalSocialist Council of Nagaland (Isak/Muivah)[NSCN (I/M)], National Socialist Council ofNagaland (Kaplang) [NSCN (K)], UPDS and DHDhave come forward for peace negotiations/cessation

��

��

of hostalities with the Government for durablesolution to their problems.

TTTTTalks with NSCN(I/M)alks with NSCN(I/M)alks with NSCN(I/M)alks with NSCN(I/M)alks with NSCN(I/M)

3.110The Government of India entered intoa formal ceasefire with the Isak Muivah group ofthe National Socialist Council of Nagaland w.e.f.August 1, 1997. The ceasefire between theGovernment of India and the NSCN (I/M) has beenextended upto July 31, 2004. The CentralGovernment has not extended the ban on NSCNand its factions under Unlawful Activities(Prevention) Act, 1967 and the ban was allowedto expire on November 26, 2002 to facilitateholding of peace talks in India. Formal talks wereheld between the representatives of Governmentof India and the NSCN (I/M) on January 21-23,2003 at New Delhi. There was agreement tocontinue the formal talks until a lasting settlementis reached. Both sides reaffirmed the need for apeaceful, violence-free environment. Furtherrounds of talks have been held betweenGovernment of India representative for Naga PeaceTalks and NSCN (I/M) leaders. As the issuesinvolved are complex, the talks remaininconclusive.

CeasefCeasefCeasefCeasefCeasefiririririre with NSCN (K)e with NSCN (K)e with NSCN (K)e with NSCN (K)e with NSCN (K)

3.111 The Government of India has alsoentered into a formal ceasefire with NSCN (K) w.e.f.April 28, 2001. This was done with the hope thatthis would enlarge the area of peace in Nagalandand would also meet the long-standing demand ofthe people of Nagaland for entering into ceasefirewith this group. It has been extended upto April28, 2004.

PPPPPeace eace eace eace eace TTTTTalks with UPDSalks with UPDSalks with UPDSalks with UPDSalks with UPDS

3.112 One faction of United People’sDemocratic Solidarity (UPDS) active in KarbiAnglong District of Assam led by Shri HorensingBey, General Secretary has come forward andexpressed its willingness to give up violence and toseek solution of its problems peacefully within theframework of Indian Constitution. Ceasefire withthis group is effective from 1st August, 2002.Another faction of UPDS (anti -peace talks) is yetto come forward for peace negotiations.

PPPPPeace eace eace eace eace TTTTTalks with DHDalks with DHDalks with DHDalks with DHDalks with DHD

3.113 Dima Halam Daogah (DHD), a militantoutfit in N.C.Hills District of Assam has comeforward and expressed its willingness to give upviolence and seek solutions of its problems peacefullywith the framework of Indian Constitution. Cessationof hostilities between the Security Forces and DHDis effective from January 1, 2003.

3.114 Other insurgent groups in North EasternRegion have, however, not yet responded to thepeace overtures of the Central Government withinthe parameters indicated.

Memorandum of Settlement (MOS)Memorandum of Settlement (MOS)Memorandum of Settlement (MOS)Memorandum of Settlement (MOS)Memorandum of Settlement (MOS)signed between the Centralsigned between the Centralsigned between the Centralsigned between the Centralsigned between the CentralG oG oG oG oG ovvvvvererererernment and Gonment and Gonment and Gonment and Gonment and Govvvvvererererernment ofnment ofnment ofnment ofnment ofAssam with Bodo LiberaAssam with Bodo LiberaAssam with Bodo LiberaAssam with Bodo LiberaAssam with Bodo Liberation tion tion tion tion TigerTigerTigerTigerTigers (BLs (BLs (BLs (BLs (BLT)T)T)T)T)

3.115 A Memorandum of Settlement wassigned on February 10, 2003 between theGovernment of India, Government of Assam andthe Bodo Liberation Tigers (BLT). In furtheranceof the MoS, following action has been taken:

��

��

i) More than 2, 600 BLT cadres laid downtheir arms on December 06, 2003 in thepresence of the Governor and the ChiefMinister, Assam.

ii) An Autonomous District known asBodoland Territorial Areas DistrictCouncil (BTAD) within the State ofAssam has been created under the SixthSchedule to the Constitution of Indiaconstituted. An Interim Council for theBTAD was sworn in on December 7,2003. State Government has beenadvised to conduct elections for theBodoland Territorial Council (BTC).

iii) Rs. 20 crore have been released to BTCfor administrative infrastructure.

iv) State Government has been asked toprepare rehabilitation plan for thesecadres. In the meantime, benefits ofsurrender-cum-rehabilitation policyhave been extended and Rs. 5 crorereleased as advance payment.

v) Government has decided to recruit 1,000persons out of the surrenderd BLTcadres into Central PoliceOrganisations.

vi) Bodo language in Devnagri script hasbeen included in the Eighth Scheduleof the Constitution of India.

vii) Government of India is committed toprovide Rs. 100 crore per annum to theBTC over a period of five years forsocio-economic infrastructuredevelopment. BTC has been asked toprepare a master plan for Rs. 500 crorefor the BTC area.

Reimbursement of Security RelatedReimbursement of Security RelatedReimbursement of Security RelatedReimbursement of Security RelatedReimbursement of Security RelatedExpenditurExpenditurExpenditurExpenditurExpenditure (SRE)e (SRE)e (SRE)e (SRE)e (SRE)

3.116 Central Government is implementing ascheme for reimbursement of security relatedexpenditure for the States seriously affected byinsurgency. Under the scheme, expenditureincurred on capital works in jails and detentioncenters attached to police stations, special trainingprovided to State Police and Prison Administrationpersonnel for counter insurgency purposes, raisingIndia Reserve Battalions, making necessaryprovisions for Central Police Forces, Armydeployment, ex-gratia and gratuitous relief to thevictims of extremist violence and transportation ofarrested militants to jails outside the State or thosearrested from outside the State and brought to theState by special flights etc., is reimbursable. Thelist of items of expenditure incurred by Police,eligible for reimbursement, has been expanded toinclude 50 % of petrol, oil and lubricants (POL)costs, Village Guards, Village Defence Committeesand Home Guards. The SRE reimbursement facilityhas also been extended to Meghalaya and ArunachalPradesh in addition to the States of Assam, Manipur,Nagaland and Tripura. The amount released toNorth Eastern States during 1998-99 to 2003-04 wasRs. 751.76 crore. State wise details are as under:

SurrSurrSurrSurrSurrender and render and render and render and render and rehaehaehaehaehabilitabilitabilitabilitabilitation poliction poliction poliction poliction policyyyyy

3.117 The Central Government has formulateda 100% Centrally-funded Surrender andRehabilitation Scheme, effective from April 1, 1998to wean away the misguided youths who havestrayed into the fold of militancy and now findthemselves trapped there. The Scheme also seeksto ensure that the militants who have surrendered

��

��

do not find it attractive to join militancy again. Underthe Scheme, applicable to militants who surrenderwith weapons, the surrendered militants are to beinitially (for a period upto one year) lodged in aRehabilitation Camp, run preferably by Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) with supportfrom Security Forces, where they are impartedtraining in a trade/vocation of their liking, befittingtheir aptitude. They are paid a monthly stipend, notexceeding Rs. 2000 per month, for a period of 12months and all attempts are made to settle thesurrenderees during this period. Minor crime casesagainst successfully rehabilitated surrenderees arewithdrawn. Monetary incentives have also beenbuilt into the Scheme for the surrendered weapons/ammunitions. 350, 669 and 576 militants havesurrendered during the years 2002, 2003 and 2004(up to March 31, 04) respectively.

Helicopter services in the northHelicopter services in the northHelicopter services in the northHelicopter services in the northHelicopter services in the northeastereastereastereastereastern stan stan stan stan statestestestestes

3.118 In December 1992, the CabinetCommittee on Security had approved introductionof Helicopter Services in the North East, to beoperated by M/s Pawan Hans Helicopters Ltd., withthe Government of India’s support in the form of

(Rs. in crore)

State 98-99 99-2000 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 Grand Total

(upto 31.3.04)

Assam 78.86 52.17 63.97 92.86 68.01 50.80 406.67

Nagaland 35.61 17.88 7.50 12.71 22.42 19.17 115.29

Manipur 19.43 3.44 14.18 7.75 7.64 4.00 56.44

Tripura 28.55 17.53 15.00 27.70 29.85 34.33 152.96

Arunachal Pradesh — — 1.00 1.90 0.95 2.47 6.32

Meghalaya — — 3.21 0.60 8.35 1.92 14.08

Total 162.45 91.02 104.86 143.52 137.22 112.69 751.76

subsidy to the extent of 75% of the total operationalcost. The subsidy was to be provided by the Ministryof Home Affairs from its budget. HelicopterServices were introduced in Arunachal Pradesh witheffect from December 1995, in Sikkim from October1998 and in Meghalaya from January 1999.Helicopter services are currently subsidized in theStates of Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Sikkimand Tripura.

Diplomatic initiatives withDiplomatic initiatives withDiplomatic initiatives withDiplomatic initiatives withDiplomatic initiatives withneighbouring countriesneighbouring countriesneighbouring countriesneighbouring countriesneighbouring countries

BangladeshBangladeshBangladeshBangladeshBangladesh

3.119 India has from time to time, expressedconcern at the activities of the Indian terrorist groupsoperating from the territory of Bangladesh throughdiplomatic channels, as also in the bilateral meetingsbetween India and Bangladesh. It has been urgedupon the Bangladesh side to take firm anddemonstrable action against the insurgents operatingfrom the camps in Bangladesh. However,Bangladesh side had taken a stand denying thepresence of Indian insurgent groups in Bangladeshand stated that they do not allow any undesirableelements to use their territory for any prejudicial

��

�

activity against any country including India.Notwithstanding such denials, all available fora havebeen used to express India’s concern to Bangladeshon this sensitive issue.

3.120The Ministry of Home Affairs has awide-ranging mechanism for interaction with theGovernment of Bangladesh. At the national level,Home Secretaries of both countries are to meet oncea year and the Joint Working Group (JWG) at thelevel of Joint Secretary are supposed to meet oncein six months. Last JWG meeting was held in Daccaon 22-23 January 2003. The dates for the next HomeSecretary level meeting between the two countriesare being finalized where these issues will again betaken up.

MyanmarMyanmarMyanmarMyanmarMyanmar

3.121An agreement for the maintenance ofpeace and tranquility in the border areas was signedwith the Government of Myanmar on January 29,1994 at New Delhi. Under this agreement HomeSecretaries of both countries are to meet once in ayear and sectoral meetings at the level of JointSecretary are supposed to be held once in 6 months.The 11th Sectoral Level Talks between India andMyanmar were held at Aizwal from May 20-21,2003 and the 12th Sectoral Level Talks betweenIndia and Myanmar were held at Kalemyo from17-18th March 2004. The 9th National LevelMeeting between Myanmar and India was heldduring October 7 to 10, 2003 at Yangon. At thesemeetings, matters relating to security, drugtrafficking, border trade and border managementissues were discussed. Various cross border projectsover which two countries had agreed to co-operatewere also discussed at these meetings.

BhutanBhutanBhutanBhutanBhutan

3.122ULFA, NDFB and KLO hadestablished camps/hideouts in Bhutan. The matterwas repeatedly taken up with the RoyalGovernment of Bhutan (RGOB) throughdiplomatic channels. The Royal Bhutanese Army(RBA) had launched military operations againstIndian insurgents groups camps in Bhutan on 15th

December, 2003. As result of these operations,about 650 cadres of ULFA, NDFB and KLO havebeen neutralized. Besides large number of Armsand Ammunition have also been seized. The RBAhas destroyed the reported 30 camps of the Indianinsurgent groups.

Constitution of NorConstitution of NorConstitution of NorConstitution of NorConstitution of North Easterth Easterth Easterth Easterth Eastern Studyn Studyn Studyn Studyn StudyGrGrGrGrGroup (NESG)oup (NESG)oup (NESG)oup (NESG)oup (NESG)

3.123The Ministry of Home Affairs hadconstituted a Study Group to keep security situationin the North Eastern States under constant watchand recommend suitable measures for remedialaction. The Study Group has already held severalmeetings and has met the Chief Ministers andsenior officers of all eight States in the NorthEastern Region. NESG has submitted its finalreport to the Ministry of Home Affairs on24.12.2003.

NorNorNorNorNorth Easterth Easterth Easterth Easterth Eastern (NE) Nen (NE) Nen (NE) Nen (NE) Nen (NE) Newsletterwsletterwsletterwsletterwsletter

3.124The Ministry brings out a monthlynewsletter under the name of NE Newsletter inEnglish, Assamese, Manipuri and Bengali. Thisnewsletter is focused on development projects andactivities in North Eastern States.

��

��

SITUSITUSITUSITUSITUAAAAATION IN PUNJTION IN PUNJTION IN PUNJTION IN PUNJTION IN PUNJABABABABAB

3.125No terrorist related incident has beenreported from the State during the year under report.However, some terrorists have been arrested bythe State Police and some arms and ammunitionwere recovered from them.

3.126There are reports to indicate that Pak-ISI continues to put pressure on Pak-based Pro-Khalistan militants to revive terrorist activities inPunjab. Pakistan continues to provide sanctuary toleaders of important Pro-Khalistan militant outfitsviz. Babbar Khalsa International(BKI) (headed byWadhawa Singh), Khalistan CommandoForce(KCF-P) (headed by P.S. Panjwar),International Sikh Youth Federatioon(ISYF-R)(headed by Lakhbir Singh Rode), KhalistanZindabad Force(KZF)(headed by Ranjit Singh @Neeta) and Dal Khalsa International(DKI) (headedby Gajinder Singh) on its soil. The pro-Khalistanielements based elsewhere are also reported to be intouch with the Pro-Khalistan militants in Pakistanfor revival of militancy in Punjab.

3.127The militant outfits namely, BabbarKhalsa International;(BKI), International Sikh YouthFederation(ISYF), Khalistan Commando Force(P)and Khalistan Zindabad Force continue to be bannedunder the Prevention of Terrorism Act, 2002. BKIand ISYF have also been banned under the UK Anti-Terrorism Act, 2000. They have been included inthe list of terrorist organizations by the EuropeanUnion also.

3.128The Central Government continues tobe in close touch with the State Government and

keeps a close watch on the situation and remainscommitted to ensure that militancy in Punjab is notrevived by anti-national elements. The Governmentis also pursuing its efforts to secure the apprehensionand deportation of Pak based Pro-Khalistan militantsto India.

NAXALISMNAXALISMNAXALISMNAXALISMNAXALISM

Naxalism scenarNaxalism scenarNaxalism scenarNaxalism scenarNaxalism scenario in the currio in the currio in the currio in the currio in the currentententententyearyearyearyearyear

3.129Naxalism remains a serious threat tointernal security in the country. Naxalite violencecontinues unabated during the current year withincidents of naxalite violence increasing by 8.5%and resultant deaths increasing by 6.4% .

3.130There was a marked increase in attackson Government and private properties with naxalitesdisplaying a growing penchant for attacking railwayproperty. The CPML-PW and MCC-I remain thetwo most predominant naxalite outfits accountingfor about 88% of the countrywide naxalite violenceand 90% of the resultant deaths. These outfitscontinue to organize a string of training camps fornew recruits as well as existing fighting units. As aresult, there was an increase in attacks on the Police,resulting in larger police casualties (105 policemenkilled and 245 service weapons looted in 151 attacksreported in 2003 as against the loss of 100 policelives and 147 service weapons in 126 such attacksreported in 2002).

3.131The State-wise position of the incidentsof violence by naxalite extremists is given in thefollowing Table :

��

�

CurrCurrCurrCurrCurrent ent ent ent ent TTTTTrrrrrendsendsendsendsends

Compact Revolutionary Zone (CRZ)Compact Revolutionary Zone (CRZ)Compact Revolutionary Zone (CRZ)Compact Revolutionary Zone (CRZ)Compact Revolutionary Zone (CRZ)

3.132The prime motive behind theexpansionist designs of CPML-PW and MCC-Itogether with the Communist Party of Nepal(Maoist) is to spread into new areas to carve out a‘Compact Revolutionary Zone’ spreading fromNepal through Bihar and the Dandakaranya regionto Andhra Pradesh. Efforts are being made by thenaxal outfits to plug gaps in North Bihar and NorthChhattisgarh being steadily to link up theirstrongholds in AP/Dandakaranya with those inBihar/Jharkhand, besides increasing influence inNorth Orissa/South East Jharkhand.

Unity MoUnity MoUnity MoUnity MoUnity Movvvvves bes bes bes bes by naxal gry naxal gry naxal gry naxal gry naxal groupsoupsoupsoupsoups

3.133The Maoist Communist Centre (MCC)and the Revolutionary Communist Centre of India-Maoist (RCCI-M) have merged into a single entitychristened as the Maoist Communist Centre of India(MCC-I). Pertinently, the two predominant Indian

naxalite outfits, the CPML-People’s War (PW) andthe erstwhile MCC, have been engaged in a dialogueaimed at merger of the two outfits since thebeginning of the year 2002.

AttacAttacAttacAttacAttacks on Railwks on Railwks on Railwks on Railwks on Railway Pray Pray Pray Pray Properoperoperoperopertytytytyty

3.134Of late, it has been noticed that thenaxalite outfits have started blasting railway stationscausing extensive damage to the buildings and thesignal systems. The attacks on railway propertieshave been more prominent in the States of AndhraPradesh, Bihar and Jharkhand. There have also beenincidents, particularly in Jharkhand, of looting ofarms and ammunition by the MCC activists fromthe police stations at the Railway Platforms.

MilitarMilitarMilitarMilitarMilitary y y y y TTTTTraining Camps of naxal outfraining Camps of naxal outfraining Camps of naxal outfraining Camps of naxal outfraining Camps of naxal outfitsitsitsitsits

3.135In pursuit of their plan for vigorousmilitarisation, the CPML-People’s War (PW) andthe Maoist Communist Centre (MCC) have beenorganizing a string of military training camps in theirstrongholds to hone the military skills of their armed

(Figures in brackets indicate deaths)

Name of States 2001 2002 2003 1.1.04 to 31.3.04

Andhra Pradesh 461(180) 346(96) 575(139) 155(50)

Bihar 169(111) 239(117) 249(127) 79(32)

Chhattisgarh 105(37) 304(55) 254(74) 61(14)

Jharkhand 355(200) 353(157) 341(117) 80(18)

Madhya Pradesh 21(2) 17(3) 13(1) 2(1)

Maharashtra 34(7) 83(29) 74(31) 10(1)

Orissa 30(11) 68(11) 49(15) 19(4)

Uttar Pradesh 22(12) 20(6) 13(8) 3(3)

West Bengal 9(4) 17(7) 6(1) 4(8)

Other States 2(-) 18(1) 16(-) 2(1)

Total 1208(564) 1465(482) 1590(513) 415(132)

��

��

formations in several States and to cope up with theextensive recruitment in their strongholds in naxaliteaffected districts. Besides using sophisticatedweapons like AK-47s and SLRs, naxal outfitscontinue to stress on upgradation of militarycapabilities. The CPML-PW and MCC (I) havedeveloped expertise in the fabrication and use ofImprovised Explosive Devices (IEDs).

AttacAttacAttacAttacAttack on Chief Ministerk on Chief Ministerk on Chief Ministerk on Chief Ministerk on Chief Minister,,,,, AndhraAndhraAndhraAndhraAndhraPradeshPradeshPradeshPradeshPradesh

3.136On October 1, 2003 the CPML-PWattempted to assassinate the Chief Minister ofAndhra Pradesh, Sri N. Chandrababu Naidu, byblasting claymore mines on Tirumala Ghat Roadwhen he was proceeding toTirumala for attendingBrahmostsavam. The Claymore mines hit thebulletproof car and threw it to a distance causingsevere injuries to the CM, other occupants of thecar and the driver. Of the 17 claymore mines plantedon the revetment of the Ghat Road, 9 exploded whilethe remaining were removed by the police.

3.137The CPML-PW issued a statement onOctober 3, 2003 owning responsibility for the attackon the convoy of the CM Sri Chandrababu Naiduon the Tirumala Ghat Road. The attack on the ChiefMinister was a sign of desperation on the part ofCPML-PW as they have lost considerable groundin their stronghold in North-Telangana.

GrGrGrGrGrooooowing bonhomie betwwing bonhomie betwwing bonhomie betwwing bonhomie betwwing bonhomie between theeen theeen theeen theeen theMCC(I), CPML-PW and CPN (Maoist)MCC(I), CPML-PW and CPN (Maoist)MCC(I), CPML-PW and CPN (Maoist)MCC(I), CPML-PW and CPN (Maoist)MCC(I), CPML-PW and CPN (Maoist)

3.138The symbiotic relationship between theCommunist Party of Nepal (Maoist) and naxalgroups like the MCC(I) and CPML-PW continues

to prosper. There have been reports of exchange ofvisits by the cadres of these outfits to enhanceinteraction. The MCC(I) is reported to haveprovided logistic support including arms, shelter andmanpower to the CPN (Maoist). The CPN (Maoist)cadre has reportedly received military training inMCC(I) camps. All the States bordering Nepal havebeen sensitized and 14 battalions of the SashastraSeema Bal (SSB) deployed along Indo-Nepal Borderto keep a close vigil in this regard, especially in viewof the increased violent activities of the CPN(Maoist) in Nepal after collapse of the peacedialogue with the Nepalese Government. TheNepalese Government has been requested to ensurethat Maoist violence does not spill over to our borderareas.

MeasurMeasurMeasurMeasurMeasures takes takes takes takes taken to tacen to tacen to tacen to tacen to tackleklekleklekleNaxalismNaxalismNaxalismNaxalismNaxalism

StraStraStraStraStrategy of the Gotegy of the Gotegy of the Gotegy of the Gotegy of the Govvvvvererererernment to tacnment to tacnment to tacnment to tacnment to tackleklekleklekleNaxalismNaxalismNaxalismNaxalismNaxalism

3.139The problem of naxalism in certainStates was discussed in detail in the last ChiefMinisters’ Conference held on February, 2003. TheConference noted that the persisting problem ofnaxalism in certain States is a matter of graveconcern. On the one hand, there is a need to removeall the shortcomings in intelligence sharing andmounting well coordinated anti-naxalite operationsby joint task forces of the concerned States, on theother hand, greater emphasis needs to be given bythe States to accelerate the physical and socialinfrastructure in the affected districts. The CentralGovernment has adopted a multi-pronged strategyto tackle the problem of naxalism which includesmodernization and strengthening of the State Police

��

��

Forces, better training to police personnel, SpecialTask Forces for intelligence based coordinated anti-naxalite operations, focused attention ondevelopmental aspect and gearing up of the publicgrievances redressal system and encouraging localresistance groups at the grass roots level.

Review of the naxalism scenarioReview of the naxalism scenarioReview of the naxalism scenarioReview of the naxalism scenarioReview of the naxalism scenario

3.140Keeping in view the overall dimensionsof naxal activities in certain States, a high levelCoordination Centre, headed by the Union HomeSecretary with Chief Secretaries and DGPs of Policeof naxal affected States as its members, reviews andcoordinates steps taken by the States to checkextremist activities. The growing menace of thenaxalism is also discussed and reviewed in theannual conference of Chief Secretaries and DGPsand that of the Chief Ministers which are now heldevery year and the affected States are sensitized tothe increasing threat of naxalism to internal securityin the country and asked to intensify efforts tocontain this menace.

3.141The Coordination Centre has so far met14 times. Some of the major decisions taken bythe Coordination Centre include long-termdeployment of Central Police Forces, streamliningof gathering and sharing of actionable intelligence,need for institutionalized mechanisms to enableintelligence-based coordinated and sustained anti-naxalite operations, surrender and rehabilitationpolicies for surrendered extremists, integrateddevelopment of the naxalite affected districts,modernization and training of the State Policeforces and raising of Local Resistance Groups andstreamlining of public grievance redressal systemat the grass roots level.

3.142Some of the major decisions taken inthe last meeting of the Coordination Centre held atNew Delhi on March 19, 2004 are as follows :-

(i) The States will draw up action plans inconsultation with the CRPF forintelligence based and sustained antinaxalite operations.

(ii) The States will consider formulation ofan insurance scheme for the policepersonnel involved in anti-naxaliteoperations. The MHA will consider toprovide a portion of funds for thispurpose under the SRE Scheme.

(iii) The States will give special attention toprevent attacks on the Railwayproperties and movement of pax andfreight.

(iv) The State Governments will set up Inter-State Support Teams and would ensurethat these are put in place as quickly aspossible.

(v) The State Governments will accord firstpriority to upgradation/fortification ofPolice Stations affected by naxalismunder the Modernisation of Police Forcescheme.

Financial Assistance by the CentralFinancial Assistance by the CentralFinancial Assistance by the CentralFinancial Assistance by the CentralFinancial Assistance by the CentralG oG oG oG oG ovvvvvererererernmentnmentnmentnmentnment

3.143 In order to enable the States to undertakemore effective action, the Ministry of Home Affairshas so far disbursed to the States Rs. 114.65 crore under

��

��

the Security Related Expenditure (SRE) scheme. Inthis SRE scheme, the Ministry reimburses 50% of theexpenditure incurred on items such as bullet proofingof the vehicles, procurement of semi-automatic andautomatic weapons, purchase of vehicles like Gypsy,equipping vehicles with latest communication devices,necessary provisions for CPFs, ex-gratia grant etc.Further, the scheme provides for 100% reimbursementof the initial expenditure upto Rs. 13 crore incurred onraising of 1 IR battalion. Besides, the Ministry givesfunds to the State Governments under the scheme of‘Police Modernization’. In a major step forward, theCentral Government has recently decided to fund 100%in naxal affected districts under the recently revisedmodernization of State Police Forces Scheme withinthe overall Central share of 75% or 60% as the casemay be.

TTTTTraining of the Staraining of the Staraining of the Staraining of the Staraining of the State Pte Pte Pte Pte Police Forolice Forolice Forolice Forolice Forcescescescesces

3.144The Ministry of Home Affairs, inconsultation with the other agencies, has drawn upa programme for training of the State Police Forcesin the ‘Greyhounds’ training center in AndhraPradesh and the CPF run centers of excellence.

InInInInInvvvvvolvolvolvolvolvement of local grement of local grement of local grement of local grement of local groups agoups agoups agoups agoups againstainstainstainstainstnaxalitesnaxalitesnaxalitesnaxalitesnaxalites

3.145Recent developments in Jharkhand,where CPML-PW encountered strong resistancefrom villagers in Lango village, P.S. Dumaria, Distt.East Singhbhum show a strong anti-naxal feelingamong sections of villagers. This feeling needs tobe harnessed and channelised in making peoples’resistance groups to counter the atrocities committedby the naxalite outfits. There is a need to encourageand promote these local resistance groups. The

States have been requested to explore the feasibilityof appointing Special Police Officers (SPOs), NagrikSuraksha Samitis (NSSs) and Village DefenceCommittees (VDCs) in the villages affected bynaxalism. These local groups are required to beencouraged to come out against Jan Adalats and alsoto expose other misdeeds of the naxal outfits andtheir leaders. This will help reduce the over groundsupport to the naxalites.

AAAAAwwwwwararararareness Campaigneness Campaigneness Campaigneness Campaigneness Campaign

3.146The States will take up an awarenesscampaign to expose futility of violence and unlawfulactivities and misdeeds of naxal outfits anddisseminate information about the various welfareand developmental schemes of the Government atthe grass roots level.

Integrated Development of naxalIntegrated Development of naxalIntegrated Development of naxalIntegrated Development of naxalIntegrated Development of naxalafafafafaffected distrfected distrfected distrfected distrfected districtsictsictsictsicts

3.147Recognizing that the menace ofnaxalism is to be inevitably tackled on both securityand development fronts, the Ministry of HomeAffairs continues to focus attention of the StateGovernments on ensuring integrated developmentof the affected districts of the States. As a part ofthis strategy, the Ministry has been advising theStates to accord a higher priority in their annual plansto ensure integrated development of naxal affecteddistricts. In a major step forward on the Ministry’sinitiative, the Planning Commission has included55 naxal affected districts under Backward DistrictsInitiative (BDI) component so as to fill in the criticalgaps in physical and social infrastructure in theseareas. The scheme provides for an additionality ofRs. 15 crore per year per district for a period of 3

��

��

years starting from 2003-04. This works out to Rs.2,475 crore. This amount, if utilized properly, willhelp accelerate the process of development in thesedistricts. Further, the Ministry of RuralDevelopment has placed Rs. 37.50 crore per annumas additional allocation to execute rural roads innaxal affected areas under the Pradhan Mantri GramSadak Yojana (PMGSY).

Peace Dialogue with naxal outfitsPeace Dialogue with naxal outfitsPeace Dialogue with naxal outfitsPeace Dialogue with naxal outfitsPeace Dialogue with naxal outfits

3.148States are free to engage naxal outfitsin peace dialogue within the framework of theConstitution and the Central Government will renderthe necessary help and assistance in this regard.

ISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIAISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIAISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIAISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIAISI ACTIVITIES IN INDIA

3.149Pakistan has consistently used terrorismand covert action as an instrument of state policyagainst India. Pakistan sponsored terrorism firstappeared in Punjab and then in J&K, and was laterextended to the North-East by providing funds,training, equipment, etc. to terrorists and promotinginfiltration. Pakistan has also provided sanctuaryto declared fugitives from the law and known anti-India elements and has also sought to promotedisaffection and foster communal divide among theIndian people with a view to destabilizing thecountry.

3.150Pak ISI has also been assiduouslypursuing the objective of establishing espionagenetworks for collection of defence relatedinformation with reference to deployment/movement of armed forces, information relating tovital installations including sensitive informationpertaining to the latest knowhow with reference to

technological advancement etc. For this purpose, ithas been able to organize resident agents and evenallure the lower staff in sensitive organizations forcollection and communication of sensitiveinformation.

3.151The interrogation of arrested Pak ISIagents revealed that the ISI’s strategy revolvesaround (i) taking subversion and terrorism to theheartland of India; (ii) preparing an extensive ISInetwork in India and raising cadres of terroristsand spies; (iii) triggering blasts of greater intensityin major cities; (iv) planting ISI agents in everypart of India; (v) creating near insurgencysituation in Muslim dominated regions; (vi)opening newer fronts in Pakistan’s proxy waragainst India; (vii) creating a communal dividein the country and (viii) destabilizing the economyof the country.

3.152To neutralize activities of ISI in India,the Central Government has pursued a well-coordinated and multi-pronged approach whichincludes strengthening the border management,gearing up of intelligence machinery, wellcoordinated intelligence-based action against ISIagents and militants sponsored by them, setting upoutposts of Security Forces and modernization andupgradation of Police and Security Forces withadvanced sophisticated weapons and communi-cation system, etc. The situation is reviewed fromtime to time and situation specific strategies areevolved.

3.153In specific terms, the inputs receivedfrom various sources are shared with the concernedintelligence agencies of the State Governments andUT Administrations including military authorities.

��

��

Periodic coordination meetings are also held withthe State Governments and the security agencies forsharing the inputs from various quarters for devisingstrategies to counter such activities. Appropriatemechanisms have been put in place for providingbetter coordination amongst the Central and Statesecurity/intelligence agencies for sharing the leadsavailable and evolving strategies for coordinatedaction with a view to thwarting the evil designs ofthe Pak ISI. As a result of coordinated action by theCentral and State security and intelligence agencies,a large number of terrorist and espionage modulesin 2003 have been neutralized in various parts ofthe country.

BILABILABILABILABILATERAL TERAL TERAL TERAL TERAL AND MULAND MULAND MULAND MULAND MULTILATILATILATILATILATERALTERALTERALTERALTERALINITIAINITIAINITIAINITIAINITIATIVESTIVESTIVESTIVESTIVES

3.154International cooperation is vital forcombating trans-border terrorism, crime and otherserious offences such as drug trafficking, moneylaundering, counterfeit currency etc. While a forumfor cooperation between law enforcing agencies ofthe affected countries has been provided by themechanism of Joint Working Group on Counter-terrorism, the legal framework has been providedin the shape of Extradition Treaty and Mutual LegalAssistance Treaty in Criminal Matters. India’sinitiatives in this direction have received positiveresponse from many countries as summed up insucceeding paragraphs.

Joint Joint Joint Joint Joint WWWWW orororororking Grking Grking Grking Grking Group on Counteroup on Counteroup on Counteroup on Counteroup on CounterTTTTTerrerrerrerrerrorororororismismismismism

3.155India has already signed Joint WorkingGroups (JWGs)/MOUs on Counter Terrorism/

international Terrorism with nineteen countries viz.USA, UK, Germany, France, Canada, Israel,European Union, China, Kazakhstan, Thailand,Uzbekistan, Russia, Croatia and Tajikistan, Turkey,Singapore, Australia, Egypt and Mauritius.Meetings of the JWGs with sixteen countries havebeen held while meetings of the JWGs withTajikistan, Mauritius and Croatia are expected to beheld shortly.

3.156Besides, Joint Working Groups alreadyexist with Nepal, Bangladesh and Myanmar onborder and security matters etc.

Mutual LegMutual LegMutual LegMutual LegMutual Legal al al al al Assistance trAssistance trAssistance trAssistance trAssistance treaeaeaeaeaty inty inty inty inty inCriminal MattersCriminal MattersCriminal MattersCriminal MattersCriminal Matters

3.157The legal framework for combatingcrime includes Extradition Treaties, Treaties onMutual Legal Assistance in Criminal Matters andrelated Memoranda of Understanding/BilateralAgreements to counter Organized Crimes which aresigned with various countries on bi-lateral basis. TheMinistry of Home Affairs is the nodal Ministry forMutual Legal Assistance in Criminal Matters, whilethe Ministry of External Affairs is the nodal agencyfor Extradition Treaties.

3.158India has signed Mutual LegalAssistance Treaties in Criminal Matters withseventeen countries i.e. Turkey, Switzerland, Russia,Canada, France, USA, UAE, UK, Kazakhstan,Kyrgyzstan, Mongolia, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan,Ukraine, Bahrain, Thailand and South Africa.

3.159Besides, India has also signedMemoranda of Understanding etc. with Bulgaria,Romania, Oman, Italy, Croatia, Poland and China.

��

��

An Agreement on Mutual Protection of ClassifiedInformation with Ukraine was also signed.

3.160During the current year, agreements onMutual Legal Assistance Treaty in Criminal Matterswere negotiated and finalized with countries likeSouth Africa, South Korea, Bahrain, Belarus andThailand at official levels.

3.161Bilateral agreements on Mutual LegalAssistance in Criminal Matters and Agreements/Memoranda of Understanding on combatingInternational Terrorism and Organised Crime etc.are presently under negotiation with variouscountries like Hong Kong, Iran, Azerbaijan, Egypt,Philippines, Turkmenistan, Hungary, Norway,Nepal, Bulgaria and Saudi Arabia.

PERSONAL PERSONAL PERSONAL PERSONAL PERSONAL AND INSTAND INSTAND INSTAND INSTAND INSTALLAALLAALLAALLAALLATIONTIONTIONTIONTIONSECURITYSECURITYSECURITYSECURITYSECURITY

3.162Terrorist strikes against VIP targetscontinued to be a global concern. Trends in terrorismalso point to incremental use of suicide bombers,while targeting has been intensified at civilian andmilitary-sensitive targets, religious places and

symbols of national power. The attacks on thesecurity forces as well as soft targets like innocentvillagers in J&K, car blasts in Bombay and variousother places are manifestations of this macabrestrategy. Continuous suicide attacks in different partsof the world highlight the strong linkages betweendifferent terrorist groups operating from ourneighbouring country.

3.163Keeping in mind the above scenario,security have been reviewed and strengthenedaround vital installations in States/Union territories.Review of VVIP/VIP security has been undertakenon periodical basis. With a view to strengtheningsecurity arrangements at the airports, the CentralIndustrial Security Force (CISF) has been deployedat all the operational airports in the country. CISFhas taken over security duties at the major airportsand the process of induction of CISF at other airportsis under progress. Security arrangements of the vitalinstallations, religious places, airports and otherbuildings of historical importance have beenstrengthened. In the area of VIP security, the CentralGovernment keeps on sharing intelligence inputswith the State Governments/Police authorities.

❏

��

��

DISASTER MANAGEMENTDISASTER MANAGEMENTDISASTER MANAGEMENTDISASTER MANAGEMENTDISASTER MANAGEMENT

4.1 India has been traditionally vulnerableto natural disasters on account of its unique geo-climatic conditions. Floods, droughts, cyclones,earthquakes and landslides have been recurrentphenomena. Even as substantial scientific andmaterial progress is made, the loss of lives andproperty due to disasters has not decreased. Thesuper cyclone in Orissa in October, 1999 and theBhuj earthquake in Gujarat in January, 2001underscored the need to adopt a multi dimensionalendeavour involving diverse scientific, engineering,financial and social processes; the need to adopt amulti-disciplinary and multi-sectoral approach andincorporation of risk reduction in the developmentalplans and strategies. The recurrent terrorist attackshave simultaneously underlined the need of beingprepared for dealing with man-made disasters aswell.

Nodal ResponsibilityNodal ResponsibilityNodal ResponsibilityNodal ResponsibilityNodal Responsibility

4.2 Disaster Management is primarily theresponsibility of the State/UT Governments. TheGovernment of India supplement their efforts byproviding financial and logistic support in case ofdisasters of exceptionally severe magnitude. Basedon the recommendation of the Group of Ministerson Internal Security, the subject of disaster


��

��IVmanagement ( including man-made disasters)wastransferred from the Ministry of Agriculture to theMinistry of Home Affairs in February, 2002 ( exceptdrought and epidemics which remain with theMinistry of Agriculture and Ministry of Healthrespectively and the specific disasters allocated toother Ministries/Departments).

ApprApprApprApprApproach to Disaster Manage-oach to Disaster Manage-oach to Disaster Manage-oach to Disaster Manage-oach to Disaster Manage-mentmentmentmentment

4.3 During the period of last two years, theGovernment have brought about a change inorientation in the approach to disaster management.The new approach proceeds from the convictionthat development cannot be sustainable unlessdisaster mitigation is built in the developmentprocess. Another corner stone of the approach isthat mitigation has to be multi-disciplinary spanningacross all sectors of development. Disastermanagement occupies an important place in thecountry’s policy framework as it is the poor andunder-privileged who are worst affected on thisaccount.

Institutional and Policy FrameworkInstitutional and Policy FrameworkInstitutional and Policy FrameworkInstitutional and Policy FrameworkInstitutional and Policy Framework

4.4 The institutional and policy mechanismfor response, relief and rehabilitation have been wellestablished since Independence. A change has been

��

�

made in the policy orientation from post-disasterresponse to mitigation and preparedness. Theobjective is that hazards may be prevented fromturning into disasters by appropriate mitigationmeasures. The Ministry of Home Affairs has drawnup a national disaster management frameworkkeeping the mitigation and preparedness measuresin view. The national framework/roadmap has beenshared with the State/UT Governments to enablethem to develop their respective state roadmapstaking the national roadmap as a broad guideline.The new institutional and policy mechanisms arebeing put in place to address this change inorientation.

4.5 It is proposed to constitute a NationalEmergency Management Agency at the nationallevel to facilitate a multi-disciplinary andcoordinated approach. The National EmergencyManagement Agency proposed to be set up in theMinistry of Home Affairs will have officers fromrelevant Ministries/Departments/Organizations asMembers. The States have also been advised toset up Disaster Management Authority under theChief Minister/Chief Secretary with Ministers/Secretaries of concern Departments as Membersto oversee various mitigation and preparednessmeasures being taken as well as to coordinateresponse in case of a calamity. Orissa, Gujarat,Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan, Kerala, Nagaland, Delhi,Andaman & Nicobar and Chandigarh have alreadyset up such authorities. Several other States are inthe process of setting up similar authorities. Theobjective of setting up the authority is to ensurethat mitigation; preparedness and response is seenas the joint responsibility of all the Departmentsconcerned and disaster management concerns aremainstreamed into their programmes. This holistic

and multi-disciplinary approach is the key toeffective mitigation, prevention, preparedness andresponse.

4.6 The State Governments have also beenadvised to convert the Department of Relief andRehabilitation into Department of DisasterManagement with an enhanced area ofresponsibility to include mitigation and preparednessapart from their present responsibility of reliefand rehabilitation. 9 State Governments/UTAdministrations have already taken action and otherState/UT Governments are in the process of doingso.

4.7 The States have also been advised toenact Disaster Management Acts to provide foradequate powers to authorities for coordinatingmitigation, preparedness and response. Gujarat andMadhya Pradesh have already enacted such a lawand other State/UT Governments have also initiatedaction in this regard.

4.8 The State Governments have also beenadvised to convert their relief codes into disastermanagement codes by including aspects ofprevention, mitigation and preparedness, besidesresponse and relief.

EarEarEarEarEarly ly ly ly ly WWWWW arararararning Systemsning Systemsning Systemsning Systemsning Systems

4.9 The Indian Meteorological Department(IMD) and Central Water Commission (CWC) havebeen advised to carry out a review of the earlywarning systems and take up projects forupgradation/modernization of the systems asnecessary. The monitoring process has beenrevolutionized by the advent of remote sensing

��

��

techniques. A tropical cyclone intensity analysis andforecast scheme has been worked out using satelliteimage interpretation techniques which facilitateforecasting of storm surges. Satellite basedobservations are being extensively utilized. Cyclonedetection radars have been/are being installed. TheIMD has introduced a four stage warning system inplace of the earlier two stage warning system to meetthe requirements of Public Administrators and CrisisManagers.

4.10 The flood forecasting and warningsystem is used for alerting the vulnerable areas wellin advance of the actual arrival of floods to enablethe people to move and also to shift the moveableproperty/livestock to safer places or to raisedplatforms specially constructed for this purpose. TheCentral Water Commission has expanded the floodforecasting network which now covers all the majorflood prone inter-State river basins in the country.The number of flood forecasting stations has nowincreased to 166. A computerized monitoringsystem has been developed which assists in theforecasts issued by field units in four stages, namely,low flood stage, medium flood stage, high floodstage and unprecedented flood stage.

Disaster PrDisaster PrDisaster PrDisaster PrDisaster Preeeeevvvvvention & Mitigention & Mitigention & Mitigention & Mitigention & Mitigaaaaationtiontiontiontion

4.11 The Government of India have adoptedmitigation and prevention as essential componentsof development strategy. State Governments havebeen advised to formulate plan schemes for disastermitigation in accordance with the approach outlinedin the 10th Five Years Plan. In brief, mitigation isbeing institutionalized into developmental planning.The terms of reference of the 12th FinanceCommission have been changed to look at the

requirements of mitigation and preparedness as wellapart from its existing mandate of relief andrehabilitation. The Ministry of Home Affairs havesubmitted a detailed memorandum to the 12th

Finance Commission in this regard afterconsultations with the States.

4.12 Guidelines have been issued to the StateGovernments that where there is a shelf of projects,projects addressing mitigation should be givenpriority. It has also been mandated that each projectin a hazard prone area will have disaster prevention/mitigation as a term of reference.

4.13 A comprehensive programme has beentaken up for earthquake mitigation. A National CoreGroup for earthquake mitigation has beenconstituted consisting of experts in earthquakeengineering and administrators. The Core Group hasbeen assigned with the responsibility of drawing upa strategy and plan of action for mitigating theimpact of earthquakes; providing advice andguidelines to the States on various aspects ofearthquake mitigation; preparing handbooks,pamphlets, type designs for earthquake resistantconstruction and updating building bye laws byincorporating the latest BIS codes.

4.14 Two programmes for training ofengineers in public and private sectors and practicingarchitects have been approved. Under theseprogrammes 10000 engineers and 10000 architectsare targeted to be trained in seismically safeconstruction over a period of three years. ACommittee of Experts has been constituted to reviewthe building byelaws so as to incorporate the BISCodes for seismically safe construction. The StateGovernments have been advised to ensure rigorous

��

�

enforcement of the amended bye laws. It has beendecided to include earthquake engineering educationin the engineering colleges at under-graduate levelas well as Institutes of Planning and Architecture sincethese did not form a part of the existing curricula.The course curricula has been finalized by Group ofExperts and will be introduced in the engineeringcolleges/Institutes of Planning & Architecture withinan year. A masons’ training programme for trainingof 30000 masons is under formulation.

4.15 An earthquake mitigation project hasbeen finalized for reducing vulnerability toearthquakes. It includes detailed evaluation andretrofitting of lifeline buildings such as hospitals,schools, water and power supply units,telecommunication buildings, airports/airportcontrol towers, railway stations, bus stands andimportant administrative buildings. Pendingresource mobilization for the earthquake mitigationproject, an accelerated urban earthquakevulnerability reduction programme has been takenup in 38 cities in seismic zones III, IV & V with apopulation of over five lakhs.

4.16 A National Core Group on cyclonemonitoring and mitigation has been constituted withexperts from Indian Meteorological Department,National Centre for Medium Range WeatherForecasting, Central Water Commission, NationalRemote Sensing Agency and Indian Space ResearchOrganisation, besides administrators from the relevantMinistries/Departments and State Governmentsvulnerable to cyclones. The Group has been assignedwith the responsibility of looking at warning protocolsfor cyclones; coordination mechanism amongdifferent Central/ States Ministries/Departments/Organizations for dissemination of early warning to

the local people; and cyclone mitigation measuresfor the coastal States.

4.17 A cyclone mitigation project has beenformulated which inter alia includes components onstrengthening of monitoring/warning systems,coastal shelter belt plantation, mangrove plantation,construction of cyclone shelters, storm surgemodelling etc. The project will be taken up as soonas the resources are mobilized.

4.18 A Disaster Risk ManagementProgramme has been taken up with the assistancefrom UNDP, USAID and European Union in 169multi-hazard prone districts in 17 States includingall the 8 North Eastern States. The project, whichcommenced in October, 2002 is expected to becompleted by December, 2007. The programmeaims to put into place sustainable initiatives withthe involvement of local self-Governmentinstitutions and communities. Under thisprogramme, 7371 village level disaster managementteams have already been trained in first aid, searchand rescue; Disaster Management Plans preparedfor 7222 villages, 129 blocks and 17 districts;training organized for 8925 members of PanchayatiRaj Institutions and over 37,500 Governmentfunctionaries at different levels in various Disastermanagement functions; 509 engineers and architectsand 1204 school teachers trained in different districtsfor school level disaster preparedness. Training oftrainers has also been organized and manuals/training material developed. Besides, other relatedcapacity building activities have been undertakenor are in progress.

4.19 Human Resource Development at alllevels is critical to institutionalize the disaster

��

��

mitigation strategy. The National Centre for DisasterManagement has been upgraded and designated asthe National Institute of Disaster Management. TheInstitute is already in the process of developingtraining modules for different levels; undertakingtraining of trainers and organizing trainingprogrammes for planners, administrators, andcommand functionaries. The other functionsassigned to the Institute include development ofnational level information base and providingassistance to various States in strengthening theirmanagement systems and capacities as well aspreparation of model disaster management plans atdifferent levels.

4.20 Disaster Management faculties havebeen created in 29 State level Training Instituteslocated in 28 States. These faculties are beingdirectly supported by the Ministry of Home Affairs.The State Training Institutes have been advised totake up focused training programmes for differenttarget groups within the State. It is proposed tostrengthen these faculties further.

4.21 A Steering Committee on mass mediacampaign has been constituted for large scaleawareness generation. The Committee is in theprocess of developing a profile for the mass mediacampaign.

4.22 Disaster Management has beenintroduced as a component of Social Sciences in theschool curriculum for Class VIII during the year2003-04. The Course curriculum has been adoptedby the Central Board of Secondary Education. TheState Governments have been advised to introducesimilar capsules through their State Boards ofSecondary Education. The course curricula for class

IX and X is in advanced stages of finalization, to beintroduced from the academic year 2004-05 and2005-06 respectively.

4.23 Information, education andcommunication materials have been developed andsent to the State Governments for translation intolocal languages and disseminating it down to thevillage level.

PrPrPrPrPreparepareparepareparednessednessednessednessedness

4.24 Eight battalions of Central Para MilitaryForces, two each from CISF, ITBP, BSF and CRPFhave been earmarked for development of fullytrained and equipped specialist response teams. Fourof these eight battalions will also be trained to handlenuclear, biological and chemical relatedemergencies. The training of trainers for CISF andITBP has been completed. 16 teams comprising of45 personnel each have already been trained.Sanction for purchase of equipments for onebattalion each for natural and NBC related disasterhas been given. These 8 battalions are proposed tobe constituted into a Force to be designated as theNational Emergency Response Force. It is alsoproposed to strengthen one training institute eachof Four Para Military Forces. The States have alsobeen advised to set up their own specialist teams.10 States/UTs have already initiated action in thisregard. The trainers of the State Police Forces willbe trained at the training institutes of CPMFs. TheStates have been authorized to utilize 10% of theannual allocation made in the Calamity Relief Fund(CRF) for purchase of equipments.

4.25 Fourteen Regional Response Centres areproposed to be set up in different parts of the country

��

��

where essential search and rescue equipments andrelief materials will be stored so that the specialistresponse teams can respond to any disaster in theneighbouring States immediately. Cache ofequipments/materials for the regional responsecentres have been identified and the proposal forgranting authorization for purchase of equipments/materials is under process.

4.26 A Steering Committee has beenconstituted in the Ministry to oversee the creationof capabilities for emergency response.

4.27 In order to professionalise the response,an Incident Command System (ICS) is proposed tobe introduced in the country. The system will providefor specialised Incident Command Teams with anIncident Commander and officers trained in differentaspects of Incident Management – logistics,operations, planning, safety, media management etc.The Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy ofAdministration (LBSNAA), Mussoorie has beendesignated as the mother training institution forimparting training in this system. The training ofcore group of trainers has already commenced atthe Academy. 5 Regional Training Institutes havebeen selected for training of master trainers of States/UTs in ICS.

4.28 A web-enabled data base for specialistequipment required for emergency response calledthe India Disaster Resource Network has beenoperationalized from 1st September, 2003. TheNetwork will maintain resource inventory with thename, designation and telephone numbers ofincharge of each resource to ensure quick access toresources to minimize response time in emergencies.The list of resources is updated from time to time.

Over 65000 records in 532 districts have alreadybeen uploaded as on 31st March, 2004.

4.29 The Control Room in the Ministry ofHome Affairs has been equipped with satellitephones, GPS etc. and the control room personnelhave been trained in the use of these equipments.The States are also being provided assistance to setup control rooms/emergency operation centres atState and District levels. Funds for this purpose arebeing provided under the scheme for themodernization of state police forces as also underthe GOI-UNDP Project.

4.30 Communication is a critical bottleneckin case of any major disaster particularly when thetraditional network systems already in force breakdown. With a view to strengthening thecommunication systems for disaster management,POLNET connections will be extended to SDMs,Collectors, Relief Commissioners/Secretaries(Disaster Management) in States/UTs for use fordisaster management. A National DisasterManagement Communication Plan has been drawnup and Phase I of the plan has been approved.

4.31 The Geographical Information Systems(GIS) data base is an effective tool for EmergencyResponse to access information in terms of crucialparameters for the disaster affected areas. The GISdata base already available with the differentagencies of the Government of India is beingupgraded and the gaps are proposed to be bridged.A project for this purpose is being drawn up with aview to institutionalizing the arrangements.

4.32 In order to further strengthen thecapacity for response, the fire services are proposed

��

��

to be developed into multi-hazard response units. Aproject has been drawn up and will be taken forimplementation as soon as the resources aremobilized. It is proposed to provide multi-hazardresponse units under this project upto the sub-divisional level.

Response and ReliefResponse and ReliefResponse and ReliefResponse and ReliefResponse and Relief

Monsoon Behaviour in 2003Monsoon Behaviour in 2003Monsoon Behaviour in 2003Monsoon Behaviour in 2003Monsoon Behaviour in 2003

4.33 June 8th marked the onset of the South-West Monsoon 2003 over Kerala constituting aweek’s delay beyond its normal date of June 1. Theinitial delay was carried forward into the interiorparts of the peninsula, but it was made up in its finalstages and the onset over west Rajasthan was earlierthan normal. There was good pre-monsoon rainfallactivity over North-East India in June. There wasno break in rainfall activity during the entiremonsoon season. The dry spells that prevailed indifferent parts of the country were also not prolongedexcept in interior Karnataka and Kerala and southernparts of Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra. Duringthe season, as many as nine low pressure areasformed over the Bay of Bengal and four over land.These systems resulted in persistent rainfall activityover central India during the second half of themonsoon season that led to flood in Orissa,Chhattisgarh, Bihar and Uttar Pradesh.

4.34 The pattern of rainfall during the 2003monsoon season was characterized by its equitabledistribution in both space and time. It wasdescribed as a good monsoon and the rains wereconsidered to be “plentiful” coming in the wakeof an all-India drought. For the country as a wholeand for the entire four-month period of June to

September, the rainfall was 102% of the LongPeriod Average (LPA). At the end of the monsoonseason, 7 out of the 36 meteorological sub-divisions registered excess rains, 26 had normalrainfall, and only 3 sub-divisions (North and SouthInterior Karnataka and Kerala) received deficientrainfall. On district wise count 139 out of 523meteorological districts received excess rain fall,249 normal, 139 deficient and 14 scanty. No datais available for 8 districts.

Flood Situation and ResponseFlood Situation and ResponseFlood Situation and ResponseFlood Situation and ResponseFlood Situation and Response

4.35 16 States, namely, Arunachal Pradesh,Assam, Bihar, Chhastisgarh, Gujarat, HimachalPradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Orissa, MadhyaPradesh, Maharashtra, Meghalaya, Rajasthan, UttarPradesh, Uttaranchal and West Bengal reporteddamage in varying degrees due to heavy rains,floods, landslides and cloud bursts. As per thereports received from these States, 348.813 lakhpopulation was affected in 236 districts; 1,865persons were reported to have lost their lives; 11290cattle heads were also reported lost; 36.54 lakh ha.cropped area was affected and over 64,000 houseswere damaged. State-wise information on damagedue to heavy rains and floods during South WestMonsoon, 2003 is at Annexure-VI.

4.36 The Ministry of Home Affairs was inconstant touch with the affected States andcoordinated the efforts to assist these States foreffective response. Armed Forces and Central PoliceForces assisted some of the State Governments inrescue and relief operations. The Minister of Statefor Home visited the flood affected areas in the Statesof Assam, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and UttarPradesh.

��

��

Financial Assistance to StatesFinancial Assistance to StatesFinancial Assistance to StatesFinancial Assistance to StatesFinancial Assistance to States

4.37 The present scheme of financing therelief expenditure is based on the recommendationsof the Eleventh Finance Commission, which willbe in operation upto the year 2004-05. A CalamityRelief Fund(CRF) has been created in each Statefor meeting the expenditure for providingimmediate relief to the victims of cyclones,droughts, earthquakes, fire, floods and hailstorms.The Central Government contributes 75% of theCRF corpus, with the States contributing 25%.The total size of CRF for the five year period isRs.11,007.59 crore. Over and above the corpus ofCRF, there is a provision for extending additionalfinancial assistance to States from the NationalCalamity Contingency Fund (NCCF) in the wakeof a natural calamity of severe nature, tosupplement the expenditure on providingimmediate relief to the affected people. The NCCFwas created with an initial corpus of Rs.500 crorefinanced from budgetary sources. This corpus isto be replenished through levy of a surcharge oncertain Central Taxes. Assistance from NCCF issanctioned by a High Level Committee consistingof the Deputy Prime Minister, Agriculture Minister,Finance Minister and Deputy Chairman, PlanningCommission.

4.38 A total amount of Rs.1705.55 crorewas released as Centre’s share to CRF forvarious States during 2003-04. In addition,financial assistance of Rs.1587.42 has beenprovided to various States from NCCF during2003-04. State-wise details of the release fundsunder CRF and NCCF are at Annexure-VII &VIII, respectively.

ReReReReRevision of norvision of norvision of norvision of norvision of norms fms fms fms fms for CRF/NCCF utilisaor CRF/NCCF utilisaor CRF/NCCF utilisaor CRF/NCCF utilisaor CRF/NCCF utilisationtiontiontiontion

4.39 The list of approved items and normsof expenditure required to be followed by the Statesfor incurring expenditure from the CRF and NCCFwas amended in April, 2003 to cover additionalitems as under:-

● Assistance to sericulture farmers forMuga, Eri and Mulberry has beenincluded.

● Expenditure on installation of publicutility 4-digit code telephone at theState and District headquarters cannow be met from CRF. It will expeditethe installation of this facility in thecountry.

● As a part of preparedness forstrengthening Emergency Response,procurement of essential search, rescueand evacuation equipment, includingcommunication equipment, subject toa ceiling of 10% of the CRF allocationfor the year, has been provided in therevised norms.

InterInterInterInterInternananananational Co-Operational Co-Operational Co-Operational Co-Operational Co-Operationtiontiontiontion

4.40 India is a member of the Asian DisasterReduction Centre (ADRC). Kobe, Japan and is alsoa member of the Board of Trustees and ConsultativeCommittee of the Asian Disaster PreparednessCentre (ADPC) Bangkok.

4.41 A bilateral agreement for cooperationin the field of disaster management has been signedwith Switzerland.

��

��

4.42 A UNDP supported programme onDisaster Risk Management through participationof community and Local self Government waslaunched in September, 2002 for implementationduring 2002-07, initially with UNDP financialassistance of US $ 7million. The scope of the projecthas been expanded with additional financial supportfrom USAID, European Union etc. The programmeprovides support to the Ministry of Home Affairsand 169 multi-hazard prone Districts in 17 Statesfor strengthening and institutionalising capacitybuilding activities for disaster management.

4.43 An agreement has been signed withUSAID in September, 2003 for a DisasterManagement Support (DMS) project. USAID hasagreed to provide a total grant assistance of US $16 million over a period of four years, mainly tosupport projects related to Search and RescueTeams, Incident Command System, EmergencyOperation Centres and Climate Forecasting Systems.

BORDER MANAGEMENTBORDER MANAGEMENTBORDER MANAGEMENTBORDER MANAGEMENTBORDER MANAGEMENT

4.44 The Government is seized with a varietyof issues relating to the management of land andcoastal borders of the country . Border specificissues pertaining to Indo-Bangladesh, Indo-Nepal,Indo-Pakistan, Indo-Myanmar, India-China andIndo-Bhutan borders and others are receivingfocused attention.

VIGILANCE ALONG THEVIGILANCE ALONG THEVIGILANCE ALONG THEVIGILANCE ALONG THEVIGILANCE ALONG THEINTERNAINTERNAINTERNAINTERNAINTERNATIONAL BORDERS:TIONAL BORDERS:TIONAL BORDERS:TIONAL BORDERS:TIONAL BORDERS:FENCING AND FLOOD-LIGHTINGFENCING AND FLOOD-LIGHTINGFENCING AND FLOOD-LIGHTINGFENCING AND FLOOD-LIGHTINGFENCING AND FLOOD-LIGHTING

(a)(a)(a)(a)(a) Indo-PIndo-PIndo-PIndo-PIndo-Pak borak borak borak borak borderderderderder

4.45 The fencing and flood lighting works

in the entire Punjab and Rajasthan sectors, exceptsome gaps in the riverine areas of Punjab and theshifting sand dunes of Rajasthan, have already beencompleted.

4.46 With the sealing of Punjab andRajasthan borders, the possibility of the Gujaratborder being used as one of the alternative routesfor supply of weapons and infiltration of terroristshas increased. In order to check such anti-nationalactivities, the Central Government has approved acomprehensive proposal for fencing and floodlighting on a raised embankment, construction oflink roads, Border outposts and border roads in theGujarat sector. The work is under progress and theentire project is expected to be completed by theyear 2005.

4.47 The Central Government has alsoundertaken erection of fencing and flood lighting in180 kms and 195.8 kms, respectively, of theInternational Border in Jammu sector. The fencingwork commenced during the end of year 2000.Pakistan has been resorting to regular firing on theborder to obstruct the work of fencing and floodlighting. Since the work of erection of fencing, being

��

��

executed, is in the direct line of Pakistani firing, ithas been decided to construct a 12 feet high protectivebund in front of fencing to shield the workers. Theentire project is expected to be completed by 2006.

4.48 The status of progress of fencingand flood lighting on the Indo-Pak border is atAnnexure – IX.

(b)(b)(b)(b)(b) Indo-Bangladesh borIndo-Bangladesh borIndo-Bangladesh borIndo-Bangladesh borIndo-Bangladesh borderderderderder

4.49 In order to prevent illegal infiltration andother anti-national activities from across the border,the Government of India have sanctioned theerection of fencing in two phases. The IBB worksunder Phase-I was started in 1989 and is almostcompleted. Fencing in 854.354 kms have beenerected as against the approved target of 857.37 kmsand 2606.35 kms of road has been completed asagainst the approved target of 2866 kms. UnderPhase II, Government has approved additionalfencing of 2429.5 kms. And 797 kms road at anestimated cost of Rs. 2876.17 lakh.

4.50 As against 2429.5 kms of fencesanctioned under Phase-II, 648.08 kms of fence hasbeen erected and as against 797.00 kms of road,63.52 kms has been constructed till 2003-04. Thisincludes 22.50 kms of access road to fence. Theentire work has been targeted to be completed byMarch, 2006. The status of progress of fencing, roadand bridges, state-wise under phase-I and Phase-II,as on 31st March, 2004 is given in the Annexure-X

(c)(c)(c)(c)(c) Management of Indo-Nepal borManagement of Indo-Nepal borManagement of Indo-Nepal borManagement of Indo-Nepal borManagement of Indo-Nepal borderderderderder

4.51 The most important characteristic of thisborder is that the Indo-Nepal Treaty of Peace &

Friendship, 1950 grants equal opportunities to thenationals of either country in matters of employment,residence, property ownership and participation intrade and commerce. Nationals of either countrycan cross the border without any formal travelpapers. The openness of this border has beenmisused by the Pak ISI for subversive activitiesagainst India. Nepal is being used as a base forlaunching operations by the ISI. The Maoist upsurgein Nepal and its links with left wing extremist groupsin India add to the threat to our internal securityfrom this border.

4.52 In order to check anti-national activitieson the Indo-Nepal border, the Sashastra SeemaBal(SSB) has been deployed as a border guardingforce on this border. In addition to deploying theSSB, it is also proposed to strengthen the policeinfrastructure in the border districts to help checkingsmuggling, village surveillance and intelligencework by associating the State Governments havingborder with Nepal. The central assistance, asconsidered feasible, will be made available to theState Governments.

(d)(d)(d)(d)(d) Management of Indo-BhutanManagement of Indo-BhutanManagement of Indo-BhutanManagement of Indo-BhutanManagement of Indo-Bhutanborborborborborderderderderder

4.53 Indo-Bhutan border, which ischaracterized by a free movement regime for Indianand Bhutanese nationals, abuts on the States ofArunachal Pradesh, Assam, West Bengal andSikkim. The openness of this border is beingexploited by Indian insurgent groups particularlyUnited Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA), NationalDemocratic Front of Bodoland (NDFB) andKamatipur Liberation Organization (KLO) forindulging in anti-India activities. There are persistent

��

��

reports about insurgent groups using Bhutaneseterritory as a sanctuary and of their setting up campsinside Bhutan.

4.54 Keeping these factors in view, it hasbeen decided to deploy Sashastra Seema Bal(SSB)as a border guarding force on the Indo-Bhutan borderon a full time basis.

(e)(e)(e)(e)(e) Management of Indo-MyanmarManagement of Indo-MyanmarManagement of Indo-MyanmarManagement of Indo-MyanmarManagement of Indo-Myanmarborborborborborderderderderder

4.55 The Government has taken concretesteps to clearly demarcate borders with Myanmar.In this connection, the meeting of Surveyor Generalsof India and Myanmar took place in New Delhi inSeptember, 2002, and as follow up, three meetingsat the level of Directors of Survey Departments ofIndia and Myanmar took place to decide mattersrelating to repair, restoration, reconstruction andmaintenance of boundary pillars on Indo-Myanmarborder.

4.56 In pursuance of the recommendationsof Group of Ministers regarding the need for fencingin Moreh area in Manipur State on Indo-Myanmarborder, the Government has decided to fence an areaof approximately 10 Kms in Moreh in 2004-05.BRO has been entrusted with the work of fencing.

DeploDeploDeploDeploDeployment Of Hi-Tyment Of Hi-Tyment Of Hi-Tyment Of Hi-Tyment Of Hi-Tech Electrech Electrech Electrech Electrech ElectroniconiconiconiconicSurveillance Equipments On TheSurveillance Equipments On TheSurveillance Equipments On TheSurveillance Equipments On TheSurveillance Equipments On TheInterInterInterInterInternananananational Bortional Bortional Bortional Bortional Borderderderderdersssss

4.57 The Group of Ministers, in its report on‘Reforming the National Security System’, hasstressed the need for making greater use of high-technology systems and equipments to counter

cross-border challenges. It is proposed to deploy asuitable mix and class of various types ofsurveillance equipments on the international bordersof the country which would act as a force multiplierfor effective border management. The BorderGuarding Forces have since identified the hi-techelectronic surveillance system like Night VisionDevices, Hand held Thermal Imagers, Sensors etc.backed by effective communication and command& control systems which would greatly enhance theborder monitoring system. Phase-wise deploymentof these equipments will start shortly.

Constitution of State Level StandingConstitution of State Level StandingConstitution of State Level StandingConstitution of State Level StandingConstitution of State Level StandingCommittee and Joint Committee and Joint Committee and Joint Committee and Joint Committee and Joint TTTTTask Forask Forask Forask Forask Force bce bce bce bce byyyyythe borthe borthe borthe borthe border Stader Stader Stader Stader States inctes inctes inctes inctes including Coastalluding Coastalluding Coastalluding Coastalluding CoastalStatesStatesStatesStatesStates

4.58 In pursuance of the recommendation ofGroup of Ministers, in its report on ‘Reforming theNational Security System’, State and Union territoryGovernments have constituted State level StandingCommittees and Joint Task Forces, comprisingrepresentative of all intelligence and securityagencies, for the purpose of coordinating functionsand issues relating to management of bordersincluding control over illegal cross border activities.This mechanism will facilitate greater coordinationbetween various security and intelligence agenciesto curb anti-national activities on the border.

MULMULMULMULMULTIPURPOSE NATIPURPOSE NATIPURPOSE NATIPURPOSE NATIPURPOSE NATIONALTIONALTIONALTIONALTIONALIDENTITY CARDS SCHEMEIDENTITY CARDS SCHEMEIDENTITY CARDS SCHEMEIDENTITY CARDS SCHEMEIDENTITY CARDS SCHEME

4.59 The Government is contemplatingpreparation of National Register of Indian citizensand issue of Multipurpose National Identity Cards

��

�

(MNICs) based on this register to all citizens of thecountry. The main purpose of MNICs is to providea credible individual identification system andsimultaneous use of MNIC for several multifarioussocio-economic benefits and transactions within andoutside Government. The system not only envisagespreparation of a National Register of Indian citizens(NRIC) and providing a unique National IdentityNumber to each citizen of the country but alsoenvisages continuous updating of this register bylinking it to the system of registration of births anddeaths under the Registration of Birth & Deaths Act,1969 and also account for fresh registration of Indiancitizens under other provisions of the CitizenshipAct, 1955. The system also envisages completecomputerization and linking of the Registers at thesub-district, district national level.The CitizenshipAct, 1955 has been recently amended to providecompulsory registration of all citizen and issuanceof national identity card.

Launching of the Pilot PrLaunching of the Pilot PrLaunching of the Pilot PrLaunching of the Pilot PrLaunching of the Pilot Projectojectojectojectoject

4.60 Given the complexities of theMultipurpose National Identity Card project, it wasconsidered essential to go through a full drill ofsimulation exercise of preparation of NationalRegister, its update, issue of Identity Cards etc.through a Pilot Project. It was, therefore, decidedby the Central Government to implement a PilotProject for issue of Multipurpose National IdentityCards in a few selected sub-districts in variousdistricts of thirteen States and Union Territories,namely Jammu & Kashmir, Gujarat, Uttranchal,Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Assam, Andhra Pradesh,West Bengal, Tripura, Goa, Tamil Nadu,Pondicherry and Delhi covering a total populationof approximately 30.5 lakh.

4.61 The field work of the Pilot Project wasinitiated in November, 2003 and the project isexpected to be completed by in a year’s time. TheProject is experimental in nature and will considertrying out various processes and technologicaloptions as may be considered necessary as theimplementation progresses. The main scheme willbe implemented after taking into account theexperiences/lessons drawn from the Pilot Project.

Use of MNIC schemeUse of MNIC schemeUse of MNIC schemeUse of MNIC schemeUse of MNIC scheme

4.62 The NRIC, the NIN and the MNICwould improve e-governance leading to quick andhassle free service for the citizens. This would alsoimprove security cover in the country.

HUMAN RIGHTSHUMAN RIGHTSHUMAN RIGHTSHUMAN RIGHTSHUMAN RIGHTS

4.63 With the adoption of the UniversalDeclaration of Human Rights in 1948 by the UnitedNations General Assembly, human rights hasbecome an international instrument for securingthe basic rights of the people. People all over theworld see it as an important instrument to highlightinjustices meted out to them. Human Rights hasemerged as an important source of hope for millionsof common people whose basic rights have beendenied. Governments across the globe have alsore-oriented their institutions and functions on thebasis of international recognised human rightsstandards. The Government of India has alsoprovided a forum for redressal of human rightsviolations through the constitution of the NationalHuman Rights Commission and the State levelHuman Rights Commissions under the Protectionof Human Rights Act, 1993. The Government hasalso taken a number of initiatives in order to provide

��

��

the proper infrastructure for safeguarding humanrights in the country.

Human Rights EducationHuman Rights EducationHuman Rights EducationHuman Rights EducationHuman Rights Education

4.64 The National Action Plan for HumanRights Education is a comprehensive documentadopted by the Government of India forimplementation by various sections of the society,such as academic institutions, bureaucracy, police,media, etc. This plan of the Government aims atspreading human rights awareness to all sections ofthe society so that people, aware of their rights,contribute to the prevention of violations of humanrights. The implementation of above Plan byvarious agencies has commenced. The Ministryof Human Resource Development (Department ofEducation) has introduced human rights courses atCollege and University level and has also includedhuman rights as part of school curriculum. Thetraining institutions for police and civil officers havealso introduced human rights as an importantelement in the training. The Ministry of HomeAffairs has also planned to organize seminars,workshops, etc. in different parts of the country tointeract with the State Governments and variousagencies to spread the message of human rightseducation to every corner of the country.

TTTTTransparransparransparransparransparencencencencency and Commitment toy and Commitment toy and Commitment toy and Commitment toy and Commitment toHuman RightsHuman RightsHuman RightsHuman RightsHuman Rights

4.65 The Central Government has been verytransparent in its policy on human rights and haswelcomed suggestions from all quarters in improvingthe status of human rights in the country. TheGovernment has also encouraged visits of foreignnationals, including diplomats and journalists, to

Jammu and Kashmir. The Government has also beenfully cooperative with various human rights agenciesfunctioning under the aegis of UNO and has beenresponding adequately to specific complaints ofalleged human rights violations received from variousfora under UN. Keeping in mind the country’sobligation under International Conventions, theGovernment has been sending information and repliesto specific questions received from variousRapporteur of the UN High Commission for HumanRights. Prompt replies sent to allegations of allegedhuman rights violations has strengthened the positionof the Government and countered the biasedpropaganda launched by vested interest.

MoU with InterMoU with InterMoU with InterMoU with InterMoU with Internananananational Committeetional Committeetional Committeetional Committeetional Committeeof the Red Crof the Red Crof the Red Crof the Red Crof the Red Crossossossossoss

4.66 In consonance with its policy oftransparency, the Government of India has signed aMemorandum of Understanding with theInternational Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC),in June 1995, which provides the delegates of theICRC to have an access to detention centres whereindividuals arrested or detained in connection withthe prevailing situation in Jammu & Kashmir arelodged. This has been done purely on humanitariangrounds. Since the beginning of its operation underthe MoU, the delegates of the ICRC had visited 55detention centres and registered over 8,512 detenustill March, 2004.

National Human RightsNational Human RightsNational Human RightsNational Human RightsNational Human RightsCommissionCommissionCommissionCommissionCommission

4.67 The National Human Rights Commissionwhich was constituted under the Protection of HumanRights Act, 1993 has entered its 10th year and continued

��

�

its efforts to reach its goal of defending human rightsand dignity of the people of the country. TheCommission continues its efforts to sensitize variousState Governments on a number of issues relating tohuman rights on which the Commission has beenworking with them. These issues include atrocities onminorities and scheduled castes and scheduled tribes,compliance of directives of the Commission in respectof payment of compensation/disciplinary action,human rights situation in jails including issues such asover-crowding, custodial deaths and rape manualscavenging, problems of denotified and nomadic tribes,etc. The Commission has also taken a keen interest inthe eradication of child labour, bonded labour and otherhuman rights issues such as trafficking of women,protection of women, rights of mentally ill, etc.

Complaints rComplaints rComplaints rComplaints rComplaints receiveceiveceiveceiveceived bed bed bed bed by they they they they theCommissionCommissionCommissionCommissionCommission

4.68 The National Human RightsCommission has been receiving a large number ofcomplaints from the general public on human rightsviolation. During the year 2003-2004, 72,990 caseswere registered with the Commission. As on April1, 2003, the Commission had 43,010 cases pendingfrom the previous year .Of these 1,16,000 cases(brought forward from the previous year andreceived during the current year) the Commissionwas able to dispose of 57,499 cases during 2003-2004.

InterInterInterInterInternananananational Confertional Confertional Confertional Confertional Conferences andences andences andences andences andSeminarsSeminarsSeminarsSeminarsSeminars

4.69 The National Human RightsCommission hosted an International Work-shopfor Human Rights Institutions from the

Commonwealth and Asia Pacific Region on May26 – 29, 2003. The National Human RightsInstitutions of Afghanistan, Australia, Fiji, Ghana,Iran, Republic of Korea, Malawi, Malaysia,Mauritius, Mongolia, Nepal, New Zealand,Nigeria, Northern Ireland, Philippines, SouthAfrica, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Ugandaparticipated in the above Workshop. Theworkshop discussed the proposal to develop acomprehensive and integral United NationsConvention to promote and protect the rights ofpersons with disabilities. The workshop stronglyaffirmed the need for the development of acomprehensive and integral Convention. Itstressed that the Convention should be a right-based instrument built on international humanrights norms and standards and social justice. Itfurther affirmed that all persons with disabilities ,without exception, are entitled to the full benefitand enjoyment of all fundamental human rightsand freedoms on the basis of equality and dignityand without discrimination.

ResearResearResearResearResearch Prch Prch Prch Prch Projectsojectsojectsojectsojects

4.70 The National Human RightsCommission monitors a large number of projects/programmes. Some of important programmes andthe features are as follows:-

a)a)a)a)a) Action ResearAction ResearAction ResearAction ResearAction Research on ch on ch on ch on ch on TTTTTrafrafrafrafrafffffficicicicicking inking inking inking inking inWWWWW omen and Childromen and Childromen and Childromen and Childromen and Children in Indiaen in Indiaen in Indiaen in Indiaen in India

The Action Research Project on Traffickingin Women and Children that has beenundertaken by the Commission inpartnership with the UNIFEM is nearingcompletion.

��

��

b)b)b)b)b) Colloquium on Population Policy –Colloquium on Population Policy –Colloquium on Population Policy –Colloquium on Population Policy –Colloquium on Population Policy –Development and Human RightsDevelopment and Human RightsDevelopment and Human RightsDevelopment and Human RightsDevelopment and Human Rights

In order to initiate a dialogue from theperspective of development and human rightsin the implementation of effective populationpolicies at the Centre and State levels and todeliberate on the mechanisms to achieve thesame, the Commission, in collaboration withthe Ministry of Health and Family Welfare andthe United Nations Population Fund, hadorganized a two-day Colloquium onPopulation Policy – Development and HumanRights on January 9-10, 2003 in New Delhi.The Colloquium was attended, among others,by key administrators and policy makers. It,inter-alia, recommended that the StateGovernments and UTs that have adoptedcoercive approach through use of incentivesand disincentives, which was inconsistent withthe spirit of the National Population Policy,should exclude these from their populationpolicies. The Colloquium also adopted aDeclaration.

c)c)c)c)c) Rehabilitation of Destitute/Rehabilitation of Destitute/Rehabilitation of Destitute/Rehabilitation of Destitute/Rehabilitation of Destitute/MarMarMarMarMarggggginalized inalized inalized inalized inalized WWWWW omen of omen of omen of omen of omen of VrVrVrVrVrindavindavindavindavindavananananan

The National Human Rights Commission isdeeply concerned about the condition of thedestitute/marginalized women, particularlywidows residing in Vrindavan area. In orderto mitigate their sufferings, the Commissionhas been holding meetings from time to timewith the representatives of the Governmentof India (Department of Women & ChildDevelopment) and the Government of UttarPradesh. One of the important outcomes of

these meetings is that land measuring 0.809hectare has been purchased by the StateGovernment of Uttar Pradesh with substantialCentral assistance so as to provide shelter tothese destitute women. A building would beconstructed to provide accommodation to1000 women. A monthly pension of Rs.125/- is given to each woman. A proposal is inthe pipeline to enhance the pension to Rs.250/- per month. Besides, facilities such as healthcare, provision of LPG connections for groupcooking, Social Security Cards, entertainment,etc. are also being made available to them.

(d)(d)(d)(d)(d) The National Human RightsThe National Human RightsThe National Human RightsThe National Human RightsThe National Human RightsCommission-Canadian HumanCommission-Canadian HumanCommission-Canadian HumanCommission-Canadian HumanCommission-Canadian HumanRights Commission-Indira GandhiRights Commission-Indira GandhiRights Commission-Indira GandhiRights Commission-Indira GandhiRights Commission-Indira GandhiNational Open University LinkageNational Open University LinkageNational Open University LinkageNational Open University LinkageNational Open University LinkagePrPrPrPrProjectojectojectojectoject

A MOU relating to the National Human RightsCommission-Canadian Human RightsCommission-Indira Gandhi National OpenUniversity Linkage Project on Disability wassigned in New Delhi on 26 August 2003. Thehighlights of the Project are as under :-

● The project seeks to build the capacityof legal practioners and disability rightsand human rights activists to addressproblems of discrimination,marginalization and exclusion ofpersons with disability.

● The endeavour is to introduce trainingmodules through face-to-face and distanceeducation mode so that people committedto the promotion and protection of rightsof the disabled have freedom of enhancing

��

��

their knowledge and awareness to play amore effective role.

● This collaborative initiative wouldproduce Manuals, Guidelines andReference Materials in easy-to-uselanguage. The documents evolvedunder this Project would clarify theapplication of international and nationallaws to the human rights of persons withdisability.

N eN eN eN eN ew Initiaw Initiaw Initiaw Initiaw Initiativtivtivtivtives:Cres:Cres:Cres:Cres:Creaeaeaeaeating theting theting theting theting theinstitution of ‘Commissioner forinstitution of ‘Commissioner forinstitution of ‘Commissioner forinstitution of ‘Commissioner forinstitution of ‘Commissioner forHuman Rights’ and establishing hisHuman Rights’ and establishing hisHuman Rights’ and establishing hisHuman Rights’ and establishing hisHuman Rights’ and establishing hislinkageslinkageslinkageslinkageslinkages

4.71 The Joint Secretary (HR) in the Ministryof Home Affairs has been appointed the“Commissioner for Human Rights” in order tomonitor and prevent violation of human rights byCentral Police Forces, as well as the policeorganizations in the Union territories. TheCommissioner holds quarterly meetings to reviewthe status of human rights violation and its redressalin the Central Police Forces and Police of Unionterritories.

4.72 In pursuance of the above, theCommissioner for Human Rights has held meetingswith the Nodal Officers on Human Rights in UTs ofDelhi, Chandigarh and Daman & Diu. TheCommissioner has also held meetings with theCentral Reserve Police Force. Issues relating to goodpolice practices as well as the need for the Forcesto take steps to prevent violation of human rightswas discussed and appropriate suggestions madefor implementation.

CRIMINAL LACRIMINAL LACRIMINAL LACRIMINAL LACRIMINAL LAWS REFORMSWS REFORMSWS REFORMSWS REFORMSWS REFORMS

4.73 Ministry of Home Affairs is concernedwith legislative aspects of the Indian Penal Code,1860 and the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 .Amendments to these Codes are a continuousprocess and such amendments are made based onthe recommendations from the Law Commission,various Central Ministries, other government or non-government organizations, etc.

The Criminal Law (Amendment)The Criminal Law (Amendment)The Criminal Law (Amendment)The Criminal Law (Amendment)The Criminal Law (Amendment)Bill, 2003Bill, 2003Bill, 2003Bill, 2003Bill, 2003

4.74 The Government has introduced theCriminal Law (Amendment) Bill, 2003 in the RajyaSabha on 22nd August, 2003 proposing amendmentto the Indian Penal Code, 1860, the Code of CriminalProcedure, 1973 and the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.The main features of the Bill are given as under :

a.a.a.a.a. PrPrPrPrPreeeeevvvvventing witnesses frenting witnesses frenting witnesses frenting witnesses frenting witnesses from turom turom turom turom turningningningningninghostilehostilehostilehostilehostile

In view of wide perception that criminal casesin courts fail because statements bywitness(es) are reneged either out of fear orallurement, the Central Government decidedto curb the evil of witness(es) turning hostileby amending sections 161, 162, 164 and 344of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, andalso making consequential amendments to theCode of Criminal Procedure, 1973 and IndianEvidence Act, 1872 by providing that (i)statement made to Police relating to offencespunishable with imprisonment upto sevenyears be signed and quickly transmitted to theMagistrate, (ii) recording of evidence of

��

��

material witness by Magistrate in all offencespunishable with death or imprisonment for 7years or more; (iii) statement of the witnessduly recorded before Magistrate under oath,in the discretion of the court, be treated asevidence; and (iv) summary trial for perjuryand enhanced punishment awardedconsequent to such summary trial.

b.b.b.b.b. IntrIntrIntrIntrIntroducing the concept of pleaoducing the concept of pleaoducing the concept of pleaoducing the concept of pleaoducing the concept of pleabarbarbarbarbargggggainingainingainingainingaining

The disposal of criminal trials in the courtstakes considerable time and in many casestrials do not commence for as long a periodas 3 to 5 years after the accused was remittedto judicial custody. A large number ofpersons accused of criminal offences havenot been able to secure bail for one reason orthe other and have to languish in jail as under-trial prisoners for years. Plea-bargaining,though not recognized so far by the criminaljurisprudence, is seen as an alternative to dealwith huge arrears of criminal cases. Toreduce the delay in the disposal of criminaltrials and appeals and also to alleviate thesuffering of under-trial prisoners, it isproposed to introduce the concept of plea-bargaining as recommended by the LawCommission of India in its 154th Report onthe Code of Criminal Procedure. TheCommittee on Criminal Justice SystemReforms has also endorsed the Committee’srecommendations. It means pre-trialnegotiations between defendant andprosecution during which the defendantagrees to plead guilty in exchange for certainconcessions by the prosecutor. It would,

however, not be admissible to habitualoffenders. A Chapter on this is beingincorporated in the Code of CriminalProcedure, 1973.

c.c.c.c.c. Compounding the ofCompounding the ofCompounding the ofCompounding the ofCompounding the offence infence infence infence infence insection 498A IPC.section 498A IPC.section 498A IPC.section 498A IPC.section 498A IPC.

Section 498-A of Indian Penal Code, 1860provides punishment to husband, or relativesof husband, of a woman subjecting her tocruelty. It has been widely reported that thisprovision has been misused and is also harshas it is non-compoundable. It is, therefore,proposed to make the offence acompoundable one.

d.d.d.d.d. Amendment to Section 292 CrAmendment to Section 292 CrAmendment to Section 292 CrAmendment to Section 292 CrAmendment to Section 292 Cr.P.P.P.P.P.C..C..C..C..C.to enlarto enlarto enlarto enlarto enlarge the list of ofge the list of ofge the list of ofge the list of ofge the list of offfffficericericericericers to gs to gs to gs to gs to giviviviviveeeeeevidenceevidenceevidenceevidenceevidence

The Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973,includes only officers of the Mint/IndiaSecurity Press, Nasik as experts for givingtheir opinion with regard to fake currencynotes and coins. Expert opinion given byofficers of other note printing press suffersfrom legal infirmity. Therefore, it is proposedto include in section 292 more scientificexperts to give evidence in cases relating tofake currency notes.

e.e.e.e.e. Punishment fPunishment fPunishment fPunishment fPunishment for thror thror thror thror threaeaeaeaeatening antening antening antening antening anyyyyyperson to give false evidenceperson to give false evidenceperson to give false evidenceperson to give false evidenceperson to give false evidence

It is also proposed to amend the Indian PenalCode, 1860 to provide punishment forthreatening or inducing any person to give

��

��

false evidence by inserting new section195A IPC.

Report of the Malimath CommitteeReport of the Malimath CommitteeReport of the Malimath CommitteeReport of the Malimath CommitteeReport of the Malimath Committeeon Refon Refon Refon Refon Reforororororms of Crms of Crms of Crms of Crms of Criminal Justiceiminal Justiceiminal Justiceiminal Justiceiminal JusticeSystemSystemSystemSystemSystem

4.75 The Government had set up aCommittee under the chairmanship of Dr. (Justice)V.S. Malimath, formerly Chief Justice of Karnatakaand Kerala High Courts, to consider and recommendmeasures to revamp the criminal justice system inthe country. The Committee submitted its report onApril 21, 2003. In the Report, the Committee had

made 158 recommendations proposing amendmentto the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 and theIndian Penal Code, 1860 and various other laws.

4.76 Since the Criminal Law and CriminalProcedure are on the Concurrent List of the SeventhSchedule to the Constitution of India and theCriminal Laws are administered by the StateGovernments, the Report had been referred to StateGovernments for seeking their views to enableMinistry of Home Affairs to take a final decisionon the recommendations and thereafter introduce aBill for comprehensive amendment to the proceduraland criminal laws.

❏

��

��

INTER-STINTER-STINTER-STINTER-STINTER-STAAAAATE COUNCILTE COUNCILTE COUNCILTE COUNCILTE COUNCIL

5.1 The Inter-State Council was set up on May28, 1990 by a Presidential Order under article 263 ofthe Constitution of India. The duties of the Councilinclude investigating and discussing such subjects inwhich some or all the States or the Union and one ormore of the States have common interest. The Councilcomprises the Prime Minister as chairperson and ChiefMinisters of all States, Chief Ministers of Unionterritories having Legislative Assemblies,Administrators of Union territories not havingLegislative Assemblies, Governors of States underPresident’s rule, six Ministers of Cabinet rank in theUnion Council of Ministers nominated by the PrimeMinister and two Ministers of Cabinetrank in the Union Council of Ministersnominated by the Prime Minister aspermanent invitees.

5.2 The council, since itsinception, has held eight meetings sofar, the first on October 10, 1990 andthe eighth on August 27-28, 2003.The eighth meetings was held inSrinagar and it is for the first time thata meeting of the Council was heldoutside Delhi. The Council in itseight meetings held so far hascompleted consideration of al the 247


�� Vrecommendation on center-Stae relations. Of these247 recommendations, 57 have not been accepted bythe Council/Administrative Ministries, 175 have beenimplemented and 15 are at various stages ofimplementation in the Administrative Ministries.

5.3 In the 8th meeting of the Inter-StateCouncil held on August 27-28, 2003, the Councilconsidered the remaining 17 recommendations ofSarkaria Commission relating to ‘AdministrativeRelations’, ‘Emergency Provisions’ and‘Deployment of Union Armed Forces’ as well asthe report of Sub-Committee on ‘Contract Labour/Contract Appointments’ and the ‘Action Plan onGood Governance’.

Meeting of the Inter-State Council on August27-28, 2003 held in Srinagar.

��

��

5.4 Some of the important decisions takenin the 8th meeting of the Council and itsimplemetation by respective Ministries/Departmentsare as follows:-

(a) It was decided to retain article 365 andto accept the recommendation ofSarkaria Commission for a cautiousapproach before its application. TheCouncil accepted that article 365 shouldbe used as measure of last resort. AllMinistries/Departments of theGovernment of India have beenconveyed the decision of the Councilfor guidance and implementation.

(b) Regarding ‘Emergency Provisions’, theCouncil observed that the safeguardscontained in the Bommai Judgment,which has already become part of thelaw of the land, were adequate to preventmisuse of Article 356. It was decidedthat the safeguards be suitablyincorporated in Article 356 and theMinistry of Law should expeditiouslyprepare an appropriate draftAmendment Bill for introduction in theParliament. The matter is under theconsideration of the Government.

(c) The Council decided to acceptCommission’s recommendation forintroduction of a system of inter-changeof officers among the Union and StatesArmed Police Forces. It was, however,of the opinion that large scale transferof officers may not be feasible. TheGovernment has accepted therecommendation of the council.

(d) The Council decided to constitute a Sub-Committee of selected Chief Ministersto deliberate further on the subject of‘Good Governance’ and formulate ablueprint of Action Plan which could bediscussed in the next meeting of theCouncil. A sub-committee of the councilon good governance has been set up videISC secretariat order dated December2, 2003.

5.5 Follow-up action is being taken on thedecisions of the Inter-State Council.

ZONAL COUNCILSZONAL COUNCILSZONAL COUNCILSZONAL COUNCILSZONAL COUNCILS

5.6 Five Zonal Councils have been set upunder the States Reorganisation Act, 1956. Theseare high-level advisory bodies having Union HomeMinister as the Chairman and the Chief Ministersof the respective States as their members. Thesecouncils have been set up with a view to providinga common meeting ground in each zone for ensuringresolution of inter-State, Centre-State and zonalproblems, fostering balanced socio-economicregional development and building harmoniousCentre-State relations.

5.7 During the year 2003-2004 a meetingof the Standing Committee of the Southern ZonalCouncil was held on May 21, 2003 at Hyderabad atwhich important issues relating to Inter-State hydro-electric projects; identification of specific areas ofco-operation among the States of the zone for givinga boost to trade, commerce, tourism and other fieldsof economic development; poverty alleviation; jointmeasures for tackling problems relating to law andorder; development of inland waterways; etc. were

��

��

discussed. The recommendations made by theStanding Committee in respect of the aforesaidissues are being pursued with the concerned CentralMinistries and the State Governments in the zonewith a view to ensuring their speedy implementation.

CREACREACREACREACREATION OF NEW STTION OF NEW STTION OF NEW STTION OF NEW STTION OF NEW STAAAAATESTESTESTESTES

5.8 The three new States of Uttaranchal,Chhattisgarh and Jharkhand created in the year 2000have been functioning smoothly for the past threeyears. The apportionment of assets and liabilities ofthe Companies/Corporations etc., of the compositeStates of Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh and Biharbetween the Successor States is in progress. TheCentral Government issues orders/directions forfinal apportionment of assets and liabilities betweenthe Successor States in case of any dispute betweenthe Successor States and where a reference is madeby either of the States.

5.9 The Constitution (One hundred andsecond Amendment) Bill, 2003 and the State ofDelhi Bill, 2003 seeking to grant Statehood to Delhiwere introduced in the Lok Sabha on August 18,2003. These Bills have been referred to theDepartment related Parliamentary StandingCommittee on Ministry of Home Affairs. TheCommittee has submitted its reports.

PRISONSPRISONSPRISONSPRISONSPRISONS

5.10 ‘Prisons’ is a State subject. As such,prison management is primarily the responsibility ofthe State Governments. However, the CentralGovernment has been providing financial assistanceto State Governments through the FinanceCommissions’ awards as well as under a new non-

plan scheme for construction of additional prisons toreduce overcrowding, repair and renovation ofexisting prisons and improvement in sanitation andwater supply and living accommodation for prisonsstaff, to be implemented over a period of five yearswith an outlay of Rs.1800 crore on cost sharing basisin the ratio of 75:25 (i.e. the share of CentralGovernment being 75% and that of the StateGovernments 25%) with effect from 2002-03. In thefirst year viz. 2002-03 the Centre’s share of Rs.270crore was released to the States. In the year underreport (2003-04), a total of Rs. 197 crore was releasedto the States. The Ministry is closely monitoring theprogress in implementing the scheme for ensuringthat Central funds released are utilized properly..

5.11 The Central Government has been intouch with the State Governments from time to timeon various aspects of prison management andcorrectional administration so as to improve thecondition of the prisons and the prisoners. TheBureau of Police Research and Development(BPR&D) has drafted a new Model Prison Manual,which is being examined and will be sent to the StateGovernments.

5.12 The Government of India runs anInstitute of Correctional Administration inChandigarh for imparting training to prisonpersonnel. A Regional Institute for CorrectionalAdministration (RICA) is also functioning atVellore, Tamil Nadu. This Institute is funded bythe State Governments of Andhra Pradesh,Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu. Assistance inthe form of grant-in-aid is also provided to thisInstitute by the Ministry of Home Affairs fordevelopmental activities such as construction oflibrary, development of roads, grounds, indoor

��

�

shooting range, improvements in dispensaries, etc.The Ministry of Home Affairs had released anamount of Rs.1.19 crore approximately to the RICA,Vellore from 1988 till date.

SCHEME FOR MODERNISASCHEME FOR MODERNISASCHEME FOR MODERNISASCHEME FOR MODERNISASCHEME FOR MODERNISATIONTIONTIONTIONTIONOF STOF STOF STOF STOF STAAAAATE POLICE FORCESTE POLICE FORCESTE POLICE FORCESTE POLICE FORCESTE POLICE FORCES

5.13 The Ministry of Home Affairs has beenimplementing a Scheme for Modernization of StatePolice Forces (MPF Scheme) since 1969-70 tosupplement the efforts of the State Governments inmodernizing their police forces. Upto the year 1999-2000, a sum of Rs.536.74 crore only was providedby MHA under the Scheme. The Scheme providedassistance to the State Governments on 50% loanand 50% grant-in-aid basis till 2002-03 The StateGovernments were required to provide an equalamount as matching contribution. The annualCentral allocation under the MPF Scheme wasrevised to Rs.1000 crore from 2000-01.

ReReReReRevievievievieview of the Pw of the Pw of the Pw of the Pw of the Police Moderolice Moderolice Moderolice Moderolice ModernizanizanizanizanizationtiontiontiontionSchemeSchemeSchemeSchemeScheme

5.14 The major constraints reported by manyState Governments is their inability to provide 50%matching contribution. Accordingly, the Scheme hasbeen revised recently and the annual centralallocation has been enhanced to Rs. 1400.00 crorefrom 2003-04. The revised scheme, inter-alia,includes change in funding pattern after groupingthe States into 3 categories; A, B1 and B2, directfunding for procurement of critical items andentrusting construction activities of police buildingsto Central construction agencies, if need be.Modernization of Home Guards has also beenincluded in the MPF Scheme . The following are

the brief details of categorization of States andquantum of Central funding :-

Category A :Category A :Category A :Category A :Category A :

Jammu & Kashmir, Assam, Manipur andTripura. The Central Government will fund 100%of the annual plans of these States.

Category BCategory BCategory BCategory BCategory B1 1 1 1 1 :::::

Arunachal Pradesh, Bihar, Nagaland,Meghalaya, Mizoram, Sikkim, Andhra Pradesh,Chhatisgarh and Jharkhand. The CentralGovernment will fund 75% of the annual plans ofthese States.

Category BCategory BCategory BCategory BCategory B2 2 2 2 2 :::::

Gurajat, Rajasthan, Punjab, HimachalPradesh, Uttaranchal, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal,Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Orissa, Goa,Haryana, Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu. TheCentral Government will fund 60% of the annualplans of these States.

5.15 The details of the amounts released toState Governments and the utiliization reported bythe State Governments during the last four years isas under :-

Sl. Financial Amount released UtilizationNo year reported by

the StateGovernments

1 2000-01 Rs 1,000/- crore 85.65%

2 2001-02 Rs 1,000/- crore 74.73%

3 2002-03 Rs 695/- crore 44.39%

4 2003-04 Rs 705.27 crore Reports yet to

(partly in cash and be received

partly in kind)

��

��

5.16 The Scheme has made perceptibleimpact in all the States and has provided the muchneeded financial assistance and impetus to policemodernisation. Buildings of Police Stations/Out-posts with required facilities has been taken upas a priority area. Construction of houses forpolice personnel and provision of modernweapons have boosted their morale particularlyin extremist affected areas. Computerisation inthe police will lead to enhanced efficiency inpolice functioning. Provision of additionalvehicles and modern surveillance and securityequipment to police has increased their mobilityand reduced reaction time.

5.17 For instance, Madhya Pradesh hasreported that 70% of the police stations have beenprovided operational vehicles, which was only17% earlier. Similarly housing satisfactionincreased from 36% to 44%. State Governmentof Andhra Pradesh had embarked upon anambitious police computerisation programmeknown as “e-Cops”. Karnataka had taken upconstruction of 11256 quarters for policemen and259 police stations/out-posts. The stategovernment of Gujarat has been able to developthe State Forensic Science Laboratories as one ofthe best equipped laboratories in the country thathave been able to take important cases not onlyfrom the State but also from outside the State.They have state-of-the-art lie detection facilities,brain finger printing and narco analysis, DNAfinger printing, speaker identification etc. TheState Government of Assam has undertakenconstruction of more than 50 police stations, about600 police quarters and also major buildings inthe training institutes. Most of the stateGovernments reported about their ability to

provide modern communication equipment to thepolice stations. The implementation of the Schemeis monitored by Central teams sent to the States.

STSTSTSTSTAAAAATE LEGISLATE LEGISLATE LEGISLATE LEGISLATE LEGISLATIONSTIONSTIONSTIONSTIONS

5.18 The Constitution of India provides thatlegislative proposals of State Governments in thefollowing categories are to be approved by theCentral Government or assented to by the Presidentof India before taking effect:

(i) Bills under article 201 of theConstitution;

(ii) Ordinances under proviso to clause 1 ofarticle 213 of the Constitution;

(iii) Bills for previous sanction underproviso to article 304(b) of theConstitution; and

(iv) Regulations for Scheduled Areas (FifthSchedule to the Constitution).

5.19 In addition, Bills which are required tobe reserved for consideration of the President aresometimes sent by the State Governments forapproval of the Central Government, before theirintroduction in the State Legislatures. Though nota constitutional requirement, it helps the StateLegislature to keep in view the policy of CentralGovernment besides avoiding loss of time inobtaining President’s assent to the samesubsequently.

5.20 The legislative proposals are examinedin consultation with the concerned Ministries/Departments of the Government of India. The UnionGovernment favours expeditious approval of theselegislative proposals and, accordingly, time limits

��

�

have been prescribed for their examination by theconcerned Ministries/Departments.

5.21 The position is reviewed periodicallythrough meetings with Union Ministries andconcerned State Governments to facilitate earlyclearance of Bills by resolving issues across the table.

PrPrPrPrProposals roposals roposals roposals roposals receiveceiveceiveceiveceived and fed and fed and fed and fed and finalizedinalizedinalizedinalizedinalized

5.22 During 2003-2004, the Government ofIndia received 105 proposals for approval/assent ofthe Government of India/President of India.

The number of proposals approved during theperiod from 01.04.2003 to 31.03.2004 is as below:-

Sl. Particulars Numbers

No.

a. Bills for President’s assent 47

b. Bills from which President’s assent withheld 11

c. Bills returned with a Message from President 6

d. Bill for assent withdrawn by State Government 4

e. Regulation for President’s assent 1

f. Ordinances for President’s instructions 9

g. Ordinances closed 3

h. Previous Sanction of the President 1

i. Previous Sanction closed 2

j. Bills for administrative approval 26

k. Bills for administrative approval closed 10

l. Bills for administrative approval withdrawn 1

Total : 121*

(* This also includes Legislative Proposals received earlier)

UNION TERRITORIESUNION TERRITORIESUNION TERRITORIESUNION TERRITORIESUNION TERRITORIES

5.23 The Constitution (7th Amendment) Act,1956 replaced the States in Part C and territories in

Part D of the First Schedule by the ‘Union territories’which, under Part II of the First Schedule (asamended), were then six in number. Aftersubsequent amendment Acts, there are now sevenUnion territories, viz:

(a) Andaman and Nicobar Islands

(b) Chandigarh

(c) Dadra and Nagar Haveli

(d) Daman and Diu

(e) Lakshadweep

(f) National Capital Territory of Delhi

(g) Pondicherry

5.24 The Union territories are administeredin accordance with the provisions of articles 239 to241 of the Constitution of India. Of the seven Unionterritories, the National Capital Territory of Delhiand Pondicherry have legislatures, Council ofMinisters and Consolidated Funds. The rest of theUnion territories are without legislature.

5.25 The total area covered by the sevenUnion territories is 10,973 sq km and theirpopulation as per 2001 census is 1,64,53,194. Thearea and population of each of the Union territoryare given in Annexure- XI

5.26 The Union territories have a total planoutlay of Rs. 29,375.49 crore under the Tenth FiveYear Plan (2002-2007). The plan outlays ofindividual Union territories for the Tenth Five YearPlan and Annual Plan for 2003-2004 are given inAnnexure- XII. The provisions of CentralAssistance for the Pradhan Mantri Gramoday Yojana(PMGY), Slum Development, National Social

��

��

Assistance Programme (NSAP) and Annapurna,National Programme for Adolescent Girls (NPAG),Urban Infrastructure etc. for the Union territoriesin the Annual Plan 2003-2004 are given inAnnexure-XIII.

Andaman & Nicobar IslandsAndaman & Nicobar IslandsAndaman & Nicobar IslandsAndaman & Nicobar IslandsAndaman & Nicobar Islands

5.27 The Union territory of Andaman andNicobar Islands, comprising 572 islands, islets androcks, is situated between 6° and 14° north latitudeand 92° and 94° east longitude in the Bay of Bengal.It has a total area of 8,249 sq. km. of whichapproximately 87% or 7,171 sq. km. is under forestcover. 38 of the i slands are inhabited with a totalpopulation of 3,56,265 as per 2001 census.

5.28 The Andaman and Nicobar Islands is aUnion territory without legislature. The territory isadministratively divided into two districts, viz, theAndaman District and the Nicobar District. Thereare four sub-divisions, five community blocks andseven tehsils. Port Blair, the only urban area in theterritory, has a Municipal Council. The UT has oneZilla Parishad, seven Panchayat Samities and sixtyseven Gram Panchayats.

AgrAgrAgrAgrAgriculturiculturiculturiculturicultureeeee5.29 The total land available for agriculture

in Andaman and Nicobar Islands is limited to50,000 hect., i.e., 6% of the total geographical areaof the islands. No further land is being releasedbecause of the prevailing ecological conditions.The Department of Agriculture has made effortsto boost production of paddy, pulses, oilseeds,vegetables etc. by motivating farmers to bring morearea under High Yielding Variety through transferof technology.

5.30 The Department of Agriculturemaintain 33 plantation/farms/nurseries in differentparts of the territory to produce better seeds,planting materials and also to provide necessarydemonstration in growing different cropssystematically and by using latest technology forthe benefit of the farmers. The Departmentprocures, transports and distributes all kinds ofagricultural inputs to different parts of these islandsthrough 53 sale depots. With limited land availablefor agriculture, the Department has laid stress onbringing more hilly land under differenthorticulture crops.

HousingHousingHousingHousingHousing5.31 Under the Two Million Housing

Programme launched by the Union Government, theA&N Administration has fixed a target of 181dwelling units including 121 dwelling units foreconomically weaker section (EWS) and 60dwelling units for lower income group (LIG). Loanfor this purpose will be given by the HUDCO andthe ANIIDCO will act as nodal agency. Out of these,construction of 121 dwelling units for economicallyweaker section will be taken up during the currentfinancial year which could not be taken up last yeardue to delay in getting clearance for the Scheme.

Civil Civil Civil Civil Civil AAAAAviaviaviaviaviationtiontiontiontion5.32 The Government had sanctioned the

Project for Extension of Runway at Port Blair inSeptember, 1995 from the existing length of 6000ft. to 11000 ft. to make it fit for landing of wide-bodied aircrafts like Airbus etc. 98.80% of the workof extension has been completed. Works relating tocompound wall and drain are in progress. Aftercompletion, the extended runway will enable thebigger aircrafts of the size of Airbus 300 to land

��

��

safely at Port Blair and it might be viable even forthe international flights to operate via Port Blair.This will boost tourism activities in the Islands. Itis also proposed to introduce helicopter service inthe islands for inter island services through PavanHans Helicopter Ltd. Accordingly, a scheme isbeing formulated for taking up works for extensionof helipads at Havelock, Rangat and DiglipurIslands.

EducationEducationEducationEducationEducation5.33 The UT Administration caters to the

needs of about 3.5 lakh population through 378schools including Government, private and aidedschools. In pursuance of the National Policy onEducation to ensure free and compulsory educationto all the children up to the age of 14 years, the UTAdministration is trying to provide primary schoolswithin 1.5 km of every habitation with a populationof 150 or above. Non-formal education centres havebeen provided in remote habitations where primaryschools are not available. At present 68 Non-formalEducation Centres are functioning in the Islands.Literacy rate in the Islands is 81.18% (provisional)as per the census of 2001.

5.34 Various incentives like free text books,free uniform, free stationery and free travelconcessions have been provided to all tribal studentsand students belonging to Below Poverty Linefamilies. The hostel stipend for tribal studentsstudying in different hostels attached to Secondaryand Senior Secondary Schools has been enhancedfrom Rs.110/- per month to Rs.300/- per month.

FisheriesFisheriesFisheriesFisheriesFisheries5.35 The Department of Fisheries is

implementing various schemes/programmes for

overall development of Fisheries sector in theIslands. The schemes are aimed at increasing marinefish production through increase in fishing efforts,creation of fisheries infrastructure and welfare ofthe fishermen.

5.36 Port harvest infrastructure such as iceplant, cold storage, fish landing center, fish dryingplatform and fish markets are proposed to be createdat various places during the year. At present iceplant and storage facilities are available at Port Blair,Hut Bay and Campbell Bay. Works to establish anew ice plant and cold storage at Rangat are inprogress. Suitable sites have been identified at CarNicobar and Mayabunder for setting up of ice plantand cold storages. Construction of a new fish landingjetty at Junglighat has commenced under CentrallySponsored Scheme of Ministry of Agriculture.Landing facilities are also proposed at Panighat,Havelock, Yertta, Rangat, Mayabunder andDigilipur for development of fish landing centers.An integrated market for agriculture produce, fishand poultry products will be constructed atJunglighat by the Port Blair Municipal Council.

5.37 The Department would continueimplementation of various programmes involvingsubsidy/grant for the benefit of traditionalfishermen.

ForForForForForestrestrestrestrestry and y and y and y and y and WWWWW ild Lifeild Lifeild Lifeild Lifeild Life5.38 Of the total recorded forest area of 7171

sq. km., about 2929 sq. km. (40%) is under Reserveforest and balance 4242 sq. km. (60%) underProtected forest. The main activities of the ForestDepartment are conservation, protection andsustainable development of Forests & Wildlife,regeneration of forests and protection of ecology.

��

��

As a part of the perspective plan for forestry andenvironment sector, the Department proposes toestablish a VHF and HF communication networkfor improving communication; procurement ofvehicle boats; providing basic education inenvironment and forest to PRI members/staff ofother departments with the help of Forest trainingschool; regeneration of forest through the processof aided natural regeneration; demarcation of forestboundaries and their consolidation; plantation ofnon-timber forest products such as cane, bambooetc.; plantation activities including coastal beltplantation and promotion of eco-tourism.

Medical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public Health5.39 The infrastructure of Health Care

Delivery has been strengthened and expandedespecially in the rural sector of the territory to meetthe increasing demands of the islanders. Healthcoverage is provided through a network of healthinfrastructure consisting of 148 health institutions,which include one referral hospital, two districthospitals, four community health centres, 19 primaryhealth centres, five urban health centres, 107 sub-centres, eight Homoeo dispensareis and oneAyurvedic dispensary. A number of sophisticatedmodern equipments have been installed at variousdepartments in the GB Pant Hospital. A mobiledispensary continues to render specialized medicalservice and investigation facilities in rural areas ofSouth, North and Middle Andaman. Telemedicineproject started at Dist. Hospital Car Nicobar enabledthe doctors to consult with specialist of GB PantHospital, Port Blair for seeking specialized medicalopinion on serious cases.

5.40 The UT Administration is implementinga number of schemes/programmes which include

National Anti-Malaria Programme, Family WelfareProgramme, National Leprosy EradicationProgramme, National TB Control Programme,National Programme for Control of Blindness,Health Education Programme and National AidsControl Programme. UT Administration proposesto provide health services to the people living in theremote southern group of islands through a newscheme for introduction of a hospital ship dependingupon the weather conditions.

Panchayati Raj InstitutionsPanchayati Raj InstitutionsPanchayati Raj InstitutionsPanchayati Raj InstitutionsPanchayati Raj Institutions5.41 A&N Islands have a three-tier

Panchayat System consisting of 67 GramPanchayats, seven Panchayat Samitis and one ZillaParishad. In order to enable the PRIs to undertakedevelopmental activities in the field of water supply,sanitation, rural roads, lighting, footpath, culvert etc.,the UT Administration releases grant-in-aid andmatching grants to the PRIs from time to time. TheDirectorate of Panchayats is constructing buildingfor PRIs including staff quarters and otherinfrastructure to PRIs.

PowerPowerPowerPowerPower5.42 The per capita power consumption in

the islands is around 250 kwh per annum as againstthe national average of 350 kwh. At present thereare 34 diesel-generating powerhouses scattered invarious islands with a total capacity of 64 MW ason 31.3.2004. The installed capacity of the stationsranges from 6 KW to 12500 KW.

5.43 Round-the-clock power supply throughDiesel Generating Sets is provided to 92.5% of thepopulation in the islands at South Andaman, MiddleAndaman, Long Island, Neil Island, Havelock, LittleAndaman, Car Nicobar, Katchal, Kamorta and

��

��

Campbell Bay. At other locations, power supply isavailable for 5 to 16 hours per day through smallDG Power Houses and Solar Power Plants. Out of547 villages, 479 villages have been given powerconnections.

5.44 With a view to reducing consumptionof wood as fuel and providing better facility to thepoor masses, improved fixed and portable chulhashave been distributed to 344 beneficiaries and oneBio Gas Plant has been installed. The ElectricityDepartment proposes to establish a 50 kwp gridconnecting Solar PV Power Plant at Havelock islandduring the year. This will feed power to the localgrid during daytime and save HSD oil. M/s SuryaChakra Power Corporation Ltd. (SPCL), Hyderabad,has established a 20 MW Power Station atBambooflat. The Department is purchasing powerfrom this power station in the current year fordistribution in South Andaman and Port Blair town.

ShippingShippingShippingShippingShipping5.45 The Directorate of Shipping Services

consists of a Dockyard and a fleet of 71 vesselsincluding five Mainland –Island Vessels, 4 Inter-Island Vessels, 16 Harbour Ferries, 9 ForeshoreFerries , 11 Vehicle Ferries, 6 Cargo Vessels, 12Motor Launches, 5 Touring /VIP Vessels, 2 Heave-up Mooring Boats, 3 Water Barges, one Oil Tankerand one B.P.Tug for transportation of cargo andpassengers.

5.46 One passenger-cum-cargo vesselconstructed by M/s Alcock Ashdown Ltd. has beendelivered. One passenger-cum-cargo vesselconstructed by M/s Goodwill Engineering Works,Pondicherry has been delivered and inducted intoservice. The Directorate has entered into contract

agreement for construction and delivery of one 500pax vessel and one rescue boat. Six passenger-cum-cargo vessels are expected to be deliveredduring the year. Construction of 9 vessels of varioussizes is under progress in various Indian Ship yards.Orders for procurement of 5 self propelled barges,3 motor launches have been placed.

TTTTTrrrrribal ibal ibal ibal ibal WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.47 There are six primitive tribes, namely,

Andamanese, Onge, Jarawas, Sentinelese,Nicobarese and Shompen in the islands. The totalpopulation of these tribes, excluding Jarawas andSentinelese as per 1991 census, is 26,770. Jarawasand Sentinelese could not be enumerated in the 1991census as they continue to be outside the pale ofcivilisation. An autonomous body called ‘AndamanAdim Janjati Vikas Samiti (AAJVS), which isheaded by the Lt. Governor as its Chairman, looksafter the welfare of the primitive tribes. A separateTribal Sub-Plan, which comprises flow of fundsfrom UT Plan and Special Central Assistance fromGOI, is being implemented for the welfare anddevelopment of the tribal.

5.48 The Tribal Welfare Department hasprovided assistance to 309 ST families in the formof reared poultry units, backyard poultry units, trio-pigs and fishing equipments on 50% subsidy. 22tribal candidates have been enrolled for one year’straining course in computer operation. 30 STstudents are proposed to be provided scholarship @Rs.500/- per month for higher education in themainland.

TTTTTourourourourourismismismismism5.49 A Standing Committee of Secretaries

under the Chairmanship of Secretary (Tourism) has

��

��

been entrusted with the time bound responsibilityof developing and recommending a policy fordevelopment of tourism in the Anadman & NicobarIsland. The development of the Islands would bebased on the broad principles of development of eco-friendly resorts with private sector participation.

ChandigarhChandigarhChandigarhChandigarhChandigarh

5.50 The Union territory of Chandigarhrepresents a unique urban cosmopolitan characterwhere people from all religions reside in anatmosphere of mutual trust and communal harmony.It has a total area of 114 sq. km. consisting of 78 sq.km. of urban and 36 sq. km. of rural areas. Thepopulation of Chandigarh is 9,00,914 as per 2001Census. The literacy rate of the Territory is 81.76%.Chandigarh comprises of one ParliamentaryConstituency and one District. It has two importantCorporations/Boards, i.e., the Chandigarh Industrialand Tourism Development Corporation (CITCO)looking after the promotion of industries and tourismand the Chandigarh Housing Board (CHB) lookingafter housing requirements of the people.

Medical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public Health5.51 The UT Administration caters to the

health needs of the people of Chandigarh throughone 500-bedded multi-speciality general hospital,one 50-bedded Primary Health Centre, one 18-bedded Hospital for Chest diseases, one 30-beddedMaternity Wing, two Poly Clinics and 38 Allopathic,Homeopathic and Ayurvedic dispensaries. The UTAdministration is implementing a number ofnational health programmes such as NationalLeprosy Eradication Programme, SexuallyTransmitted Diseases Control Programme, NationalFamily Welfare Programme, National Programme

for Control of Blindness, National Aids ControlProgramme, National Anti Malaria Programme andNational Tuberculosis Control Programme.

Social Social Social Social Social WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.52 The Department of Social Welfare is

implementing a number of schemes for the benefitof the Scheduled Castes, OBCs, women,handicapped persons and senior citizens of theterritory. Some of these schemes are FinancialAssistance for the Marriage of Daughters ofWidows/Destitute Women belonging to S.C.Communities, Monetary Relief / Rehabilitation toVictims of Atrocities, Old Age Pension Scheme,Pension to Widows and Destitute Women, NationalFamily Benefit Scheme etc. The UTAdministration is providing scholarships tophysically handicapped students, subsidy forpetrol/diesel to handicapped persons and assistanceto handicapped persons for purchase of aids/appliances. It is also running a Senior Citizen’sHome, a Home for Old and Destitute People, aJuvenile Home and a Nari Niketan.

EducationEducationEducationEducationEducation5.53 Chandigarh has emerged as a Centre

for excellent educational facilities, both forelementary and higher education. There are 104Government Schools, 7 Private (Aided) and 88Private (un-aided) Schools. The UTAdministration has converted 10 Non ModelSchools into Model schools. Multimedia facilitieshave been set up in two Government schools. SarvaSiksha Abhiyan has been launched in the territory.Besides, 19 Night Schools are functioning in theterritory. There are six Government Colleges,seven privately managed colleges and twoeducation institutions in the territory.

��

��

5.54 To improve attendance of SC/STstudents, incentives like Attendance Scholarship forGirls, Scholarship to SC/ST Students, TalentScholarship to SC Students, free text books, freestationery and uniforms to SC/ST students, extracoaching to SC students, and Mid-day meal schemeare being provided by the UT Administration.

IndustriesIndustriesIndustriesIndustriesIndustries5.55 The Union territory has witnessed a

steady industrial growth over the years resulting inestablishment of 15 large/medium scale and about3,140 small-scale industrial units offeringemployment to about 30,000 persons and giving anannual output worth Rs. 600 crore approximately.These units are mainly ancillary units engaged inmanufacturing industrial fasteners, steel and woodenfurniture, machine tools, soaps and detergents,pharmaceuticals, electrical/electronic items, sanitaryfittings, sports goods, plastic goods, knitting needlesetc. There are about 20 major exporting units inChandigarh which export goods to the tune of Rs.60 crore approximately annually. The UTAdministration propose to promote only hi-techelectronic and information technology and non-polluting industries for future expansion.

Dadra and Nagar HaveliDadra and Nagar HaveliDadra and Nagar HaveliDadra and Nagar HaveliDadra and Nagar Haveli

5.56 Dadra and Nagar Haveli is a Unionterritory without legislature. It comprises oneDistrict and one Taluka with 72 villages and twotowns, namely, Silvassa and Amli. The total areaof the territory is 491 sq. km. with a population of2,20,456 as per 2001 census. The villages have beendivided into 11 patelads. Each patelad has a GroupGram Panchayat consisting of elected members.There is a District Panchayat comprising

representatives from all Village Panchayats. One seatof Lok Sabha has been allotted to the Union territorywhich is reserved for the Scheduled Tribe.

EducationEducationEducationEducationEducation5.57 There are 220 Primary and Middle

schools and 16 Secondary and 9 Higher SecondarySchools in the Union territory. The literacy ratewhich was 40.71% during 1991 Census hasincreased to 60% during 2001 Census. In order tofurther improve education coverage among tribal,the UT Administration is providing free board andlodging, mid-day meals, uniforms, text books andother educational material to the students belongingto SC/ST and low income group. The enrolment ofstudents has increased from 43,858 in 2002-03 to50,689 in 2003-04. The UT Administration hasadded three new school buildings during the yearunder report.

5.58 Technical training is being impartedthrough a Government Polytechnic College in threecurricula, viz., Civil, Electrical and MechanicalEngineering. There is one Industrial TrainingInstitute (ITI) to provide technical training to thelocal youths in various trades to cope with thedemand of industries for skilled persons. Thepresent strength of students is 136 in various tradesin the ITI.

Medical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public HealthMedical and Public Health5.59 The Union territory has a 75-bedded

civil hospital, a community health centre, sixprimary health centres, three dispensaries, onemobile dispensary and 38 sub-centres to cater tothe medical needs of the people. National AidsControl Programme was continued with concertedefforts. Activities like Sentinel Surveillance

��

��

Survey, Voluntary Testing and Counselling Centre,Family Health Awareness Compaign wereperformed during the year. One Voluntary BloodTesting Centre at Vinoba Bhave Civil Hospital hasbeen started for HIV testing. The Dental Unit hasbeen expanded. The Community Health Centre atKhanvel has been modernized with an Ultra ModelX-Ray machine and a new Dental Unit forproviding better medical and health services in theinterior parts of the territory.

Civil SuppliesCivil SuppliesCivil SuppliesCivil SuppliesCivil Supplies5.60 Essential commodities like rice, wheat,

edible oil, sugar etc. were provided through 78 fairprice shops under the Public Distribution System inthe entire Union territory. 1818 ration cards wereissued upto March, 2004. Antyodaya Anna Yojnaand Annapurna Yojna have been introduced in theterritory under which 2,800 and 380 families,respectively, have been covered. 5442 MT of riceand 1483.9 MT of wheat have been distributed upto March, 2004 through fair price shops.

Road and Road and Road and Road and Road and TTTTTransporransporransporransporransporttttt5.61 Due to rapid growth of industries and

other concerned sectors, there has been considerableincrease in transportation. In view of this, a shortterm and a long term traffic management Plan forthe next 25 years has been prepared through theSchool of Planning and Architecture. At present totalroad length is 580.00 km. of which 545.45 km. issurfaced. Widening of roads in the Central area ofthe road network in Silvassa town and adjoiningareas were assigned high priority. About 10.56 km.road has been strengthened upto March, 04. The UTAdministration has utilized the Central Assistanceprovided under Centrally Aided Schemes forupgrading and strengthening of roads.

PowerPowerPowerPowerPower5.62 There is no power generation in the

Union territory. The power is being purchased fromNational Thermal Power Corporation, NuclearPower Corporation, etc., and drawn through powergrids and transmitted through Gujarat ElectricityBoard’s network. The present power consumptionin the U.T. is 255 MVA and the same is likely toincrease upto 278 MVA by end of the currentfinancial year. To meet the increasing powerdemand, the Administration has taken up variouspower projects. The project of 220/66 KV, 2x100MVA sub-station at Kharadpada has beencommissioned.

TTTTTourourourourourismismismismism5.63 The prominent places of tourist interest

in the territory are Tadkeswar Shiv Mandir,Bindrabin, Deer Park Khanvel, Vanganga lake andisland garden, Dadra, Vanvihar Udhyan, Mini Zoo,Bal Udhyan, Tribal Cultural Museum and HirvavanGarden at Silvassa and Water Sports at Dudhani.The development work of Khandiv Van at Luhariwill be completed soon. Cottages at Khanvel andChauda gardens and tent accommodation at Dudhaniare available for the tourists. The work on touristcomplex for Lion Safari Park at Vasona and TouristReception Centre at Silvassa have been completed.On an average, about 4 lakh tourists from variousparts of the country visit these places every year.

Social Social Social Social Social WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.64 The Social Welfare Department has

continued to provide financial assistance to visuallyimpaired, old infirm, physically handicapped andwidows. The Department provides vocationaltraining to widows/divorced/deserted women intailoring and home management. The UT

��

�

Administration also runs tailoring classes andprovide stipned to SC/ST trainees. The UTAdministration has constructed a Working Women’shostel at Silvassa with basic facilities for lodging.The Nutrition programme for providing nutrition tochildren and women has been continued throughAnganwadi centres.

Daman and DiuDaman and DiuDaman and DiuDaman and DiuDaman and Diu

5.65 Daman and Diu is a Union territorywithout legislature. It comprises two land blocksof Daman and Diu, each forming a separate district,taluka, as well as a community development block.Daman District is located on the southern border ofGujarat State. It is about 193 km. from Mumbaihaving a coastline of about 12 km. on the ArabianSea. The total area of Daman District is 72 sq. km.Diu District is an island off the coast of Junagarhand is about 763 km. from Daman. This island issurrounded on three sides by the Arabian Sea andChais river in the north. It has a coastline of 21 km.with an area of 38.8 sq. km. There are two towns,ten gram panchayats and 23 revenue villages as perthe 2001 Census (21 villages in Daman and 2 inDiu ). Both the districts of the Union territory haveMunicipal Councils. The territory has a populationof 1,58,059 as per 2001 census.

EducationEducationEducationEducationEducation5.66 In order to improve the quality of

education, the Department of Education providedtext books, stationery and uniforms to 3968 tribalstudents. Craft training was provided to 28 tribalyouths. 972 students were benefited undervocational courses. Mid - Day Meal Scheme isimplemented at 62 centres in Daman and Diucovering about 15,000 children studying in standard

I to V. There is a Technical/Vocational TrainingInstitute, in both the districts, for providing technicaltraining to the students of the territory. The IndustrialTraining Institute continued to promote skilledmanpower to meet the demand of the Industries. Italso provides self-employment opportunitiesthrough short-term training courses. Sarva ShikshaAbhiyan has been started in the Union territory anda committee was formed to implement the scheme.

Health ServicesHealth ServicesHealth ServicesHealth ServicesHealth Services5.67 In order to increase health awareness,

the Health Department organized variousprogrammes for general health care such as specialschool health check up, Pulse Polio Immunisation,blood donation camps, AIDS rally on World AIDSDay etc. About 15253 children were givenimmunization upto March, 2004. Besides, 7556children and nursing/pregnant mothers werecovered under Foliper distribution upto March,2004. The Department took all preventive measuresto control epidemics and other contiguous diseases.The construction work of 60 bed Hospital at Diuwill be taken up in phased manner in the year underreport as per design prepared by Hospital

Association of India.

IndustriesIndustriesIndustriesIndustriesIndustries5.68 The UT Administration has made

tremendous efforts in promoting industrialization inthe territory. There are in all 2,707 registered unitsin the territory providing employment to about55,205 persons.

Social Social Social Social Social WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.69 Poverty Alleviation programme

continued to receive the required thrust in order toensure that no families remain below the poverty

��

��

line. Identity cards were issued to 8 disabled personsand 28 senior citizens. Department of Social Welfarehas set up Protection of Civil Rights Cell for theterritory. A Viklang Punarvas Kendra for disabledpersons has been set up in the territory. Under TribalSub Plan, 600 tribal farmers were provided seedsand fertilizers at subsidized rates. 28 families wereassisted under Economic Betterment Scheme. TheDepartment provided grants-in-aid to 10 MahilaMandals under the Scheme of Development andEmpowerment of Women.

FisheriesFisheriesFisheriesFisheriesFisheries5.70 The Fisheries Department has opened

“Fishermen’s Literacy cum Training Centre” toeducate fish farmers and also organize film showsto create awareness among the people. TheDepartment provided financial assistance to fishfarmers for construction of new ponds, reclamation/renovation of ponds etc. Construction of MinorFishery Harbour/Fish Landing Centre in Diu is inprogress for development of infrastructure infisheries sector. The Department provided assistanceto 17 fishermen for purchase of fishery requisites.27 fishermen were given subsidy for purchase offiber canoes, nets, ice boxes, etc.

PowerPowerPowerPowerPower5.71 The Electricity Department completed

the work relating to providing additional capacityof 95 MVA by augmentation of existing capacityand installation of new capacity of sub - stations bystrengthening and augmentation of 66/11 KVDalwada sub-station from 30 MVA to 60 MVAcapacity; augmentation of 66 KV S/S of DIU from10 MVA to 20 MVA capacity and at Dabhel S/Sfrom 45 MVA to 60 MVA capacity. Works foraugmentation of 66/11 KV Sub - station at

Kachigam from 50 MVA to 60 MVA capacity andinstallation of 66 KV Sub-station at Ringanwada,Nani Daman with 30 MVA capacity is in progress.Works for 150 MVA 220/66/11/KV sub - station with220 KV lines at Magarwada were completed andthe project was commissioned in the current year.

TTTTTourourourourourismismismismism5.72 The Tourism Department gave wide

publicity for promoting tourism in the territory byprinting Meghdoot Post Card, brochures and wallcalendars of Daman and Diu. The Departmentparticipated in the International Travel and TourismMart, 2003 at New Delhi and received the PromisingNew Destination Award. A information kiosk aboutthe territory was installed at Vapi Railway Station.Various historical monuments / temples etc. wereilluminated for attraction of tourists. The UTAdministration has proposed construction of ‘YatriNiwas’ and Tourist information Centre at TadCentre –Post, Diu. Construction of rope way,amusement park, and procurement of water sportsequipments are proposed for development ofadventure sports in the territory.

Roads & BridgesRoads & BridgesRoads & BridgesRoads & BridgesRoads & Bridges5.73 The Damanganga bridge connecting

the two townships of Moti Daman and NaniDaman collapsed on August 28, 2003 resultingin loss of l ives and property. The UTAdministration has introduced ferry serviceacross the river and free bus services via a landroute to maintain communication links betweenMoti Daman and Nani Daman. Simultaneously,National Buildings Construction Corporation, aCentral Government Public Sector Undertaking,has been assigned the work relating to restorationof this bridge for use of pedestrian traffic. The

��

�

Central Government has also conveyed itsapproval for construction of a new bridge at acost of Rs.15.739 crore. The work will beexecuted by the Government of Gujarat as adeposit work and it is expected to be completedwithin 24 months of commencement ofconstruction. Besides this the CPWD has beenrequested to prepare the project report forundertaking the execution of another two bridgesover Kolak river at Patiala in Daman District andover Tad creek in Diu District. A bye- pass roadin Daman district joining Gujarat State is alsoproposed to be constructed during the currentyear under Central Road Funds scheme. The UTAdministration has taken up the spill-over worksfor acquisition of land for bye-pass road forcoastal highway passing through Daman Districtfor the length of 7.00 kms on Nani Daman side;acquisition of land for WBM road from Dabhelwater supply treatment plant in Nani Daman;construction of WBM road from Daman DabhelMain Road to Dabhel water supply treatmentplant and strengthening by grunting and specialrepair works to pier and ceiling slabs of Pataliacause way.

LakshadweepLakshadweepLakshadweepLakshadweepLakshadweep

5.74 The Union territory of Lakshadweepcomprises 36 islands scattered in the Arabian Seabetween 71º and 74º east longitude and 8º and 12º-30’ north latitude and at a distance ranging from200 to 400 km from mainland. Only ten islands areinhabited. The total land area of the territory is 32sq. km. and it is surrounded by 4200 sq. km oflagoons. The Exclusive Economic Zone availablefor exploitation extends over an area of 4 lakh sq.km. The population of the territory is 60,695 as per

2001 census, of which about 94% is categorized asScheduled Tribe. The entire Union territory consistsof a single district divided into four tehsils and ninesub-divisions.

AgrAgrAgrAgrAgriculturiculturiculturiculturicultureeeee5.75 Almost the entire cultivable area of the

territory is covered by coconut plantation. The UTAdministration is implementing a number ofprogrammes for development of horticulture,olericultural and agronomic practices, operationalfarming, agriculture extension and technologytransfer, research and development, processing andmarketing of agricultural produce, agriculturalengineering, soil and water conservation, etc. forbetter productivity. The inter spaces of coconutplantations are utilized for cultivation ofvegetables, fruits, tuber crops, banana, sapota,guava and papaya.

Cooperation and Civil SuppliesCooperation and Civil SuppliesCooperation and Civil SuppliesCooperation and Civil SuppliesCooperation and Civil Supplies5.76 55 different types of cooperative

societies, consisting of one state level federation,i.e., Lakshadweep Cooperative MarketingFederation (LCMF), ten primary cooperativesocieties, six government employees cooperativestores and canteens, nine service cooperativesocieties, five labour contract cooperative societies,six fishermen’s cooperative societies, fifteenindustrial cooperative societies and oneLakshadweep water transport cooperative societyare functioning in the Union territory. Thesecooperative and marketing societies are running 55retail outlets of which 35 are functioning as fair priceshops under the public distribution system. SinceLakshadweep is a tribal area, food grains are beingdistributed to the entire population under speciallysubsidized rates.

��

��

EducationEducationEducationEducationEducation5.77 The literacy rate of the territory is

87.52%. Presently, four senior secondary schools,nine high schools, four senior basic schools, twentyjunior basic schools, nine nursery schools, oneNavodaya Vidyalaya, one Industrial TrainingInstitute and one Kendriya Vidyalaya arefunctioning in the Union territory. There is noeducational institution in the private sector. Supportis also provided to students studying in professionalcourses on the mainland. The Centrally SponsoredScheme “Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan” has beenimplemented in the Union territory to bring allchildren to school. The UT Administration issupplying uniform free of cost to the students.

PowerPowerPowerPowerPower5.78 The total installed capacity of power in

the Union territory is 10.9 MW. The cost ofgeneration of one unit of electricity (using DG sets)is Rs.8.86 whereas the recovery is, on an average,Rs.4.27 per unit. The conventional diesel generationof electricity which requires around 6 lakh litres permonth is being substituted by installing solar powerpanels in all the islands. The total installed capacityof the SPV plants is 685 KWp and the cost ofgeneration per unit is Rs.3.11.

5.79 The UT Administration has installed abiomass gassifier plant of 250 KWp capacity atKavaratti is expected to be commissioned shortly.The average cost of biomass is Rs.448.75 per tonneand it is estimated to generate 15 lakh units in oneyear with the cost of generation of electricity perunit at Rs.3.14. The annual per capita domesticconsumption of electricity in the territory is veryhigh at 191 KWh (year 2000-01) as compared tothe National average of 67 KWh (year 1998-99).

FisheriesFisheriesFisheriesFisheriesFisheries5.80 The UT Administration is helping

fishermen to shift to modern methods of fishingby training them in tuna fishing by pole and linetechnique. Three cooperative societies offishermen have been promoted. Marketingsupport to the tune of Rs. 15 crore per annum isto be made available to fishermen. Efforts arebeing made to acquire a mother vessel forenhancing deep-sea fishing. The fish catch atpresent is estimated at one lac metric tonne(10,000 MT inshore and 90,000 MT offshore).

Health and FHealth and FHealth and FHealth and FHealth and Family amily amily amily amily WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.81 There are two hospitals, four primary

health centers, three community health centres,fourteen sub-centres, one first aid centre, twoAurvedic dispensaries, one Homeopathic dispensaryand one dental unit for catering to the health needsof the islanders. Specialists are invited from reputedhospitals of the mainland for giving advice/specialized treatment in specially organized camps.A telemedicine centre has been started in the hospitalat Kavaratti to get specialist opinion from themainland. Ambulance helicopter is operated by theUT Administration to help evacuation of patients incases of emergency.

Panchayati Raj InstitutionsPanchayati Raj InstitutionsPanchayati Raj InstitutionsPanchayati Raj InstitutionsPanchayati Raj Institutions5.82 A two-tier Panchayati Raj system has

been introduced in the territory which consists ofone District Panchayat and ten Village (Dweep)Panchayats. The Administration has transferred25 major schemes with 76 sub-schemes alongwith 800 employees to the District Panchayat and24 major schemes with 100 sub-schemes alongwith 259 employees to the Village (Dweep)Panchatyats.

��

��

TTTTTourourourourourismismismismism5.83 While developing tourism in the Islands,

efforts are being made to preserve the local cultureand the fragile eco-system. Water Sports like scubadiving, wind surfing, para-sailing, kayaking,snorkelling, yatching, glass-bottom boats etc. are themajor attractions for tourists. Society for Promotionof Recreational Tourism (SPORTS), an autonomoussociety is offering hospitality and organized tours.SPORTS is also organizing cruises from themainland. 180 bed accommodation is currentyavailable in different islands in the form of resorts,family huts and private huts.

Social Social Social Social Social WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.84 The Directorate of Social, Justice

Empowerment and Culture along withLakshadweep Socio Cultural ResearchCommission, Lakshadweep Social WelfareAdvisory Board, Lakshadweep State Council forChild Welfare, Integrated Child DevelopmentServices and Panchayati Raj Institutions areengaged in the process of promoting the socio-economic development in the territory throughvarious schemes and programmes. Aganwadis andcrèches are being run under the Special NutritionProgramme for assisting the lactating mothers andchildren. 3707 children and 1700 women havebeen covered under this programme. Financialassistance is being provided to physicallyhandicapped persons, disabled/abandoned women/widows and destitutes. Mid-day meals Scheme isbeing implemented in the territory.

PondicherryPondicherryPondicherryPondicherryPondicherry

5.85 The Union territory has a LegislativeAssembly and a Consolidated Fund of its own. The

Council of Ministers headed by the Chief Ministeraids and advises the Lt. Governor in the exercise ofhis functions in relation to matters with respect towhich the Legislative Assembly has power to makelaws except in so far as he is by or under any lawrequired to act in his discretion.

5.86 The Union territory consists of fourregions, namely, Pondicherry, Karaikal, Mahe andYanam lying geographically separated from eachother. Pondicherry is situated about 162 km southof Chennai on the east coast. Karaikal region isabout 160 km south of Pondicherry and it issurrounded by Nagapattinam district of TamilNadu. Yanam region is located about 840 km.northeast of Pondicherry near Kakinada in AndhraPradesh. Mahe region lies almost parallel toPondicherry 653 km away on the west coast nearTellicherry in Kerala.

5.87 The Union territory constitutes a singledistrict consisting of 264 census villages, 129revenue villages, 2 taluks and 4 sub-taluks. Thereare 5 municipalities and 10 Commune Panchayats.The Union territory of Pondicherry is 480 Sq. kms.in area and has a population of 9,73,829 as per the2001 census.

AgrAgrAgrAgrAgriculturiculturiculturiculturicultureeeee5.88 Agriculture is the major economic

activity in the rural areas of the Union territoryand it provides livelihood to the majority of therural population. Rice, millets, pulses, oilseeds,cotton, sugarcane and groundnut are the principalcrops in the Union territory. Vegetables and flowersare the major crops under horticulture. Raremedicinal plants are being conserved at theMedicinal Plant Interpretation Centre,

��

��

Madagadipet under the project ‘Improvement andConservation of Medicinal Plants’.

5.89 Six Farmers Help Centres have beenopened to provide services to farmers for modernagricultural practices. Construction of four toprainwater-harvesting structures have been completedin Government buildings. In order to promote “FarmMechanisation” two combined harvesters and sixpaddy thrashers had been purchased and distributedto Farmers Help Centres for providing to farmers.45 tractors, 30 power tillers and improvedagricultural implements were provided to farmersat subsidized rates.

Co-operationCo-operationCo-operationCo-operationCo-operation5.90 There are 492 Co-operative Societies in

the Union territory of Pondicherry out of which 134are under credit sector and 357 under non-creditsector. Pondicherry State Co-operative Bank Limited(PSCB) with 20 branches gives loans and advances.The Pondicherry Co-operative Urban Bank Limitedprovides all banking services to the public anddepositors. The Pondicherry Co-operative CentralLand Development Bank is catering to the long-terminvestment needs of the agriculturist/artisans for thedevelopment of agriculture and allied activities in therural areas. There are two Central Co-operativeProcessing, Supply and Marketing Societies, one inPondicherry and the other in Karaikal region.

PowerPowerPowerPowerPower5.91 The power requirement of Union

territory of Pondicherry is met by sharing power withvarious Central generating stations located in thesouthern region. There are at present 13 sub-stationsand one power generating plant in the UT. All thevillages have been provided with electricity.

5.92 In order to maintain stable power supplyin Karaikal region, the work relating toestablishment of one 110/11 KV substation atPillaitheruvasal and augmentation of Sorakudysubstation is under progress and expected to becompleted by end of the current financial year.Additional power transformers have beencommissioned at Thethampakkam and Bahour 110/22 KV substations for meeting the evergrowingpower demand in the Union Territory. Feasibilityreport for establishment of 110/11 KV Gas insulatedsubstation in Pondicherry town has been completedby Power Grid Corporation of India Limited andfinal report is awaited. The UT Administrationprovided 7947 domestic service connections, 1206commercial service connections, 56 agriculturalservice connections, 887 ‘one hut one bulb’ serviceconnections and 1449 street light connections.

IndustriesIndustriesIndustriesIndustriesIndustries5.93 Pro-active industrial policy of the Union

territory has attracted many leading industrial housesto establish their units in Pondicherry. There are 58large scale, 138 medium scale and 6934 small scaleindustries providing employment to 80,000 persons.The contribution of total industrial structure to theincome of the UT was 44.29%. Preparation of anIndustrial Master Plan aiming at a sustained growthof industries in the Union territory is on the anvil.Steps have been taken to establish a TechnologyTransfer Cell in the Directorate of Industries whichwould act as a store house of information on theavailability of appropriate technology. An IntegratedInfrastructure Development Project is on the anvilin an area of 100 acres. A Growth Centre is comingup at Polagam in Karaikal region. An Industryfacilitation council has been constituted to enablethe small industries to realize payments for supplies

��

��

made by them from their buyer. In order to promotehandicrafts/cottage industries, training is impartedalong with stipend on monthly basis.

Health and FHealth and FHealth and FHealth and FHealth and Family amily amily amily amily WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.94 Health care services are provided in

the U.T. through 8 hospitals, 4 community healthcentres, 39 Primary Health Centres, 75 sub-centresand 13 ESI dispensaries. Ayurvedic PanchakarmaTherapy facilities have been made available topublic at Primary Health Centre, Kosapalayam. TheUnion territory has the distinction of achieving veryhigh routine immunization of 99% against Tetanusfor pregnant women; school children at the age of10 years and 16 years; 99% against Polio,Diphtheria, Pertusis and 97% against Measles. TheHIV prevalence in STD patients has come downto 2.02% from the earlier 5.80% and in pregnantwomen sustained at 0.25% during the past threeyears. The Union territory has the lowest blindnessprevalence rate of 0.32%. It has achieved the targetof complete treatment for all leprosy cases. TheUT has launched a scheme for medical assistanceto poor patients requiring treatment/operations and133 patients have been provided financialassistance under the said scheme.

HousingHousingHousingHousingHousing5.95 Under the Slum Upgrading Programme,

428 tenements have been constructed at variousplaces in Pondicherry and Karaikal regions andconstruction of 128 tenements are in progress.Under “The Million Housing Programme”, anamount of Rs.75 lakh was released to thePondicherry Housing Board for implementation ofthe programme for weaker sections and low-incomegroups. Under ‘Indira Awas Yojana’ 345 houseshave been constructed and construction of 370

houses is under progress. 63 thatched huts have beenconverted into semi-pucca/pucca houses. UnderPradhan Mantri Gramodaya Yojana 182 houses havebeen completed and 31 houses are underconstruction. Under ‘Sanitation CompaignProgramme’ an amount of Rs.24.03 lakh has beenspent and 571 individual sanitary latrines wereconstructed. 575 free pattas have been distributedunder the scheme of distribution of free house sitesto landless labourers in rural areas. Enhancedsubsidies under rural house sites-cum-hut-construction scheme were given to 1117beneficiaries amounting to Rs.68.62 lakh.

Social Social Social Social Social WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.96 Financial Assistance of Rs.400/- per

month was given to 12,000 disabled persons, alongwith Prosthetic appliances and tri-cycles weredistributed to existing disabled persons. Freecycles were given to 16,000 students of BPLfamilies studying in IX standard and above ingovernment schools. Financial assistance wasgiven for maintenance of Home for Handicapped,Juvenile Delinquents Beggar Homes, and Homesfor Aged etc. Free supplies of blankets and chappalshave been given to 70,000 senior citizens. Underthe Programme for Development of BackwardClass people, 167 barber kits and chairs and 700press boxes were distributed. Financial assistanceof Rs.30 lakh was provided to 28 voluntaryorganizations.

N aN aN aN aN ational Cational Cational Cational Cational Capital pital pital pital pital TTTTTerrerrerrerrerritoritoritoritoritory of Delhiy of Delhiy of Delhiy of Delhiy of Delhi

5.97 The NCT of Delhi is a Union territorywith a Legislative Assembly and a ConsolidatedFund of its own. The Legislative Assembly of Delhiis, subject to the provisions of the constitution,

��

��

empowered to make laws for the whole or any partof the National Capital Territory with respect to anyof the matters enumerated in the State List or in theConcurrent List in so far as any such matter isapplicable to Union territories, except matters withrespect to Entries 1, 2 and 18 of the State List andEntries 64, 65 and 66 of that List in so far as theyrelate to the said Entries 1,2 and 18. The Council ofMinisters headed by the Chief Minister aids andadvises the Lt. Governor in the exercise of hisfunctions in relation to matters in respect of whichthe Legislative Assembly has power to make lawsexcept in so far as he is by or under any law requiredto act in his discretion.

5.98 The NCT of Delhi is spread over an areaof 1483 sq km and its population has reached1,37,82,976 as per 2001 census. There has been asteep rise in the population mainly due to migrationfrom various parts of the country. Rapid urbanizationand migration have put an unprecedented pressureon its infrastructure, civic amenities and the law andorder situation. The problem of pollution,congestion, shortage of water, power, housing,sanitation and maintenance of law and order havebecome major problems for the Government of NCTof Delhi.

PowerPowerPowerPowerPower5.99 The power requirements of Delhi is

growing @ 5-6% per annum both in terms ofmaximum demand and energy requirements. Delhihas already met maximum demand of 3284 MWduring the current year in July, 2003 for which DelhiTransco Ltd. had made adequate arrangements. Asa result of improved paying capacity, Delhi TranscoLtd. was in a position to enter into a bilateralagreement with the neighbouring States as well as

Power Trading Company for purchase of power.The requirement of the power for the winter monthswas assessed to be of the order of 3500 MW. Thisdemand is being met through generation from I.P.Station, Combined Cycle Gas Turbine Station,Rajghat Power House and Pragati Combined CyclePower Project. In addition to this, generation fromBadarpur Thermal Power Station is also fullydedicated to Delhi. Delhi also has a share in thecentral generating stations of National ThermalPower Corporation (NTPC) and National HydroPower Corporation (NHPC) etc. Bilateralarrangements are also being made for meeting theshortage during morning and evening peak hours inthe winter months.

5.100Delhi Transco Ltd. is concentrating onstrengthening the transmission system at 220KVvoltage level. The target is to add 400 MVAtransformation capacity out of which 100 MVAcapacity has already been completed whereas thetransformers at South of Wazirabad, Kanjhawala andRohini are expected to be completed during thecurrent financial year.

Social Social Social Social Social WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.101The Social Welfare Department is

extending institutional services for women indistress, to destitutes, street children, children inconflict with law, the aged and the disabled. Thedepartment is also providing social security coveragethrough Financial Assistance Programmes to seniorcitizens, widows and physically challenged persons.Women Empowerment Programmes for all roundsocio economic development through ICDS, StreeShakti Camps and Gender Resource Centres havealso been initiated by the Department. TheDepartment established two Child Welfare

��

��

Committees and one Juvenile Justice Board underJuvenile Justice Act, 2001. A scheme for issuanceof DTC passes for all senior citizens has beeninitiated in collaboration with DTC and 88,000passes have been issued and renewed.

TTTTTransporransporransporransporransport Depart Depart Depart Depart Departmenttmenttmenttmenttment5.102The Transport Department of the Govt.

of NCT of Delhi has been taking effective steps forthe improvement of Public Transport System in theMetropolitan City of Delhi. The Bus-Fleet has beenaugmented substantially. The Stage Carriage Fleethas been augmented to 7000 buses on Stage CarriageRoutes out of which 2700 buses are operated byDTC. There is an additional fleet of 2100 CNGBuses operating on the chartered basis. Besides,4200 Mini Buses are supplementing thisarrangement. The formulation of a Unified TimeTable and rationalization of routes are aimed atimproving the efficiency of the bus system.

5.103Delhi Metro Rail Project has beenplanned to cater to the demand of the public transportup to the year 2021; the entire network comprises245 Kms. Phase I of the project comprising 39 kmsis under implementation, out of which the line fromShahdra to Trinagar has already been commissioned.

5.104A pilot project has been launched forautomatic tracking of buses with the help of GPSbased AVTS (Automatic Vehicle Tracking System)in association with the Ministry of InformationTechnology and CMC Ltd. This will improve busavailability through better bus scheduling againstthe passenger demands.

WWWWW aaaaater Supply & Sanitater Supply & Sanitater Supply & Sanitater Supply & Sanitater Supply & Sanitationtiontiontiontion5.105During the year necessary production

level of potable water to the extent of 650 MGD

has been maintained. The Sonia Vihar water supplyproject, which envisages construction of 140 MGDwater treatment plant having various components,is likely to be commissioned during 2004. Morethan 76% of work on this project has beencompleted. With completion of this work, capacityto treat water shall increase further by 25%. Groundwater sources have also been tapped in Palla andBurari areas to further increase water supply. 100tubewells are planned to be installed of which 70tube wells have already been installed which willcater mostly to the rural areas. Construction ofparallel lined channel in a length of 102 KM fromMunak head to Haiderpur water treatment plant hasbeen undertaken so as to save the seepage losses inthe existing channel upto 80 MGD. Delhi Jal Boardhas planned to construct three water treatment plantsat Okhla, Bawana and Dwarka. The work is likelyto be completed by May, 2006. The treatmentcapacity of the sewage treatment plant was raisedfrom 482.4 MGD to 512.4 MGD during the year.All the 17 Sewage Treatment Plants underconstruction have been completed.

EnEnEnEnEnvirvirvirvirvironment and Foronment and Foronment and Foronment and Foronment and Forestsestsestsestsests5.106The ambient air quality data of last five

years in Delhi has witnessed a significant reductionin pollution levels. The concentration of CarbonMonoxide has fallen by 32 per cent; SulphurDioxide levels had fallen by 39 per cent in 2002 ascompared to 1997. The concentration of otherpollutants like Lead and Benzene have alsoregistered marked decline. Despite the phenomenalgrowth in vehicular population, the level ofNitrogen Dioxide has remained more or lessconstant. Yamuna Safai Abhiyaan was conductedduring celebration of World Environment Day inthe month of June 2003. During this programme,

��

��

tree plantation was also carried out on the banksof the river. 1500 Eco-Clubs have been set-up invarious schools and colleges of Delhi so as toachieve increased participation of school childrenin Environmental Awareness Programmes. Themandatory rule for citizens of Delhi to sort outgarbage into recyclable and biodegradable at sourceitself has been enforced from January 01, 2004 inDelhi. In order to successfully implement garbagesegregation concept in Delhi region, theDepartment of Environment conductedenvironmental awareness campaigns onsegregation of waste, recycling/reuse of waste anduse of eco- friendly disposal techniques.

Health and FHealth and FHealth and FHealth and FHealth and Family amily amily amily amily WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararareeeee5.107The emphasis of the Government has

been on strengthening primary health care, while atthe same time providing secondary and tertiaryhealth care close to people. Work relating toestablishment of 30 bedded Maternity Home at KantiNagar; 57 bedded Special Ward Block at LNHospital; 200 bedded Dr. Hedgewar Hospital atKarkardooma; and 200 bedded Raja HarishchandraHospital at Narela is in progress. Construction of 9peripheral hospitals, New Dental College & Hospitalbuilding and expansion of 4 existing major hospitalsmade substantial progress during the year. 6Allopathic, 1 Ayurvedic and 2 Homoeopathicdispensaries were opened. Construction of 15 newHealth Centres has started. In each of the 4 Roundsof Pulse Polio Immunization Programme more than25 lakh children were covered. 14 NGOs wereengaged under School Health Programme forscreening and medical checkup of students in 374government/Aided schools. A total of 810 schoolswere covered under this programme and more than5 lakh students were screened.

Urban DevelopmentUrban DevelopmentUrban DevelopmentUrban DevelopmentUrban Development5.108The Urban Development Department of

the Government of NCT of Delhi is responsible forproviding various infrastructure facilities andessential services such as Water Supply, SewageDisposal & Sanitation, Urban Poverty Alleviationand various Municipal Services.

5.109Digital Mapping Project proposed forimplementation in Delhi by the Urban DevelopmentDepartment in collaboration with NationalInformatics Centre was initiated. The mapping ofthe entire city of Delhi excluding the restricted areashas been completed on a scale 1:1250 spreading over2125 map sheets. The mapping of the High Tensionlines (11 kv) has been nearing completion in TransYamuna Area, South and North areas, whereas waterlines mapping of Shahdara South & North, KarolBagh Central, South, Mehrauli Zone have also beencompleted. The mapping of sewage lines work hasbeen partially completed. To overcome thedeficiencies in the existing method of property taxvaluation, the Municipal Corporation of Delhipropose to introduce the Unit Area Method ofassessment of the property tax. Assessment ofproperty tax by the new method is proposed to bestarted from 01.04.2004. The computerization ofMCD, financed by the Government of NCT ofDelhi, is in progress.

EducationEducationEducationEducationEducation5.110 The endeavour of the Department of

Education has been to focus on improvement ofresults; improvement in infrastructure; and ensuringaccountability of staff of the Education Departmentto ensure better teaching-learning inputs in theschools. While making the process of teaching-learning school child centric, special emphasis is

��

�

being given to dis-advantaged group of children. Amajor initiative of Management Information Systemis also under implementation in the EducationDepartment to ensure close monitoring of teaching/learning of every child.

5.111 The Directorate of Education, had underits umbrella, 974 schools at various levels includingthe Sarvodaya Vidyalayas. Although pre-primaryand primary education is mainly the responsibilityof the Local Bodies, the Govt. of Delhi has converted343 schools into composite schools known asSarvodaya Vidyalayas starting from Class I.Assistance is provided to 218 aided schools also.More than 10 lakh students are enrolled in theseschools. Five new schools have been opened, twentyschools have been upgraded; and four schools havebeen bifurcated during the year 2003-2004.

Delhi PoliceDelhi PoliceDelhi PoliceDelhi PoliceDelhi Police5.112Delhi Police was able to keep crime

under control during 2003 through rigorouspreventive vigilance, community policing efforts,

better coordination with neighbouring States, focuson quality investigation and detection of crime.The police has remained in a state of high alertthroughout the year and especially during RepublicDay and Independence Day celebrations, visit ofnational/international dignitaries etc. As a resultof concerted efforts, Delhi registered noticeabledecline in cases of heinous crime by 8% and non-heinous crime by 4%. 84.55% of cases relating toheinous crime were worked out. The total offencesunder IPC came down by 5%. Special attentionwas paid to crime against women. Rape CrisesIntervention Centres were established and 3 specialcourts with women judges as presiding officerswere constituted for trial of rape cases. A womenhelpline was set up, mobile women teams wereconstituted and gender sensitisation programmeorganized all over Delhi. 400 new posts for womenpolice were also created during this year. Scientificand Forensic aid to crime investigation has been acontributory factor in keeping the crime undercontrol in Delhi.

❏

��

�

INDIAN POLICE SERINDIAN POLICE SERINDIAN POLICE SERINDIAN POLICE SERINDIAN POLICE SERVICEVICEVICEVICEVICE

6.1 Indian Police Service (IPS) is one of thethree All India Services constituted under theprovision of article 312 of the Constitution of India.This service is successor of the Indian Police (IP)that existed during the pre-Independence era. Thedecision to have these services is the outcome ofPremier’s Conference held in October 1946 underthe chairmanship of Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel. IndianPolice Service officers provide senior levelleadership to Police Forces both in the States as wellas in Government of India. The all India characterof the service gives the members of the service aunique advantage of handling special problems inthe States within the overall perspective of nationalunity and integrity.

6.2 The Ministry of Home Affairs is thecadre controlling authority of the Indian PoliceService. It is responsible for all policy decisionsrelating to the service including pay & allowances,recruitment, training, cadre structure, allocation ofcadre, confirmation in service, posting on centraldeputation, disciplinary matters, etc.

6.3 IPS officers, after recruitment areassigned to the different State cadres. There is noseparate cadre of IPS officers for the CentralGovernment. To occupy the posts under the CentralGovernment or in Central Police Forces / CentralPolice Organizations, officers are drawn from thevarious State cadres depending upon requirement.

6.4 The Government of India, inconsultation with State Governments, decides totalintake for directly recruited officers in a particularyear, to be recruited through the Civil ServiceExamination conducted by the UPSC. The StatePolice officers are also inducted into IPS onpromotion. There is a quota of 33 1/ 3% of SeniorDuty Posts + Central Deputation Reserve + StateDeputation Reserve + Training Reserve for suchpromotee officers in each cadre.

6.5 The total authorised strength of theIndian Police Service and the actual number ofofficers is given in the table below:

VICHAPTERCHAPTERCHAPTERCHAPTERCHAPTER

��

State Sanctioned Actualstrength strength

(as on 1.1.2004) (as on 1/1/2004)Andhra Pradesh 209 187AGMU 162 147Assam-Meghalya 153 131Bihar 163 149Chhattisgarh 59 55Gujarat 149 124Haryana 125 113Himachal Pradesh 72 69Jammu & Kashmir 135 108Jharkhand 87 82Karnataka 156 135Kerala 139 97Madhya Pradesh 231 211Maharashtra 236 188Manipur-Tripura 121 103Nagaland 58 41Orissa 159 111Punjab 144 127Rajasthan 184 137Sikkim 32 27Tamil Nadu 214 196Uttaranchal 42 38Uttar Pradesh 375 338West Bengal 278 230Total 3683 3144

��

6.6 Directly recruited officers on theirrecruitment undergo Foundation Course training atthe LBS National Academy of Administration,Mussorie. Thereafter they undergo initial trainingin policing at SVP National Police Academy,Hyderabad. The State Police Service officers on theirpromotion to IPS also undergo induction trainingof six weeks at SVP National Police Academy. IPSofficers are also given specialized training indifferent fields related to Policing in institutions inIndia as well as abroad.

SARDSARDSARDSARDSARDAR AR AR AR AR VVVVVALLABHBHAI PALLABHBHAI PALLABHBHAI PALLABHBHAI PALLABHBHAI PAAAAATELTELTELTELTELN AN AN AN AN ATIONAL POLICE TIONAL POLICE TIONAL POLICE TIONAL POLICE TIONAL POLICE AAAAACCCCCADEMYADEMYADEMYADEMYADEMY

6.7 Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel National PoliceAcademy, Hyderabad is a premier Police TrainingInstitution in the country. Set up in 1948, the Academyhas established itself as a Centres of Excellence.

6.8 An Advisory Board, headed by theUnion Home Secretary and comprising senior Policeofficers and eminent academicians as its members,periodically reviews the nature of courses, syllabiand training methodologies at the Academy takinginto account the present day needs. It also advisesthe Academy of various measures for improvingstandards.

6.9 The Academy conducts both basic andin-service courses for India Police Service officersas various levels. Besides, it also conducts inductiontraining for State Police Service Officers on theirpromotion to IPS. The Academy runs specialcourses to train the trainers/instructors of policetraining institutions of the States as well asparamilitary forces. Certain courses conducted atthe Academy are open for officers of IAS, IRS,

Assault Course in National Police Academy

IA&AS, Indian Forest Service and also the officersof the Judicial Probation and Prison departments,Public Sector Undertakings, Banks and InsuranceCompanies, etc. Short duration specialised thematiccourses, seminars and workshops on professionalsubjects, especially related to policing, have provedto be quite useful.

6.10 The training programmes scheduled andconducted during the year 2003-04 are shown atAnnexure -XIV.

6.11 In its training programmes the Academylays a lot of emphasis on values of discipline,integrity, character, professional ethics and service.It has also introduced new modules on subjects likecomputers, insurgency, anti terrorism, disastermanagement, field craft and tactics, simulationexercise investigation, community policing, etcwhich are more relevant to present day situation.

CENTRAL POLICE FORCESCENTRAL POLICE FORCESCENTRAL POLICE FORCESCENTRAL POLICE FORCESCENTRAL POLICE FORCES(CPF(CPF(CPF(CPF(CPFsssss)))))

6.12 There are seven Central Police Forcesunder the Union Government, namely Assam Rifles

��

�

(AR), Border Security Force (BSF), Indo-TibetanBorder Police (ITBP), Central Reserve Police Force(CRPF), Central Industrial Security Force (CISF),Sashashtra Seema Bal (SSB) and National SecurityGuard (NSG). CRPF is the main force to assist theStates in matters related to Internal SecurityManagement. The Rapid Action Force (RAF), aspecialized wing of CRPF, deals with riots,especially those with communal overtones and thelike. The Assam Rifles is primarily meant for borderguarding and counter-insurgency roles in NorthEastern region of India. The operational control ofthe Assam Rifles is with the Army. The BSF, ITBPand SSB are Border Guarding Forces (BGFs). CISFprovides security and protection to vital installations,Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs) and Governmentbuildings. Its charter has been expanded to providesecurity cover to VIPs. NSG is a specialized Forcefor counter-terrorism and anti-hijacking operationsand security of high risk VIPs.

Assam Rifles (Assam Rifles (Assam Rifles (Assam Rifles (Assam Rifles (ARARARARAR)))))

6.13 Known as ‘Friends of the Hill People’,Assam Rifles, raised initially as Catcher Levy in1835, is the oldest Police Force in the country withheadquarter at Shillong. It has 1 InspectorateGeneral, 9 Ranges, 41 Battalions, 1 Training Centreand School, 3 Maintenance Groups, 3 Workshops,1 Signal Unit, 1 Construction Unit and a few otherancillary units. The force has a duel role ofmaintaining internal security in the North Easternregion and guarding the Indo-Myanmar Borders.The force also participated in operations in Jammu& Kashmir and Srilanka in conjunction with theArmy. During the period from April 1, 2003 toMarch 31, 2004, the Force captured large quantityof arms and ammunition, besides killing 114 and

apprehending 731 militants. 7 brave jawans of theForce laid down their lives in operations.

6.14 In a bid to modernize and enhance itsoperational efficiency, sophisticated arms like 5.56mm INSAS Rifles, Light Machine Guns, AutomaticGrenade Launchers (AGLS) and moderncommunication equipments are being provided tothe Force.

BorBorBorBorBorder Securder Securder Securder Securder Security Fority Fority Fority Fority Force (ce (ce (ce (ce (BSFBSFBSFBSFBSF)))))

6.15 BSF was raised in 1965 with a strengthof 25 battalions and 3 coys and the multiplicity ofState forces guarding the Indian borders with theneighboring countries was done away with. Overthe years, the Force has grown in size and as ondate it has 157 Battalions with 7 coys each, 5 majortraining institutions, 9 subsidiary training centers, 4minor training institutions, 2 basic training centersand 1 recruit training centre. The Force headquarteris in Delhi. Its field formations includes 2 AdditionalDirectorates General, i.e. ADG (East) and ADG(West), 10 Frontiers and 39 Sector headquarters,Water Wing and Air Wing. Its operational

Weapons captured/recovered by Tripura Range AssamRifles.

��

�

responsibility is spread over 6416.86 kms ofinternational border along Indo-Pakistan and Indo-Bangladesh borders. BSF is also deployed on LOCin J&K under operational control of the Army.

6.16 During the period April 1, 2003 toMarch 31, 2004 the Force personnel killed 209 andapprehended 181 militants apart from effectingseizure of 463 arms, 62,332 rounds of assortedammunition and a huge quantity of hand grenades,bombs, rocket launchers etc. In its operation againsttrans-border crimes, the Force seized contrabandgoods worth of Rs.96.86 crore, apprehended 12,758intruders and killed 79 trans border criminals. Inthis period 49 Force personnel laid down their livesin operations.

6.17 For upgrading weaponry, surveillance,communication and night vision capabilities of theforce and for providing the force with better training,a modernization plan has been undertaken from2002-03. The total expenditure envisaged overa period of five years is Rs.2,330.85 crore.

Central ReserCentral ReserCentral ReserCentral ReserCentral Reservvvvve Pe Pe Pe Pe Police Forolice Forolice Forolice Forolice Forcecececece(((((CRPFCRPFCRPFCRPFCRPF)))))

6.18 Initially raised as CrownRepresentative Police on July 27, 1939 atNeemuch (MP), the Force was rechristened asCentral Reserve Police Force (CRPF) afterIndependence. Since then the Force hasachieved remarkable growth in strength andcapabilities. With 176 Bns. (160 executive Bnsincluding 2 Mahila Bns, 10 RAF Bns, 5 Signal Bnsand 1 Special Duty Group), 31 Group Centres, 8Training Institutions, 3 Base Hospitals, 1Composite Hospital, 7 Arms Workshops and 1

Central Weapon Store, the Force is presentlyhandling a wide range of duties covering law andorder, counter insurgency, anti-militancy and anti-terrorism operations. The Force plays key role inassisting States in maintaining public order andcountering subversive activities of militant groups.The Force has ladies contingents organized in twoMahila Battalions. It also has 10 Bns. of RapidAction Force (RAF) specialized in controllingcommunal riots or the like.

6.19 CRPF personnel are on continuous vigilin various sensitive areas. They are performingguarding duties at some of the vital installations/buildings including shrines, temples like MataVaishno Devi and Raghunath Temple in Jammu,Ram Janam Bhoomi/Babri Masjid in Ayodhya,Kashi Vishwanath Temple/Gyanvapi Mosque inVaranasi and Krishna Janam Bhoomi/Shahi IdgahMasjid in Mathura.

Road opening party of CRPF during Amarnathyatra 2003

6.20 In its various operations during theyear the force has been able to eliminate 239and apprehended 2818 insurgents/militantsbesides recovering 1082 arms and 26,924 roundof ammunitions. 55 Force personnel lost their

��

�

lives and 198 were injured in the operationsduring this period.

6.21 A modernization plan of Rs. 542.75Crore has been sanctioned to induct sophisticatedarms, ammunitions and other equipment in the Forceover a period over five years.

RaRaRaRaRapid pid pid pid pid Action ForAction ForAction ForAction ForAction Force (RAF)ce (RAF)ce (RAF)ce (RAF)ce (RAF)

6.22 In 1992, 10 battalions of CRPF werereorganized and converted into 10 bns of 4 Coyseach of Rapid Action Force (RAF). The personnelin RAF are trained and equipped to be an effectivestrike force in communal riots or similar situations.These bns are located at 10 communally sensitivelocations across the country to facilitate quickresponse in case of such incidents.

6.23 The President of India, in recognition tothe dedicated services of RAF, conferred President’sColour to the Rapid Action Force on the occasion of11th RAF Anniversary on 7th October 2003.

Central IndustrCentral IndustrCentral IndustrCentral IndustrCentral Industrial Securial Securial Securial Securial Security Fority Fority Fority Fority Forcecececece(((((CISFCISFCISFCISFCISF)))))

6.24 Raised in the year 1969, CISF ispresently providing security cover to 267undertakings and fire protection cover to 75establishments. Some of the important installationsare space and atomic energy establishments, seaports, air ports, coal mines, steel plants, thermal andhydel power plants, oil and petrochemicalsinstallations, heavy industries, defenceestablishments, security presses, museums andhistorical monuments. The protection of Taj Mahalis a prestigious assignment given to this Force.

6.25 The specialized task of airport securitywas assigned to CISF in the wake of hijacking ofIndian Airlines plane to Kandhar. The force has sofar taken over security of 47 airports, which includeinternational airports of Mumbai, Delhi, Chennaiand Kolkata. Besides, it has taken over security of44 Govt. buildings or parts thereof which includeNorth Block, South Block and CGO Complex.During the year, the force also took over security ofRed Fort at Delhi from the Army. The charter ofCISF has been expanded to provide security coverto VIPs, as well as to provide technical consultancyservices relating to Security and Fire Protection toindustries in Public and Private sectors.

6.26 The force is being rapidly modernizedboth in terms of acquisition of modern arms,ammunitions and equipment as well as upgradationskills through training and introduction of innovativetechniques.

Indo-Tibetan BorIndo-Tibetan BorIndo-Tibetan BorIndo-Tibetan BorIndo-Tibetan Border Pder Pder Pder Pder Police Forolice Forolice Forolice Forolice Forcecececece(ITBP(ITBP(ITBP(ITBP(ITBP)))))

6.27 ITBP was raised with 04 Service Bnsin the wake of India China conflict in 1962. It hasnow 25 Bns (150 coys) assisted by 4 Specialist Bns.It is deployed from the north-western extremity ofthe India - China Border upto the tri-junction ofIndia, China & Nepal covering 2,115 Kms ofmountainous terrains. Its strength has now risen to36,324. The border deployment of ITBP involves96 Border Out Posts, out of which only 39 areconnected by roads. 7 of the BPOs are air-maintained.

6.28 ITBP plays an important role inorganizing the annual Kailash Mansarovar Yatra

��

�

besides providing assistance in Disaster Managementin the central and western Himalayan regions.

6.29 A five-year modernization plan involvingRs.187.78 crore is under implementation to equip theForce with latest weapons and equipment.

6.30 In various operations during thereporting year till March 31, 2004, the forcepersonnel killed 17 and apprehended 03 militants.04 force personnel sacrificed their lives and 19 wereinjured in these operations.

N aN aN aN aN ational Securtional Securtional Securtional Securtional Security Guarity Guarity Guarity Guarity Guard (d (d (d (d (NSGNSGNSGNSGNSG)))))

6.31 NSG was set up in 1984. It has beenmodeled on the pattern of SAS of the UK andGSG- 9 of Germany. It is a task oriented forceand has two complementary elements in the formof the Special Action Group (SAG) comprisingArmy personnel and the Special Rangers Group(SRG), comprising personnel drawn from theCentral Police / State Police Forces. NSGpersonnel are trained to take high risk in counterhijacking and counter terrorist operations. NSG

commandos are also assigned the task ofproviding security to VVIPs.

6.32 Since inception NSG has conducted anumber of important operations including operationat Akshardham Temple in which a commando wasmartyred. NSG teams are deployed on importantoccasions like Republic Day, Parliament session etc.NSG personnel also rendered assistance in bombdisposal which saved many innocent lives. As pera Government decision, NSG personnel are alsoperforming duties as Sky marshals. .

6.33 A five year modernization plan ofRs.82.49 crore for upgrading arms and ammunition,communication, night surveillance and bombdisposal equipment and training facilities has beenundertaken by the force.

Sashastra Seema Bal (Sashastra Seema Bal (Sashastra Seema Bal (Sashastra Seema Bal (Sashastra Seema Bal (SSBSSBSSBSSBSSB)))))

6.34 Special Service Bureau (SSB) was setup in the early 1963 in the wake of India Chinaconflict of 1962 to build peoples’ morale andinculcate spirit of resistance in the border

Patrolling in Snow by ITBP Troops NSG commandos in full gear

��

�

population against threats of subversion,

infiltration and sabotage from across the border.

However, the charter of duty of SSB has since been

amended and it has been given the border guarding

responsibilities along the Indo-Nepal and Indo-

Bhutan Borders. Name of SSB has been changed

as “Sashastra Seema Bal” vide MHA order dated

December15, 2003. For its dedicated and

distinguished service, SSB was presented

President’s Colours in March 2004.

6.35 SSB is now functioning in 5 border

States covering a stretch of 1,751 kms of

International Border in 19 districts along Indo-Nepal

Border and about 100 Kms along Indo-Bhutan

border. SSB has 3 Frontier and 7 Sector Hqrs. 14

Bns have been deployed on Indo-Nepal border and

2 on Indo Bhutan border. More Bns are under

process of being deployed.

6.36 Since its deployment on Indo-

Nepal border, contrabands worth Rs. 5.7

Crore, narcotics worth Rs.73.80 lakh,

Indian fake currency amounting to Rs.

66,500/-, 20 small arms and live

cartridges have been seized. 266

smuggler, 34 Maoists, 4 suspected Pak ISI

agents and 50 other anti-national elements

were apprehended upto March 31, 2004.

6.37 The organization is gearing

up in its new role of the Border Guarding

Force. A comprehensive modernization

plan for induction of sophisticated

weaponry and equipment costing to

Rs.421.05 crore is under consideration.

Deployment of Central PoliceDeployment of Central PoliceDeployment of Central PoliceDeployment of Central PoliceDeployment of Central PoliceForForForForForcescescescesces

6.38 Central Police Forces have been playinga key role in the overall management of internalsecurity situation in the country. The emergingsecurity scenario aggravated by cross-borderterrorism has posed immense challenges to theCentral Police Forces, particularly in counteringthreats of terrorism and militancy. Apart fromassisting various States in conduct of free, fair andpeaceful assembly and parliament elections, theforces have played major role in helping state ofJ&K and in N. E. Region as well as naxal militancyaffected states in combating militancy.

GrGrGrGrGrooooowth of Manpowth of Manpowth of Manpowth of Manpowth of Manpowwwww er in er in er in er in er in CPFSCPFSCPFSCPFSCPFS

6.39 The growth of manpower in the CPFsduring the period 1988 to March, 31, 2004 is shownin the following table:-

Year NSG ITBP CRPF BSF AR CISF SSB TOTAL

1988 7563 23419 120979 135544 52067 66102 23244 428918

1989 7563 25482 121235 149568 52460 71818 27649 455775

1990 7563 29488 131260 171168 52460 74334 30785 497058

1991 7563 29504 156131 171363 52460 79620 31039 527680

1992 7512 29504 158747 171501 52482 84611 33094 537451

1993 7512 29504 158918 171735 52504 88965 33099 542237

1994 7360 30297 165250 171735 52504 90813 33099 551058

1995 7360 30293 165408 181269 52223 93050 33099 562702

1996 7360 30369 167346 181403 52223 96502 33099 568302

1997 7360 29275 167322 182675 52269 96892 33099 568892

1998 7360 30367 167331 182732 52223 94743 33099 567855

1999 7357 30367 167367 183790 51985 94665 33099 568630

2000 7357 30356 181136 181839 51056 95992 32141 579877

2001 7357 32992 184538 185590 59899 95366 31750 597492

2002 7357 34657 204531 204885 62399 94534 31625 639988

2003 7357 34788 229699 208103 63649 94347 31554 669497

2004 7357 36324 229699 208422 63883 94347 31554 671586

(Till

31-03-04)

��

�

FuturFuturFuturFuturFuture Require Require Require Require Requirements of ements of ements of ements of ements of CPFCPFCPFCPFCPFs:s:s:s:s:Additional RaisingsAdditional RaisingsAdditional RaisingsAdditional RaisingsAdditional Raisings

6.40 The Ministry made assessment of therequirement of Central Police Forces in future andinitiated steps to augment their strength as well asequip the forces with the State of the art technologyto improve their reach and punch. The BSF and CRPFbattalions are being organized on 7 company pattern,whereas ITBP and Assam Rifles are being augmentedon the basis of 6 company battalions. Additional 5

Force Strength in 1999-2000 New Raising approved Strength in 2004-05

i.e. prior to New Raising after new raising /

re-structuring

BSF 157 Bns (942 Coys) 26 Bns (157 Coys) 157 Bns (1099 Coys)

CRPF 121 Bns (726 Coys) 84 Bns (64 Bns & 185 Bns (1295 Coys)

121 Coys)

AR 31 Bns (186 Coys) 10 Bns 46 Bns*

ITBP 25 Bns (112 Coys) & 9 Bns (38 Coys) 25 Bns (150 Coys) &

4 specialist Bns 4 specialist Bns

IR 35 Bns 50 Bns 85 Bns

RR 36 Bns 30 Bns 66 Bns

Total 209 Bns

* Addl 5 Bns are being raised by culling out manpower from existing 31 Bns, which had higher

strength per Bn.

Actual Expenditure on CPFs(Rupees in crore)

YEAR BSF CRPF CISF ITBP AR NSG SSB TOTAL1988-1989 435.95 321.82 119.55 76.90 139.59 26.15 73.13 1193.091989-1990 506.56 334.07 142.00 91.66 165.01 37.19 92.22 1368.711990-1991 649.35 437.64 171.96 101.57 179.11 52.74 97.02 1689.391991-1992 717.81 594.94 206.84 127.07 197.86 45.82 111.34 2001.681992-1993 803.16 625.24 252.32 151.92 230.07 56.80 123.43 2242.941993-1994 729.72 724.75 300.07 166.68 266.42 52.58 142.35 2382.571994-1995 992.92 808.90 333.60 178.39 295.55 48.54 154.61 2812.511995-1996 1110.12 932.86 382.19 219.59 317.18 56.18 174.11 3194.231996-1997 1257.96 1056.90 444.60 258.47 340.15 67.76 199.81 3625.651997-1998 1542.17 1261.58 578.28 289.82 476.68 70.51 240.82 4459.861998-1999 1784.39 1383.29 664.28 327.51 531.84 79.05 281.43 5051.791999-2000 2021.72 1528.72 740.54 394.59 584.81 89.16 317.51 5677.052000-2001 2157.78 1653.25 802.30 416.06 635.32 70.23 322.28 6057.222001-2002 2399.02 1894.42 860.55 417.08 776.25 82.79 327.03 6757.142002-2003 2668.41 2032.37 936.65 470.25 711.20 95.90 325.77 7240.552003-2004 2970.24 2082.73 980.68 473.40 861.94 113.81 315.92 7798.72

battalions of Assam Rifles would be raised by cullingout men from existing battalions of Assam Rifles.By the year 2005, the strength of these forces willincrease as shown in the table below:

6.41 In keeping with increasingly importantand high risk roles being performed by the CPFsin maintaining internal security and guarding ofthe borders of the country, there has beencorresponding increase in budget provisions andactual expenditure as may be seen from figures in

the following table:

ModerModerModerModerModernizanizanizanizanization of tion of tion of tion of tion of CPFCPFCPFCPFCPFsssss

6.42 Continuous enhancement

of the operational efficiency of CPFs

is the major focus of the Government

in the modernization programme of

Forces. In order to meet the

challenges of increased militancy and

terrorist activities, a five-year

perspective plan for

modernization of weaponry,

machinery, transport,

communication, surveillance,

night vision and training

equipment as Force

multipliers has been

formulated. The financial

outlay over a period of five

years is Rs. 3708 crore. The

summary of the financial

projections of the

Modernization Plan with year

wise phasing is given in the

Table below:

��

�

Approved Modernization Plan for CPFs(Rs. in crore)

Force Year-1 Year-II Year-III Year-IV Year –V Total offive year

AR 49.35 100.63 100.43 100.01 101.42 451.84BSF 353.25 438.39 514.31 514.89 510.01 2330.85CISF 23.54 24.60 25.23 20.62 18.11 112.10CRPF 103.49 119.31 104.56 110.18 105.21 542.75ITBP 55.12 46.55 27.85 27.38 30.88 187.78NSG 30.81 20.20 15.37 9.30 6.81 82.49TOTAL 615.56 749.68 787.75 782.38 772.44 3707.81

WWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararare of e of e of e of e of The PThe PThe PThe PThe Pererererersonnel of sonnel of sonnel of sonnel of sonnel of TheTheTheTheTheCPFCPFCPFCPFCPFsssss

6.43 All the Central Police Forces have raisedtheir own contributory welfare schemes to help thefamilies of personnel who die on duty or getincapacitated. Under these Schemes, a number ofFunds namely Welfare Fund, Relief Fund, InsuranceFund and Education Fund have been created toprovide financial assistance to the Force personneland their families. The Government sanctionssubstantial fund for the welfare of Force personnel.

AAAAAwwwwwararararards and Medalsds and Medalsds and Medalsds and Medalsds and Medals

6.44 During the year 2003-2004(till31.3.2004), following medals were awarded to themembers of the Forces:

Sl. Force Service Medals Gallantry MedalsNo. PPM for DS PM for MS PPMG PMG

(a) AR 1 16 - 12(b) BSF 7 72 11 62(c) CRPF 10 76 6 44(d) CISF 9 59 1 5(e) ITBP 6 21 1 11(f) NSG 1 9 - -(g) SSB 2 15 - -

PPM : Presidents Police MedalDS : Distingushed ServiceMS : Meritorious ServicePPMG : Presidents Police Medal for GallantryPMG : Police Medal for Gallantry

6.45 A new Medal called PoliceAntrik Surksha Sewa Padak has beeninstituted. This Medal is in recognition ofservices rendered by CPF/Police personnelin anti-militancy or internal securityoperations in certain specified areas in thecountry. 15,671 Antrik Surksha SewaPadaks have been awarded in the year2002-2003.

UN Peace Keeping MissionsUN Peace Keeping MissionsUN Peace Keeping MissionsUN Peace Keeping MissionsUN Peace Keeping Missions

6.46 During 2003, 239 India CIVPOL(Civilian Police) officers from different States/ UTs/CPOs/ CPFs were deployed at the UN PeaceKeeping Mission in KOSOVO. In addition onecompany of RAF is deployed in KOSOVO as partof the UN Peace Keeping Mission. Indian CIVPOLofficers have also been posted with Missions inWestern Sahara, Cyprus and Sierra Leone.

PrPrPrPrProoooovisioning of Central Pvisioning of Central Pvisioning of Central Pvisioning of Central Pvisioning of Central PoliceoliceoliceoliceoliceForForForForForcescescescesces

6.47 Central Police Forces (CPFs ) play avital role in countering threats from militancy,terrorism and insurgency, keeping border vigil and

maintaining internal security in the country. Theemerging internal security scenario, aggravatedby cross border terrorism, has led to increasinginvolvement of CPFs in security of border andfighting cross border terrorism in border states andassisting the State Governments in tackling theimpact of such terrorism. State Governments havebeen frequently demanding more of these forcesequipped with sufficient weaponary and gadgetsto deal with serious law and order problems. Afterthe nodal responsibility for Disaster Management

��

has been shifted to MHA, some of the CPFs havebeen entrusted with the additional responsibility ofrescue and relief operations during naturalcalamities. Apart from these duties, the CPFs arealso deployed for conduct of free and fair electionsto Parliament and State Assemblies. As a result,sustained deployment of fully equipped CPFs hasincreased considerably.

6.48 Adequate provisioning in the form oflatest state-of-the-art weaponry, communication andsurveillance equipment, other specializedequipment, transport(surface, air and water) forbetter striking power and mobility, appropriateclothing, tentage and other stores, etc is necessaryfor keeping the troops operationally fit all the time.With a view to upgrading the striking capability ofCPFs by introduction of modern and sophisticatedweaponry, communication equipment etc., a Five-year Modernization Plan for the CPFs has beenformulated and approved by Government inFebruary 2002 with a projected investment ofRs.3,740.71 crore. This Plan envisages provisionsof improved weaponry, communication andsurveillance equipment (SMART), BEST, DigitalRadio Trunking, Direction Finder, GlobalPositioning Systems, Night Vision Devices, BombDetection Equipments, Sensors, MobileSurveillance Vehicles, Battlefield SurveillanceRadar etc.) and transport vehicles, training aids, i.e.Small Arms Training Simulators, Fire-ArmsTraining Simulators, Infantry Weapons EffectSimulators Systems, Driving Simulators, improvedclothing items like Synthetic Web Equipments,specialized security equipments like Bullet ProofJackets, Bullet Proof Patka, BP Helmets, BPVehicles Mine Protected Vehicles, etc. This Plan isunder implementation in phases and, when fully

implemented, will have multiplier effect on thecapabilities of CPMFs which will enable them toperform their new and expanding role in better anda more effective way. An expenditure of Rs. 1080.39crore has been incurred in the first two phases ofthe Modernisation Plan.

6.49 A separate Five Year Modernisation hasalso been formulated for Special Services Bureau(SSB) which was transferred from CabinetSecretariat to MHA w.e.f. April 1, 2002 and has beenidentified as a Boarder Guarding Force for keepingvigil on Indo-Nepal and Indo-Bhutan border.

6.50 Government had approved, MHA’sproposal for strengthening of Air Wing of BSF byacquiring one Executive Jet, one large transportaircraft, two medium transport aircrafts and two M-17 helicopters. All the contracted helicopters havebeen deliverd. Other aircrafts are in the process ofacquisition.

6.51 For speedy procurement of varioussecurity related items required for emergentoperational need, a Fast Track Mechanism has beenset up in MHA. A “Procurement Board for theMHA” has been constituted under the chairmanshipof Home Secretary to clear the urgent requirementof the CPFs for operational requirements.

6.52 A contract for import of 64,000 Nos.AK-47 Rifles at a cost Rs. 53.83 crore has beenfinalized and supply order placed to meet thedemand of CPFs and some of the State Police Forces.The first consignment of 27,000 AK-47 Rifles wasdispatched by the Company during the year and theentire supply is likely to be completed by the end of2004.

��

��

6.53 A project for modernisation of captivecommunication channels of IB at an estimated costof Rs.21.50 crore has been approved by Committeeon Non-plan Expenditure (CNE) and sanction issuedin July 2003. The project will be executed in phasesduring 2003-04 and 2004-05.

6.54 To keep parity with the procurementpowers delegated to the DGs of CPFs, provisioningpowers of Director General in respect of scaled/authorized CTS items have been enhanced fromRs.1.00 crore To Rs.2.0 crore in each case, w.e.fOctober, 2003 .

PrPrPrPrProcurocurocurocurocurement ement ement ement ement WWWWW inginginginging6.55 The Procurement Wing of the Ministry

of Home Affairs has been assigned the task ofequipping the Central Police Forces with theclothing, tents, stores, machinery & equipment andarms & ammunitions, thus providing them with allsorts of logistic supports to perform their task. OtherCPOs like IB, BPR&D, NICFS, BCRB etc. arehelped in their task to procure their scientific andtechnical equipment.

6.56 Some of the high-value procurements/contracts made/entered through the ProcurementWing are as below :-

(i)(i)(i)(i)(i) PolnetPolnetPolnetPolnetPolnet

All tasks related to the tendering proceduresof the POLNET Project, a much awaited projectlinking the entire police forces of the country, havebeen successfully executed by the Wing. Thecontract has been awarded on M/s BEL, a publicsector undertaking under the control of Ministryof Defence. The implementation of the project isin full swing.

(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii)(ii) PrPrPrPrProcurocurocurocurocurement of Floaement of Floaement of Floaement of Floaement of Floating BOPs fting BOPs fting BOPs fting BOPs fting BOPs for BSFor BSFor BSFor BSFor BSF

Floating BOPs are to be provided to BSF for

safeguarding the riverine/marine border areas. The

contract for this project costing about 100 crore has

been given to M/s Mazagon Docvk Limited(MDL).

During the year 8 BOP’S were supplied alongwith

16 Fast Patrol Boats, against order for 9 BOPs and

36 Fast Patrol Boats.

(iii)(iii)(iii)(iii)(iii) PrPrPrPrProcurocurocurocurocurement of Bullet Prement of Bullet Prement of Bullet Prement of Bullet Prement of Bullet Proof jacoof jacoof jacoof jacoof jackkkkkets fets fets fets fets fororororor

Central PCentral PCentral PCentral PCentral Para-militarara-militarara-militarara-militarara-military Fory Fory Fory Fory Forcescescescesces

After the qualitative requirements have been

laid down, procurement of Bullet Proof Jackets-

33996 nos. for Central para-Military forces has been

processed.

OTHER POLICE ORGANI-OTHER POLICE ORGANI-OTHER POLICE ORGANI-OTHER POLICE ORGANI-OTHER POLICE ORGANI-SASASASASATIONSTIONSTIONSTIONSTIONS

N aN aN aN aN ational Crtional Crtional Crtional Crtional Crime Recorime Recorime Recorime Recorime Records Burds Burds Burds Burds Bureaueaueaueaueau(NCRB)(NCRB)(NCRB)(NCRB)(NCRB)

6.57 Set up in 1986, the National Crime

Records Bureau (NCRB) was assigned the

responsibility of crime mapping and analysis,

preparing strategy for crime control and

modernization of the state police forces with the

mission to empower Indian Police with information

technology and criminal intelligence. In their

mission to uphold law and protect people, NCRB

endeavours to provide leadership and excellence in

crime analysis particularly for serious and organized

crime and is providing training to Centre/State Police

Forces to achieve proficiency in the use of

Information Technology.

��

�

ISO 9001:2000 standarISO 9001:2000 standarISO 9001:2000 standarISO 9001:2000 standarISO 9001:2000 standard in NCRBd in NCRBd in NCRBd in NCRBd in NCRB6.58 The Bureau was awarded licence for the

Quality Management Systems Certification inaccordance with IS/ISO 9001:2000 for a period ofthree years from 8th March 2004 to 7 March 2007by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS).

6.59 The Bureau was granted the licence forQuality Management Systems Certification inrespect of products/processes given below :-

To Create and Maintain Secure SharableNational Databases, Software on Crimes, Criminals,Property and Organized Criminal Gangs for LawEnforcement Agencies and Promote their use forPublic Service Delivery.

Common Integrated Police ApplicationCommon Integrated Police ApplicationCommon Integrated Police ApplicationCommon Integrated Police ApplicationCommon Integrated Police Application(CIP(CIP(CIP(CIP(CIPA)A)A)A)A)

6.60A Technical Committee consisting ofrepresentatives from National Crime Record Bureau(NCRB) and National Informatics Centre (NIC) wasconstituted on May 27, 2003 for conductingtechnical feasibility of implementing a commonintegrated software for police organizationsthroughout the country.

6.61 A Sub group consisting ofrepresentatives from different States was formed onMarch 22, 2004 finalize the requirements of policestation level software.

CrCrCrCrCrime Crime Crime Crime Crime Criminal Infiminal Infiminal Infiminal Infiminal Inforororororm am am am am ation Systemtion Systemtion Systemtion Systemtion SystemPrPrPrPrProject (CCIS)oject (CCIS)oject (CCIS)oject (CCIS)oject (CCIS)

6.62 A National Project, CCIS, has beenunder implementation at 739 locations in thecountry. During the year 2003-04, hardware andsystem software were procured for new States and

Districts (24 locations) and installation completedat all the locations except one District i.e., Handwarain Jammu & Kashmir as the site was not ready.NCRB conducts regular training of police officialsin the use of Integrated Investigation Forms (IIFs)and Crime Criminal Information System Project(CCIS).

6.63 The CCIS application was furtherupgraded to incorporate the additional profiles ofTerrorists/ Militants/Members of organized gangs.

6.64 A multilingual (Hindi and English)version of CCIS was implemented across thecountry. Regional language support for 4 States viz.Gujarati, Marathi, Punjabi (Gurumukhi) and Tamilis being taken up to meet the demand of regionallanguage support of the States / Union Territories.

OrOrOrOrOrggggganised Cranised Cranised Cranised Cranised Crime Intelligence Systemime Intelligence Systemime Intelligence Systemime Intelligence Systemime Intelligence System(OCIS)(OCIS)(OCIS)(OCIS)(OCIS)

6.65 Beta version of the OCIS softwaredeveloped by NCRB was sent to selected States /Central agencies for obtaining their views

6.66 Nomination for Nodal Units / Officerwere received from 27 Nodal Centres. 29 NodalCentres sent suggestions / comments on OCIS inputform. Application software for OCIS was tested.

6.67 31 Activities for OCIS were identifiedby the Ministry of Home Affairs.

Motor Motor Motor Motor Motor VVVVVehicehicehicehicehicle Infle Infle Infle Infle Inforororororm am am am am ation Countertion Countertion Countertion Countertion Countersssss6.68 As a follow up of Inter State

Coordination Meeting held by Delhi Police in Jan2004, OCIS, input forms and software were sent onJanuary 22, 2004, to SPs of the Districts of Gaziabad,

��

��

Agra, Bulandshahar, Rohtak, Mujjafar Nagar,Faridabad Bharat Pur, Jhajjar, Panipat, Gannaur,Sonipat, Gurgoan and New Delhi, for creation ofdata bank on Inter State Criminal Gangs involvedin Motor Vehicle theft.

Portrait Building SystemPortrait Building SystemPortrait Building SystemPortrait Building SystemPortrait Building System6.69 Window-based Portrait Building

System was made available to all the States/UTs upto District Level. State Level training for operatingthe package is being imparted. NCRB prepared 2519portraits in 1733 cases till March 31, 2004. Theportraits prepared at NCRB have helped in solvingvarious landmark cases.

Central Finger PrCentral Finger PrCentral Finger PrCentral Finger PrCentral Finger Print Burint Burint Burint Burint Bureau (CFPB)eau (CFPB)eau (CFPB)eau (CFPB)eau (CFPB)6.70 The Central Finger Print Bureau came

into existence in the year 1955 to trace inter-State/international criminals and is doing a pioneeringwork in Automation of fingerprints at national levelby using Automated Finger Print IdentificationSystem (AFIS). The first Automated Finger PrintIdentification System(AFIS) was installed in 1992and entire backlog of fingerprint slips was put onelectronics media by 2003. With the completion ofbacklog conversion, the trace percentage of arrestedpersons went up during the year under report to 12per cent as compared to 2 ½ per cent a couple ofyears ago.

6.71 An All India Finger Print BureauxDirector’s Conference was held on September16,2003 under the aegis of National Crime RecordsBureau and the main focus of the conference wasprocurement of AFIS for all States.

6.71 Till ends of year under report 33,163inquiries from Investigation Officers (IOs) werereceived and on the basis of personal identification3,737 suspects were identified. 67 inquiriesregarding international criminals for verification

were received from INTERPOL and out of these,four suspects in respect of inquiries were identified.

PublicationsPublicationsPublicationsPublicationsPublications

6.73 The following publications have beenbrought by the NCRB in addition to NCRBQuarterly Gazette in the year 2003-04:i. Crime in India-2001 and 2002 Part-Iii. Finger Print in India-2002iii. Accidental Deaths and Suicides in India-

2001iv. Prison Statistics-2001

TTTTTraining Divisionraining Divisionraining Divisionraining Divisionraining Division6.74 Training in application of Information

Technology for Police Organizations is one of thecore activities of Bureau. The following courseswere conducted in the year 2003-04 (April 1, 2003-March 31, 2004).

Sl. Name of the Course Duration ProgrammeNo.

(a) Vertical Interaction Programme 1 week 1(Sponsored by BPR&D) (6 days)

(b) Computer Basics & 2 weeks 2Office Automation

(c) Advanced Course on 2 weeks 2Computers & MIS

(d) CCIS & Other Police 1 week 2Application Software

(e) Computer Centre Management 1 week 2

(f) Programming in Visual Basic 3 weeks 2

(g) Advanced Finger Print 1 week 3Science & Computers

(h) Training of Trainers onWindows 2000 & SQL Server 3 weeks 2

(i) Training of Trainers on CCIS & 3 weeks 2other Police Officers

For Indian Police Officers

��

��

6.76 The total number of courses conductedand number of officers trained so far as on March31, 2004 are as follows:-

Hyderabad and Kolkata are the constituents of thisDirectorate.

ResearResearResearResearResearch and Dech and Dech and Dech and Dech and Devvvvvelopmentelopmentelopmentelopmentelopment6.78 Research and development in the field

of forensic science is the primary objective of theCFSLs and GEsQD under the Directorate ofForensic Science. In order to realize the objectives,the three CFSLs have been designated as “Centresof Excellence” in their core areas of competence,as below :-

(a) CFSL, Kolkata - Centre of Excellencefor Forensic Biological Sciences

(b) CFSL,Chandigarh-Centre of Excellencefor Forensic Physical Sciences

(c) CFSL,Hyderabad-Centre of Excellencefor Forensic Chemical Sciences

6.79 The Three CFSLs under DFS received1619 cases comprising 6,999 exhibits and examined1,318 cases comprising 5,480 exhibits.

6.80The Three GEsQD under DFS received1,334 cases comprising 2,14,235 and examined1,227 cases comprising 192,577 exhibits.

TTTTTraining courraining courraining courraining courraining courses orses orses orses orses orggggganised banised banised banised banised by DFSy DFSy DFSy DFSy DFSlaboratorieslaboratorieslaboratorieslaboratorieslaboratories

6.81 Four specialized courses (DNA,computer, forensic, white-collar crime,) have beenconducted so far in which about 100 ForensicScientists, Police Officers and officers from otherLaw Enforcement agencies have been trained.

StandarStandarStandarStandarStandardizadizadizadizadization of Prtion of Prtion of Prtion of Prtion of Procedurocedurocedurocedurocedure fe fe fe fe forororororCounterfCounterfCounterfCounterfCounterfit Currit Currit Currit Currit Currencencencencencyyyyy

6.82 The DFS has been entrusted with theresponsibility of standardizing the techniques of

For Foreign Police Officers

Sl. Name of the Course Duration ProgrammeNo.

(a) Information Technology in 12 weeks 1Law Enforcement

(b) Advanced Finger Print 12 weeks 1Science & Computers

6.75 The number of courses conducted andnumber of officers trained during the period fromApril 1, 2003 to March 31, 2004 are as follows:-

AT NCRB AT PCTCs Total

No. of Programmes 20 41 61conductedOfficers Attended 422 817 1239

AT AT AT TotalNCRB PCTCs SCRBx/

CPOs

No. of Programmes 494 579 235 1308conductedOfficers Attended 8770 11741 6872 27383

DirDirDirDirDirectoraectoraectoraectoraectorate of Forte of Forte of Forte of Forte of Forensic Scienceensic Scienceensic Scienceensic Scienceensic Science(D(D(D(D(DFSFSFSFSFS)))))

6.77 The Government of India issued aresolution on December 31, 2002 for setting up of aDirectorate of Forensic Science under the Ministryof Home Affairs. The Directorate of ForensicScience (DFS) has started functioning with effectfrom April 1, 2003. The Central Forensic ScienceLaboratories (CFSLs) at Chandigarh, Hyderabadand Kolkata and Government Examiner ofQuestioned Documents (GEs QD) at Shimla,

��

��

counterfit currency examination. The DFS is alsopreparing a list of model laboratories which are tobe upgraded to handle any forensic examinationrelated to physical and chemical examinations offake currencies.

DirDirDirDirDirectoraectoraectoraectoraectorate of Coorte of Coorte of Coorte of Coorte of Coordinadinadinadinadination,tion,tion,tion,tion, P P P P PoliceoliceoliceoliceoliceWWWWW iririririreless (Deless (Deless (Deless (Deless (DC P WC P WC P WC P WC P W)))))

6.83 Directorate of Coordination PoliceWireless is the nodal agency entrusted with the taskof coordinating activities related to Policetelecommunication of the country and is responsiblefor implementation of POLNET Project, inter-StatePolice communication, training of Police radiopersonnel, providing cryptography cover in Policecommunication, coordinating radio frequency,modernization of Police communication, layingstandards for introduction of moderncommunication equipments in police forces, etc.

6.84 The satellite-based integrated Policetelecommunication network-POLNET project is inthe process of implementation. The hub station ofPOLNET at New Delhi with 11 metres antennaand other in-house equipments have been installedand under testing. This turnkey project, whichprovides Thana to Thana connectivity in thecountry and selected locations of Central PoliceForces, NCRB, etc. using VSAT and Multi AccessRadio Telephone is expected to be operational byDecember, 2004. Funds for this purpose have beenprovided to the States through the modernizationof Police Forces Scheme.

6.85 The training wing of this Directorate,the Central Police Radio Training Institute, hastrained 1,108 Police personnel on Police

telecommunication through 30 regular courses and16 special courses. In the Cipher Training Wing,242 personnel were trained in cryptography through22 courses.

Central ForCentral ForCentral ForCentral ForCentral Forensic Scienceensic Scienceensic Scienceensic Scienceensic ScienceLaboraory (Laboraory (Laboraory (Laboraory (Laboraory (CBICBICBICBICBI)))))

6.86 Central Forensic Science Laboratory,CBI, New Delhi is a scientific laboratory under theMinistry of Home Affairs rendering scientificforensic service and crime exhibits analysis in actualcrime cases referred by CBI, Delhi Police, Vigilance,State/Central Government Departments, JudicialCourts and State Forensic Science Laboratories. TheLaboratory provides independent scientific expertopinion in crime cases and scientific support serviceto detect physical clues at the scene of crime. Thelaboratory also provides expert testimony in judicialcourts and imparts forensic training to InvestigatingOfficers and Scientists. The laboratory alsoundertakes research and developmental activities inforensic science and publishes a quarterly “ForensicScience & Technology News Digest” to meet thescientific support requirements in CBI caseinvestigation.

Analysis of High Explosive substance by High PressureLiquid Chromatozraphy system in CFSL (CBI), New Delhi

��

��

6.87 During the year (up to March 31, 2004),CFSL,CBI, New Delhi carried out scientificexaminations of 3,29,460 Exhibits. The laboratoryreceived 3,607 fresh cases during the year (uptoMarch,31, 2004) for crime exhibits analysis andexpert opinions. On date 133 cases were pending .The Laboratory scientists gave testimony in 646courts in Delhi and outside and rendered technicalguidance for scientific investigation of crime.

6.88 CFSL, CBI, New Delhi providedpractical exposure to scientific working of CFSL to1401 trainees/courses participants to a number ofinstitutions namely CBI Academy, National Instituteof Customs and Excise, Delhi Police, NationalInstitute of Criminology & Forensic Science ,Intelligence Bureau, BSF, IPS probationer officers,CVC officers, university students, vigilance officersfrom different public undertakings, bank officersfrom various nationalized banks, newly recruitedCBI trainees, prosecutors, judges/judicialmagistrates of various courts, officers in the rank ofACP, Dy.SP, SP and Defence Personnel.

BurBurBurBurBureau of Peau of Peau of Peau of Peau of Police Researolice Researolice Researolice Researolice Research andch andch andch andch andDevelopment (Development (Development (Development (Development (BPR&DBPR&DBPR&DBPR&DBPR&D)))))

6.89 The Bureau of Police Research &Development was set up in 1970 to identify needsand problems of police in the country, undertakeappropriate research project and studies and suggestmodalities to over come the same. It was alsomandated to keep abreast of latest developments inthe fields of science and technology, both in Indiaand abroad, with a view to promoting use ofappropriate technology in police work as a forcemultiplier. Over the years, this organization was alsoentrusted responsibility of monitoring the training

needs and quality in various state and centralgovernment police institutions, assist states inmodernization of police forces and also to look afterthe work relating to correctional administration andits modernisation..

6.90 The Bureau consists of followingdivisions.

a. Research Division.b. Development Division.c. Training Division.d. Correctional Administration Division.

ResearResearResearResearResearch Divisionch Divisionch Divisionch Divisionch Division6.91 This division completed six research

projects and undertook five new research projectsduring the year 2003-04. In addition, six Fellowshipswere also awarded for the doctoral work incriminology and forensic science. This divisionorganized seven workshops on various subjects oftopical interest to the police forces in country. Sixpublications were also brought out by this division.

Development DivisionDevelopment DivisionDevelopment DivisionDevelopment DivisionDevelopment Division6.92 This division consist of three sections

namely Weapons Section, Traffic Section andElectronic Section. The division demonstrated 13products and 3 trials were conducted during theyear 2003-04.

TTTTTraining Divisionraining Divisionraining Divisionraining Divisionraining Division6.93 The Training division was setup in 1973

to review the process of training and identify thefuture training needs of police personnel. Thedivision organized 8 vertical interaction courses forpolice officers, in addition to 5 specialised thematiccourses. It also organized symposium of heads of

��

��

police training institutions in India to discuss variousproblems to augment police training. It coordinatestraining programme of police officers belonging tofriendly countries.

CorrCorrCorrCorrCorrectional ectional ectional ectional ectional AdministraAdministraAdministraAdministraAdministration Divisiontion Divisiontion Divisiontion Divisiontion Division6.94 This division was setup in the BPR&D

in 1976 with a view to study the problems affectingthe prison administration and to establish a closecoordination with the state governments tomodernize prisons and for bringing out prisonreforms. This division has completed 4 researchstudies, one research study is in hand. Four researchprojects were initiated during the 2003-04. Fivevertical interaction courses for prison officers wereorganized in addition to various trainingprogrammes on Human Rights in prisonmanagement throughout the country under nationalaction plan of the Government of India. After 1957this division formulated a Model Prison Manualfor the superintendence and management of prisonsin India. A national conference of Directors Generaland Inspectors General of Prisons and Secretaries(Prisons) of all States/UTs was organized at NewDelhi for the first time to discuss various issuesconcerning prisons reforms in the country.

National Institute of CriminologyNational Institute of CriminologyNational Institute of CriminologyNational Institute of CriminologyNational Institute of Criminologyand Forand Forand Forand Forand Forensic Scienceensic Scienceensic Scienceensic Scienceensic Science

6.95 Set up in the year 1972, the NationalInstitute of Criminology and Forensic Science(NICFS) continues to function as the country’s nodalinstitution for training of functionaries of criminaljustice system in the twin fields of criminology andforensic science, as well as for research relating tothese fields. The Institute functions under theadministrative control of the Ministry of Home

Affairs as an attached office and is headed by aDirector of the rank of Inspector General of Police.

6.96 The Institute has now been renamed as‘LOK NAYAK JAYAPRAKASH NARAYANNATIONAL INSTITUTE OF CRIMINOLOGYAND FORENSIC SCIENCE(LNJN NICFS)” videMHA’S Resolution No. 10/4/2003-NICFS datedOctober 3, 2003 in order to commemorate theoccasion of birth centenary celebrations of LokNayak Shri Jayaprakash Narayan.

6.97 The main objectives and functions of theInstitute include organising various in-servicetraining programmes for Officers from Police,Judiciary and Correctional Administration, and alsoothers engaged in the criminal justice system andits allied fields; conducting Diploma and CertificateCourses in professional subjects for forensicscientists; undertaking research work and studies onvarious subjects of criminology and forensic scienceand promoting international understanding andgoodwill by providing facilities for training andresearch in Criminology and Forensic Science toOfficers from neighbouring and other countries.

6.98 Activities of the Institute during the yearunder report, i.e. 2003-2004, in brief, are as follows:-

Establishment of Chair in the name ofEstablishment of Chair in the name ofEstablishment of Chair in the name ofEstablishment of Chair in the name ofEstablishment of Chair in the name ofLok Nayak Jaya Prakash NarayanLok Nayak Jaya Prakash NarayanLok Nayak Jaya Prakash NarayanLok Nayak Jaya Prakash NarayanLok Nayak Jaya Prakash Narayan

6.99In order to commemorate the occaion ofBirth Centenary celebrations of Lok NayakJayaprakash Narayan, the Ministry of Culture hasplaced a grant of Rs. 2 crore at the disposal of thisInstitute. Rs. 1.5 crore is meant for formation of acorpus for establishing a chair in the name of ‘LokNayak Jayaprakash Narayan’ in this Institue, to carry

��

��

out regular research for “peaceful and humane waysof solving crime”. The remaining Rs. 0.50 crore willbe utilized for construction of an additional floor inthe Main Builiding of the Institute for use of theChair Professor and support staff. Action has beeninitiated to implement the project.

TTTTTraining prraining prraining prraining prraining programmes/Courogrammes/Courogrammes/Courogrammes/Courogrammes/Coursessessessesses6.100 65 courses/training programmes have

been conducted till March 31, 2004 in which 1382Officers have participated.

6.101The Institute has arranged variouscollaborative training programmes for forensicscientists/staff with scientific institutions ofexcellence in the country, such as Indian Instituteof Chemical Laboratory, Hyderabad, IndustrialToxicology Research Centre, Lucknow, Centre forDNA Fingerprinting & Diagnostics, Hyderabad,Defence Institute of Fire Research, New Delhi; etc.,in order to harness their expertise and knowledge-base for forensic application, which have becomeextremely popular among forensic scientists and arealways over-subscribed.

TTTTTraining to Forraining to Forraining to Forraining to Forraining to Foreign Naeign Naeign Naeign Naeign Nationalstionalstionalstionalstionals6.102 Six Officers from Singapore, two

Officers from Uganda and one Officer from Nepalhad undergone 13th Foundation Course on ForensicScience in the Institute.

ResearResearResearResearResearchchchchch6.103A research project on ‘Shortage of

Manpower in different FSLs in India: Causes &Solution’, sponsored by the BPR&D, wasundertaken by the Criminology Faculty, which hassince been completed and report submitted.

6.104 Another research project on ‘Victimsof Torture’ in the State of Delhi and Rajasthanalso has been undertaken by the Faculty ofCriminology. This project has been sponsored bythe British Council and has since been completedshortly.

PublicationsPublicationsPublicationsPublicationsPublications6.105The Institute publishes a Journal titled

“The Indian Journal of Criminology &Criminalistics” thrice a year, featuring articles andpapers by eminent authors and experts in subjectsof professional relevance to the Criminal JusticeSystem.

NarNarNarNarNarcotics Contrcotics Contrcotics Contrcotics Contrcotics Control Burol Burol Burol Burol Bureau (eau (eau (eau (eau (NCBNCBNCBNCBNCB)))))

6.106Narcotics Control Bureau (NCB) wasestablished by a notification dated March 17, 1986as the authority envisaged in section 4 of theNarcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances(NDPS) Act, 1985. NCB was initially under theadministrative control of Department of Revenuein the Ministry of Finance. Keeping in view thelinkage of drug cartels and traffickers with terroristsand also the need for closer coordination betweenthe intelligence agencies dealing with terrorism andNCB, the Group of Ministers on Reforming theNational Security System recommended that theNCB and its related structures should be placedunder the Ministry of Home Affairs. In pursuanceof the above recommendation, the NCB wasbrought under the administrative control ofMinistry of Home Affairs by a notification datedFebruary 18, 2003.

6.107The NCB is mandated to function asthe nodal agency for taking necessary measures

��

��

under the provisions of the NDPS Act, 1985 forthe purpose of preventing and combating abuse ofnarcotic drugs and psychotropic substances and theillicit traffic therein. It is also responsible forimplementation of the obligations under variousinternational conventions in respect of countermeasures against illicit traffic and providingassistance to the concerned authorities of variouscountries and international organizations with aview to facilitating coordination and universalaction for prevention and suppression of illicittraffic in narcotic drugs and psychotropicsubstances including control over precursorchemicals which has been brought under the ambitof NDPS Act, 1985 by an amendment to the Actin 1989.

6.108In its role as national coordinator, NCBacts as the national repository for drug relatedinformation which is collected through a series of

prescribed special and periodical reports for thepreparation of national reports on mattersconnected with drug trafficking and abuse andIndia’s reporting obligations under variousInternational Drug Conventions.

6.109 At the operational level, India’s drug lawenforcement strategy is focused on combatingtrafficking through appropriate intelligence,interdiction and investigation, destroying illicit drugcrops, preventing diversions from licit opium crop,implementing the regime of domestic andinternational trade controls over select precursorchemicals and increasingly targeting assets derivedfrom drugs trafficking for confiscation and forfeiture.

6.110 Details of major drugs seized by theNCB during the years 2001, 2002 and 2003 and2004 (upto March 31, 2004) are given below :

❏

Drug 2001(Kgs.) 2002(Kgs.) 2003 (Kgs.) 2004 (Kgs.)

(upto 31.3.04)

Heroin 207 414 272 106.216

Hashish 292 1081 625 292.765

Methaqualone 1628 2967 535 0.030

Opium 8 8 18 5.131

Ganja 495 488 3442 63.00

Acetic Anhydride 8521 1433 596 95

Ephedrine 0 27 1025 0.820

(Ltrs.) (Ltrs.) (Ltrs.) (Ltrs.)

��

�

CIVIL DEFENCECIVIL DEFENCECIVIL DEFENCECIVIL DEFENCECIVIL DEFENCE

7.1 “Civil Defence” includes any measure,not amounting to actual combat, for affordingprotection to any person, property, place or thingin India or any part of the territory thereof againstany hostile attack whether from air, land, sea orother places or for operating/mitigating the effectof any such attack, whether such measures are takenbefore, during or after the time of such attack. CivilDefence is to be organized as an integral part ofthe defence of the country. Civil Defence aims atsaving life, minimizing damage to the property,maintaining continuity of industrial production andkeeping high public morale in the event of anhostile attack.

7.2 The Civil Defence Policy of theGovernment of India until 1962 was confined tomaking the States and Union territories consciousof the need of civil protection measures and to askthem to keep ready civil protection paper plans formajor cities and towns under the then EmergencyRelief Organization (ERO) scheme. The Chineseaggression in 1962 and Indo-Pak conflict in 1965led to a considerable re-thinking on the policy andscope of Civil Defence. As a result, the CivilDefence Policy as it exists today was evolved andCivil Defence legislation was enacted in theParliament in 1968.


OTHER CONCERNSOTHER CONCERNSOTHER CONCERNSOTHER CONCERNSOTHER CONCERNS VII7.3 Though the Civil Defence Act, 1968 is

applicable throughout the country, the organisationis raised in only such areas and zones which areconsidered vulnerable from enemy attack points ofview. As per policy, the revision and renewal ofcategorized towns is being done at regular intervalswith threat perception remaining the basic criterionfor categorization. At present, Civil Defenceactivities are restricted to 225 categorized townsspread over 35 States/Union territories.

7.4 Civil Defence is primarily organised onvoluntary basis except for a small nucleus of paidstaff and establishment which is augmented duringemergencies. The present target of Civil Defencevolunteers is 13.17 lakh, out of which 5.90 lakhvolunteers have already been raised and 5.0 lakhhave been trained. These volunteers areadministered and trained by 68 Deputy Controllers,17 Medical Officers and 503 Civil DefenceInstructors, which are all full time paid posts.

7.5 To meet the early warningcommunication requirement against an enemyattack, a reliable and flexible network (Internal andExternal communication), both on land lines andradio/ wireless, has been planned and established inmost of the categorized Civil Defence towns. TheMinistry has already provisioned full complementof 165 VHF sets. In addition, 285 latest generation

��

�

state-of-the-art HF radio sets have already beenprovisioned against a target of 288. Communicationfacilities, on telephone lines and radio, have alsobeen planned and established in most of the CivilDefence towns for the purpose of command andcontrol, co-ordination and liaison and also for mutualaid and co-operation. In addition, a solid statewireless controlled Air Raid Warning System (W-ARP) developed by ITI Bangalore has beenapproved which will be operated with HF Radiocommunication. This system will also haveSimultaneous Broadcast Facility (SBF) and CentreControl of Sirens (CCS) facility.

7.6 Apart from carrying out training andrehearsal/demonstration of Civil Defence measuresduring peace time, Civil Defence volunteers are alsodeployed, on voluntary basis, in various constructiveand nation building activities including assistanceto the administration in social and welfare serviceand prevention/mitigation of disaster as well as post-disaster response and relief . Civil Defence Trainingis conducted by the State Government/Unionterritories in the country on a three tier concept,i.e., at Local/Town level, at State level and atNational level. National Civil Defence College,Nagpur, a subordinate training establishment of theMinistry, conducts various courses in Civil Defenceand Disaster Relief Management. During 2003, thecollege has projected 25 courses on the differentaspects including NBC. Since the inception of thecollege in 1957, the college has trained 37,383trainees out of which 8 were foreign students.

7.7 Central financial assistance to the Statesfor Civil Defence measures for raising, training andequipping of Civil Defence is confined tocategorized towns only. During the financial year

2002-2003, a sum of Rs.6.00 crore had beenreimbursed to States. For the financial year 2003-2004, the allocated budget provision of Rs.6.00 crorehas been fully utilized.

HOME GUARDSHOME GUARDSHOME GUARDSHOME GUARDSHOME GUARDS

7.8 Home Guard is a voluntary force, firstraised in India in December, 1946, to assist the policein controlling civil disturbance and communal riots.Subsequently, the concept of the voluntary citizensforce was adopted by several States. In the wake ofChinese aggression in 1962, the Centre advised theStates and Union territories to merge their existingvoluntary organizations into one uniform voluntaryforce known as Home Guards. The role of HomeGuards is to serve as an auxiliary to the police inmaintenance of internal security, help thecommunity in any kind of emergency such as anair-raid, fire, cyclone, earthquake, epidemic etc.,help in maintenance of essential services, promotecommunal harmony and assist the administrationin protecting weaker sections, participate in socio-economic and welfare activities and perform CivilDefence duties. Home Guards are of two types –rural and urban. In Border States, Border WingHome Guards Bns. have also been raised, whichserve as an auxiliary to the Border Security Force.The total strength of Home Guards in the country is5,73,793 against which the present raised strengthis 4,87,821 . The organization is spread over allStates and Union territories except in Kerala.

7.9 Eighteen Border Wing Home Guards(BWHG) Battalions have been raised in the borderStates viz. Punjab (6 Bns), Rajasthan (4 Bns),Gujarat (4 Bns) and one each Bns in Assam,Meghalaya, Tripura & West Bengal to serve as

��

auxiliary to Border Security Force for preventinginfiltration on the international border/coastal areas,guarding of VA/VPs and lines of communication invulnerable areas at the time of external aggression.

7.10 Home Guards are raised under theHome Guards Acts and Rules of the States/Unionterritories. They are recruited from various crosssections of the people such as doctors, engineers,lawyers, employees in private sector organizations,college and university students, agricultural andindustrial workers etc. who give their spare timeto the organization for betterment of thecommunity. All citizens of India, who are in theage group of 18-50, are eligible to becomemembers of Home Guards. The normal tenure ofmembership in Home Guards is 3 to 5 years.Amenities and facilities given to Home Guardsinclude free uniform. Home Guards, whenevercalled out for duty/training, are paid duty/trainingallowance at prescribed rates to meet out-of-pocketexpenses. Members of Home Guards with threeyears services in the organisation are trained inpolicing-in maintenance of law and order, preventionof crime, anti-dacoity measures, border patrolling,prohibition, flood relief, fire fighting, election dutiesand social welfare activities. In the event of nationalemergency, some portion of Civil Defence work isalso entrusted to the Home Guards.

7.11 The Ministry of Home Affairsformulates the policy in respect of role, target,raising, training, equipping, establishment andother important matters of Home GuardsOrganization. Expenditure on Home Guards isshared between Central Government and StateGovernments as per existing financial policy ondiscrete financial terms. During 2002-03, Rs. 36

crore had been reimbursed to States on raising andtraining of Home Guards and their deployment forvarious purposes including that of Lok Sabha/Vidhan Sabha elections. In 2003-04, a sum of Rs.72.5 crore has been reimbursed to the States.

FIRE SERFIRE SERFIRE SERFIRE SERFIRE SERVICEVICEVICEVICEVICE

7.12 Fire prevention and fire fighting servicesare organized by the States/UTs. Ministry of HomeAffairs renders technical advice to States/UTs andCentral Ministries on Fire Protection, FirePrevention and Fire Legislation.

Financial AssistanceFinancial AssistanceFinancial AssistanceFinancial AssistanceFinancial Assistance7.13 For up-gradation of Fire Service in the

States, MHA arranges soft GIC loans through theMinistry of Finance, (Insurance Division) for thepurchase of capital fire fighting equipments and alsofor construction of buildings. From 1980-81 till to-date, a total sum of Rs.404.97 crore as GIC loanshad been arranged by the Ministry for developmentof State Fire Services. The Tenth FinanceCommission had allocated Rs.80 crore as grant-in-aid for modernization of Fire Services in the Statesduring plan period 1995-2000. The 11th FinanceCommission had also allocated Rs. 201 crore forthe proper development of Fire Services in States,specially in all Districts HQ towns and also for townshaving population of 50,000 and above, during theplan period 2000-2005.

TTTTTrainingrainingrainingrainingraining7.14 Training of junior level fire

professionals are conducted by the States/UTs in theState Fire Training Schools. Presently, 14 such StateFire Training Schools are operating in various States/

��

�

UTs. Training of officers of Fire Services isconducted in the National Fire Service Collegewhich was established in Nagpur as a sub-ordinatetraining establishment of the Ministry, way back in1956. Since inception in 1956, the college has sofar trained 12,433 fire officers including 71 foreigntrainees from 12 countries.

Standing FirStanding FirStanding FirStanding FirStanding Fire e e e e AdvisorAdvisorAdvisorAdvisorAdvisory Councily Councily Councily Councily Council(SF(SF(SF(SF(SFAAAAAC)C)C)C)C)

7.15 Standing Fire Advisory Council (SFAC)constituted by the Ministry comprises Heads of FireServices of all States & UTs. SFAC advises theGovernment of India on all aspects on fire services.Recently, the Ministry of Home Affairs compiledall recommendations of SFAC. The Compendiumhas been published in two volumes and circulatedto States for implementation.

AAAAAYYYYYODHYODHYODHYODHYODHYA MAA MAA MAA MAA MATTERTTERTTERTTERTTER

7.16 In the wake of demolition of the RamJanma Bhoomi-Babri Masjid disputed structure onDecember 6, 1992, the law and order situation invarious parts of the country took an ugly turn. Witha view to maintaining public order and promotingcommunal harmony and the spirit of commonbrotherhood amongst the people, the Governmentof India acquired a total area of 71.361 acres of landat Ayodhya under the Acquisition of Certain Areaat Ayodhya Act, 1993. Out of this area, the disputedarea is only 0.313 acre.

7.17 At present the four original title suitsNo.1/1989, 3/1989, 4/1989 and 5/1989 are pendingconsideration in the Special Full Bench of theAllahabad High Court at Lucknow .

7.18 The Government of India is of the viewthat the Ayodhya dispute can be resolved eitherthrough mutual agreement among all the partiesconcerned, or through the verdict of the court. Asper the directions of the Supreme Court vide itsjudgement dated October 24, 1994 and March 31,2003, Central Government, being a statutoryreceiver of the acquired land at Ayodhya, is dutybound to maintain status quo both in the disputed aswell as in the undisputed area at the Ram JanmaBhoomi-Babri Masjid Complex at Ayodhya.

Liberhan Liberhan Liberhan Liberhan Liberhan AAAAAyyyyyodhodhodhodhodhyyyyya Commission ofa Commission ofa Commission ofa Commission ofa Commission ofInquiryInquiryInquiryInquiryInquiry

7.19 The Liberhan Ayodhya Commission ofInquiry was set up on December 16,1992 toenquire, inter-alia, into the sequence of eventsleading to the destruction of Ram Janma Bhoomi-Babri Masjid structure at Ayodhya on December6, 1992. The Commission has so far examined/cross-examined 99 witnesses which includeimportant political and religious personalities,Central Government witnesses and top civil andpolice officers of the Government of Uttar Pradesh.The tenure of the Commission has been extendedupto 30th September 2004.

COMMUNAL SITUCOMMUNAL SITUCOMMUNAL SITUCOMMUNAL SITUCOMMUNAL SITUAAAAATION IN TION IN TION IN TION IN TION IN THETHETHETHETHECOUNTRYCOUNTRYCOUNTRYCOUNTRYCOUNTRY

7.20 The over-all communal situation in thecountry remained under control. While during theyear 2002, 722 communal incidents took placeclaiming 1,130 lives and resulting injuries to 4,375persons, in the year 2003, the country witnessed 711communal incidents in which 193 persons werekilled and 2,261 persons sustained injuries. The

��

�

Central Government has been closely monitoringthe situation and keeping a strict vigil on theactivities of the individuals and organizations toensure that the situation remains under control andthe communal disturbances, if occur at any place,do not spread to other areas and peace and communalharmony are maintained at all costs.

Religious FundamentalistReligious FundamentalistReligious FundamentalistReligious FundamentalistReligious FundamentalistOrOrOrOrOrggggganisaanisaanisaanisaanisationstionstionstionstions

7.21 The activities of all orgnizations having abearing on maintenance of communal harmony in thecountry are under constant watch of law enforcementagencies and action is taken wherever necessary. TheCentral Government has declared two fundamentalorganizations known as the Deendar Anjuman andthe Students Islamic Movement of India (SIMI) asunlawful associations under the provisions of theUnlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967 videNotifications dated April 26, 2003 and September,26, 2003, respectively. The Unlawful Activities(Prevention) Tribunals have been set up toadjudicate the ban notification in each case. TheTribunal set up in the case of Deendar Anjuman hasupheld the ban notification under its Order datedOctober 23, 2003. The tribunal set up in the case ofSIMI has also upheld the ban notification under itsorder dated 23.3.2004.

The National Foundation forThe National Foundation forThe National Foundation forThe National Foundation forThe National Foundation forC o m mC o m mC o m mC o m mC o m munal Harunal Harunal Harunal Harunal Harm o nm o nm o nm o nm o nyyyyy

7.22 The National Foundation for CommunalHarmony (NFCH) was set up in 1992 as anautonomous body registered under the SocietiesRegistration Act, 1860, under the administrativecontrol of the Ministry of Home Affairs for promotion

of communal harmony and national integration. TheFoundation is providing assistance to children whosefamilies have suffered loss of an earning parent incommunal, caste, ethnic, or terrorist violence. TheFoundation has assisted 4,440 children and an amountof Rs.8.16 crore has been released up to March 31,2004 since its inception. The NFCH also gives grantsto States/UTs for conducting certain programmessuch as “Reach” and “Milan” and to NGOs forconducting programmes such as ‘Samanvaya’ and‘Cooperation’ for promotion of communal harmonyand national integration.

C o m mC o m mC o m mC o m mC o m munal Harunal Harunal Harunal Harunal Harm o nm o nm o nm o nm o ny y y y y AAAAAwwwwwararararardsdsdsdsds

7.23 Communal Harmony Awards wereinstituted by the National Foundation for CommunalHarmony (NFCH) during the year 1996 for promotionof communal harmony and national integration. Theawards are presented separately to individual andorganisation categories who make outstandingcontribution in the field of communal harmony andnational integration for at least 10 years and 5 years,respectively. The selection is made by a jury chairedby the Vice-President of India. The Award consists ofa citation and an amount of Rs.2 lakh in the individualcategory and Rs.5 lakh in the organisation category.The Communal Harmony Award is announced onJanuary 26, every year. For the year 2003, CommunalHarmony Award was announced on 26th January 2004in favour of “The National Youth Project”, New Delhiin the organization category. The presentationceremony of the Award is yet to take place.

Kabir PuraskarKabir PuraskarKabir PuraskarKabir PuraskarKabir Puraskar

7.24 A national award designated as “KabirPuraskar” was instituted in 1990 to promote

��

�

communal harmony by recognising acts of physical/moral courage and humanity exhibited by anindividual in saving the lives and properties of themembers of another community during communalriots, caste conflicts or ethnic clashes. The KabirPuraskar for the year 2003 was announced onOctober 2, 2003 in favour of both Shri Tej RamPrajapati and Shri Jamal Ahmed Ansari in Grade II.The presentation ceremony of the Award is yet totake place.

Grants-In-AidGrants-In-AidGrants-In-AidGrants-In-AidGrants-In-Aid

7.25 Voluntary organisations areencouraged to undertake activities in the causeof national integration and communal harmony,such as inter-community celebration of nationaldays and festivals, cultural shows, essays andpainting competitions, inter-regional camps,exchange of visits, public meetings, exhibitions,etc. On the request of the Ministry of HomeAffairs, State Governments and Union territoryAdministrations started holding essaycompetitions on the topics relating to nationalintegration and communal harmony from the year1998-99 onwards for college/university studentsat State level and for school children at districtlevel. During the financial year 2003-04, anamount of Rs.9,26,893 has been released tosixteen States and five Union territories forarranging such essay competitions and one NGOfor arranging programme in the cause of nationalintegration and communal harmony.

FOREIGNERS AND CITIZENSHIPFOREIGNERS AND CITIZENSHIPFOREIGNERS AND CITIZENSHIPFOREIGNERS AND CITIZENSHIPFOREIGNERS AND CITIZENSHIP

7.26 The Ministry of Home Affairs isresponsible for immigration, visa, foreign

contribution and citizenship related matters. Entry,exit and stay of foreigners in India is regulatedthrough the Bureau of Immigration (BOI) and theState Governments. Registration formalities forforeigners visiting India on long term visa havebeen simplified as there were numerouscomplaints, especially from the foreigners of Indianorigin, regarding difficulties being faced by themduring their short stay in India with regard togetting themselves registered, even if their stay inIndia was for a very short period e.g. for three fourdays. Now, foreign nationals coming to India onlong term visas are required to get themselvesregistered only if their continuous stay exceeds 180days expect foreigners who enter India as Studentsor for Employment or for Missionary purposes.These categories of foreigners are still required toget themselves registered within 14 days of theirarrival. During the year 2003, 28,03,240 foreignersvisited India as against 24,49,937 in 2002. As perrecords, a total of 1,66,006 foreigners excludingPak nationals were registered and staying in Indiaas on December 31, 2003 as against 3,06,605 in2002. The decrease in the number of registeredforeigners is due to the simplification in registrationrules during 2002.

7.27 The Governments decision to grant dualcitizenship to persons of Indian origin belonging tocertain countries was also announced by the PrimeMinister while inaugurating the first PravasiBhartiya Divas on January, 9, 2003. In pursuanceof the announcement made by the Prime Ministeron January 9, 2003, a bill titled “The Citizenship(Amendment ) Bill, 2003 was introduced inParliament. The Parliament passed the Bill. TheCitizenship (Amendmednt) Act, 2004 receivedPresident’s assent on January 7, 2004(No.6/2004).

��

�

The Citizenship (Amendment) Act, 2004 wasnotified on January 8, 2004.

7.28 The International Conferences arecleared by the Ministry of Home Affairs. 468International Conferences/workshops/Seminars and17 collaborative research Projects were clearedduring the year 2003-2004(till March 31, 2004) 1010foreign nationals were granted Indian citizenshipduring the period from January 1, 2003 to December,2003. 1,947 NGOs were granted registration, and603 were accorded prior permissions under theForeign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 1976 duringthe period April 1, 2003 to March 31, 2004 to receiveforeign contribution and 1,512 cases for the grantof foreign hospitality to government officials etc.were processed.

CENSUS CENSUS CENSUS CENSUS CENSUS AND AND AND AND AND VITVITVITVITVITAL STAL STAL STAL STAL STAAAAATISTICSTISTICSTISTICSTISTICSTISTICS

7.29 The Office of the Registrar General andCensus Commissioner, India (ORGI) in the Ministryof Home Affairs :-

(i) conducts the decennial populationcensus under the Census Act 1948, andthe Census (Amendment) Act, 1993;

(ii) co-ordinates and unifies, at the nationallevel, the work relating to registrationof births and deaths under theRegistration of Births and Deaths Act,1969 and vital statistics on births anddeaths; and

(iii) estimates the national and state levelfertility and mortality measures througha well represented sample through theSample Registration System (SRS).

Census 2001Census 2001Census 2001Census 2001Census 2001

PrPrPrPrProcessing of Census Daocessing of Census Daocessing of Census Daocessing of Census Daocessing of Census Datatatatata7.30 The scanning of all the 200 million

Household Schedules canvassed at the PopulationEnumeration of the Census 2001 was completed andall the hand-written numeric data on these Scheduleswere digitally captured for further processing.

7.31 The data on Houses and HouseholdAmenities and Assets at India and State level, basedon the data collected at the House listing Operationsin the year 2000, was released in April 2003. Thesame data set at sub-district and town levels are alsoavailable in public domain.

7.32 According to the results of the HousingReport 2001, about 249 million houses are reportedat the national level as against 195 million in 1991.Nearly 192 million households occupied 233 millionof these houses and the remaining 16 million werevacant. About 74 million (38.5 per cent) householdsin the country live in one room and 57 million (30.0per cent) in two room units. Nearly 6 million (3 percent) households do not have an exclusive dwellingroom for themselves. Independent sleeping roomfacility is available to only 134 million (60.8 percent) of the 220 million married couples reported inthe country.

7.33 Contrary to the expectations that aconventional house today has the minimum basicamenities such as facility of a separate kitchen,bathroom, latrine and source of drinking wateravailable to the household within the census house,results of the Housing Report 2001 reveal thatseparate kitchen is available to nearly 192 million(64.0 per cent) households. Only 69 million (36.1

��

�

per cent) households enjoyed the facility of aseparate bathroom and about 70 million (36.4) of alatrine within the house. Drinking water facilitywithin the premises is available to only about 75million (39.0 per cent) of the households.

7.34 In addition to Housing data, “FinalPopulation Totals” tables for all the States and UnionTerritories, except Nagaland and Manipur, werereleased in state wise publications titled “FinalPopulation Totals”. This included Total Population,Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe populationby sex and place of residence (Rural-Urban). Thedata was presented at State/Union Territories/District/ Tehsil/Town level for 2001 Census.

7.35 Primary Census Abstract data, whichprovides basic population data and its characteristicsnamely, Total Population, Scheduled Castespopulation, Scheduled Tribes population, populationin age 0-6, literates, total, main and marginalworkers by industrial categories-Cultivators,Agricultural labourers, Household industry workers,Other workers by sex and residence was releasedin electronic format(CD). This data was presentedat State/District/Sub-district, Town, Ward andVillage level for all States/Union Territories exceptManipur and Nagaland.

Implementation of Registration ofImplementation of Registration ofImplementation of Registration ofImplementation of Registration ofImplementation of Registration ofBirths & DeathsBirths & DeathsBirths & DeathsBirths & DeathsBirths & Deaths

7.36 Registration of Births & Deaths in thecountry is carried out by the functionaries appointedby the State Governments under the Registration ofBirths & Deaths (RBD) Act, 1969. The ChiefRegistrars of Births & Deaths are the overall executiveauthorities in the States. The Directors of CensusOperations in the states who are also the Joint

Registrar Generals and the Joint Directors/ DeputyDirectors who are also the Assistant RegistrarGenerals on behalf of the Central Government worktowards ensuring effective coordination with the StateGovernments and standardization of the registrationactivities across the states.

7.37 Review meetings with the ChiefRegistrars of Births & Deaths and representativesof municipal corporations with population above 1million to improve registration of births & deathswere held during January 2003. Decisions includeensuring the implementation of the provisions forissuing a birth/ death certificate free of charge onregistration within time, streamlining the provisionsfor corrections of entries made in the registers,monitoring of sex ratio at birth, inclusion of birthweight in the birth certificates and compilation ofdata on causes of death and other selected indicatorsfor the million plus cities. The Office of the RegistrarGeneral, India is organizing a national campaign toissue birth certificates to all children of age less thanten years whose births have been registered. Withthe support of UNICEF, a National Consultation onimproving birth registration was held in March 2004at Goa wherein the Chief Registrars, Directors ofCensus Operations, International experts from UNStatistical Office and UNICEF participated. Theconsultation has prepared recommendations specificto various States where the levels of birth registrationare low and also for various areas like publicity,training, etc.

Medical Certification of Causes ofMedical Certification of Causes ofMedical Certification of Causes ofMedical Certification of Causes ofMedical Certification of Causes ofDeathDeathDeathDeathDeath

7.38 Medical Certification of Causes ofDeath (MCCD) under the system of Registration of

��

�

Births & Deaths provides a reliable database forgenerating mortality statistics – an integral part ofthe vital statistics system. The age-sex cause specificmortality rates are the key indicators for monitoringof the health trends in the population. Theinformation available in medical certificates relatingto cause of death is a valuable tool to assess theeffectiveness of the public health programmes andto decide the priorities for better health planning andmanagement. For this purpose the Office of theRegistrar General, India brings out an annualpublication ‘Medical Certification of Causes ofDeath’. The latest report relates to year 1998.According to the report a total of 4,98,586 deathswere medically certified of which 3,12,024 weremale and 1,86,562 were female deaths. Themedically certified deaths constituted 15% of thetotal registered deaths during 1998 and were basedon the information received from 23 reporting states.Based on the report, the six leading major causegroups that account for the 80% of the certifieddeaths are (i) diseases of the circulatory system(25.2%), (ii) infectious and parasitic diseases(16.4%), (iii) symptoms, sign and ill-definedconditions (12.3%), (iv) injury & poisoning (12.1%),(v) certain conditions originating in the peri-natalperiod (7.9%), and (vi) diseases of the respiratorysystem (7.3%).

7.39 The second meeting of the Registrarsof Births & Deaths of million plus cities was heldat Indore during 20-21 January 2003 to review theCivil registration and Medical Certification ofCause of Death. Recommendations include (i)streamlining the registration system in thoseCorporations where the system is not headed by asingle authority, (ii) all Municipal Corporations toprepare a list of medical institutions in the

Corporation area to facilitate monitoring ofreporting of births, still births and deaths by them,(iii) all Municipal Corporations to prepare a list ofall crematoria/burial grounds to ensure registrationof deaths occurring outside the medical institutions,(iv) Corporations to ensure that the cause of deathreported in the medical certificate and reportingforms are consistent, and (v) providing training tothe registration functionaries in the municipalcorporations.

Sample Registration System (SRS)Sample Registration System (SRS)Sample Registration System (SRS)Sample Registration System (SRS)Sample Registration System (SRS)

7.40 The SRS sample is replaced after 10years, based on the results of the latest census, withthe objective of making it representative of the entirepopulation, modification in the sample design,streamlining the Schedules, etc. With this view, thescope of SRS is being augmented by including dataon some of the important demographic and non-demographic variables such as morbidity, familyplanning practices and abortion, personal habits,smoking and use of alcohol, reasons of migration,school attendance, disability and birth history. Oneof the significant modifications proposed isintroduction of unique identification code to enableeasy storage and retrieval of data, aggregation atdifferent levels, cross-classification of variousdeterminants with fertility and mortality indicators,cohort studies, etc. The existing sample is based onthe 1991 census and the new SRS sample, based on2001 Census frame, will be effective from January1, 2004. Provisional estimates based on the SampleRegistration System, related to the year 2002, are atAnnexure-XV.

7.41 The Statistics revealed that the birth rate,at the national level, at 25 (per 1000 population) in

��

�

2002 recorded a decline of 0.4 points from 25.4 in2001. With the rural and urban estimates of birthrates at 26.6 and 19.9, respectively, in 2002, the rural-urban differential are still high. Among the biggerstates the lowest birth rate has been recorded inKerala (16.8) and the highest in Uttar Pradesh (31.6).The death rate, at the national level, 8.1 (per 1000population) varies from 8.7 in rural to 6.1 in urbanareas. An overall decline of 0.3 points has beenregistered in the death rate in 2002 over that of 8.4in 2001. Kerala and Orissa recorded the lowest andthe highest death rates respectively among the biggerstates. The infant mortality rate (deaths below ageone per 1000 live births) at all India level at 64 in2002 recorded a decline of 2 points from 66 in 2001.The rural-urban break of IMR is 69 and 40respectively. The lowest IMR of 11 has beenreported in Kerala.

7.42 Due to restricted coverage, partialreceipt of reports and other operational problems,the scheme on Survey of Causes of Death (SCD)was integrated with the SRS from 1st January 1999.Since then several initiatives have been taken toimprove the overall quality of data on causes of deaththat include refinements in narrative history,introduction of well designed Verbal Autopsy (VA)Instrument, intensive training to RGI Supervisors,sample inspection, etc. Departing from the existingpractice, the assignment of ‘cause of death’ now willbe the responsibility of medical professionals. Forthe purpose, premier institutes have been identifiedin all the major States as long term partners withSRS for imparting training/refresher training to RGIStaff on Verbal Autopsy, conducting VA in 10percent resample units, assignment of causes ofDeaths as per International Classification ofDiseases, 10th revision and ensuring quality control.

7.43 The new developed VA instrument hasbeen introduced in SRS and the Supervisors from allthe states have been trained on the new VA instrument.Canvassing of the new VA instruments has beencommenced from 1st half yearly survey 2003.

7.44 The following publications werebrought out during 2003-04.

a. SRS Bulletin, April 2003 and October2003

b. Annual Report ‘SRS Statistical Report2000’.

c. SRS Based Abridged Life Tables, 1994-98 and 1995-99

d. Below State Level Estimates of ViralRates, 1995-99.

TTTTTrainingrainingrainingrainingraining

7.45 To upgrade working skills of officersand staff of the organization training workshops areorganized regularly. During the reference year twoworkshops viz. (i) Vital Statistics with specialreference to Civil Registration System and (ii)Administrative Matters, were conducted andattended to by the officers and staff of the Office ofthe Registrar General, India.

7.46 For helping the computerization of theprocessing of the Civil Registration data by theOffice of the Chief Registrars so as to enable themto prepare the Statutory Annual Statistical reportsmore efficiently, training programmes wereorganized for the staff of the Chief Registrar’s office.These programmes were organized at Guwahati,Patna, Chennai and Ahmedabad.

��

Data DisseminationData DisseminationData DisseminationData DisseminationData Dissemination

7.47 After the completion of theHouselisting Operations and PopulationEnumeration in 2001 Census the informationcollected were scanned and processed using latesttechnology. Data pertaining to housing, householdamenities and assets were released by the DeputyPrime Minister on April 17, 2003 in a functionorganized at the Convention Hall, Ashok Hotel,New Delhi. The following data products werereleased on this occasion:

● Tables on Houses, Household Amenities

and Assets (H Series tables, Series-1,

India, Census of India 2001).

● Datasheet-Drinking water: Series and

locations-India, Census of India, 2001

● A to Z of Housing Census-Summary

results on Houses, Household Amenities

and Assets (H Series tables), India,

Census of India 2001

● CD on Houses, Household Amenities

and Assets (H Series tables) Series-1,

India, Census of India, 2001

● Catalogue of 2001 Census publications,

CDs and Maps, Census of India, 2001

7.48 Besides releasing the 2001 Census data,

an user friendly software on CD “CensusInfo India”

was also released. This CD developed in

collaboration with UNICEF, India provides data on

a variety of subjects and also has the facility to

generate maps based on the dataset.

7.49 Important summary results have been

made available at the Census of India Website on

the Internet which is being used by large number

of visitors to the website from within the country

and outside.

7.50 The above data set pertaining to the

states, districts, towns have also been released in

seven separate CDs in electronic format for use by

the data user fraternity comprising planners,

administrators, research scholars, universities,

voluntary organizations, commercial houses and

individual research scholars.

FREEDOM FIGHTERS PENSIONFREEDOM FIGHTERS PENSIONFREEDOM FIGHTERS PENSIONFREEDOM FIGHTERS PENSIONFREEDOM FIGHTERS PENSION

7.51 The Ministry of Home Affairs has

recently finalized guidelines for processing the

claims of over 13,000 persons who participated in

the Hyderabad Liberation Movement for the merger

of the erstwhile State of Hyderabad with the Indian

Union during 1947-48. These claims emerged out

of the recommendations of the Second Hyderabad

Special Screening Committee set up by the

Government. Since finalization of the guidelines

for processing these cases, high priority is being

given to dispose of these cases.

7.52 In February, 2003, the Government of

India accorded its approval for granting of pension

to persons who participated in the Goa Liberation

Movement Phase-II (1954-55) subject to certain

conditions. This work has taken up in the right

earnest and the concerned State Governments

have been asked to send the verification reports.

It is expected that about 3,500 persons are likely

to benefit with the new decision of the

Government of India.

��

��

HonourHonourHonourHonourHonouring the Fring the Fring the Fring the Fring the Freedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightersssss

7.53 President of India Dr. A.P.J. Abdul

Kalam decided to host an AT HOME for selected

freedom fighters on the August 9, 2003. Ten

freedom fighters from each State were invited. Over

400 freedom fighters from various parts of the

country attended this

function in Rashtrapati

Bhavan and interacted with

the President of India in an

informal manner. The

President also presented

shawls to the freedom

fighters who attended the

function.

ExpenditurExpenditurExpenditurExpenditurExpenditure one one one one onWWWWW elfelfelfelfelfararararare ofe ofe ofe ofe ofFrFrFrFrFreedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightersssss

7.54 During thefinancial year 2003-04, theexpenditure incurred onpension and free RailwayPasses was Rs.258.77 croreand Rs.29.36 crore, respectively. During the year2004-05, budget provision of Rs.259.95 crore forpension and Rs.54 crore for free Railway Passes hasbeen made.

Amount of PensionAmount of PensionAmount of PensionAmount of PensionAmount of Pension

7.55 The amount of pension payable tofreedom fighters under the Scheme, which wasinitially Rs.200/- per month, has been raised fromtime to time and was fixed at Rs.1,500/- per month

S. Category Rate of Dearness Relief @ 39%No. monthly (i.e. 34% + 5%) of the

pension monthly pensionpayable with effect

(Rs.) from 1.8.2003 (Rs.)

1(a) Ex-Andaman Political Prisoners 4,000/- 1,560/-

(b) Freedom Fighters who suffered 3,500/- 1,365/-outside British India

(other than INA)

2 Other Freedom Fighters 3,000/- 1,170/-including INA

3(a) Widow/widower of above 3,000/- 1,170/-

categories of freedom fightersOr

(b) Unmarried/unemployed daughters 600/- 234/-

(i) Eldest daughter 350/- 137/- each(ii) Other two daughters

Or

(c) Mother and Father 1,000/- each 390/- each

w.e.f. October 2, 1994. On the occasion of the 50th

Anniversary of Independence in August, 1997, theamount of pension was doubled. Besides, it wasdecided to grant dearness relief linked with priceincrease on the pension as a special gesture.Presently, the amount of pension and dearness reliefpayable to various categories of freedom fighters ortheir dependants is as under :-

FFFFFacilities to Fracilities to Fracilities to Fracilities to Fracilities to Freedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightereedom Fightersssss

7.56 Apart from the pension, freedomfighters have also been provided the followingfacilities by the Central Government :-

(i) Free railway pass (1st Class/AC 2 TierSleeper) for freedom fighter/widow,with an attendant, for life.

(ii) Medical facilities in all the CentralGovernment Hospitals and also in the

��

�

hospitals run by the PSUs under thecontrol of Bureau of Public Enterprises.C.G.H.S. facilities have also beenextended to freedom fighters and theirdependants.

(iii) Telephone connection, subject tofeasibility, on payment of half of therentals and no registration andinstallation charges.

(iv) General Pool residential accommo-dation to freedom fighters in Delhi inexceptional cases in the national interest.Widow of freedom fighter is permittedto retain the accommodation for a periodof six months after the death of thefreedom fighter.

(v) Accommodation in the FreedomFighters’ Home, set up at Baba KharakSingh Marg, New Delhi for the freedomfighters who have none to look afterthem.

(vi) Two per cent dealership/distributorshipof petroleum products allotted throughDealer Selection Boards are reserved forFreedom Fighters.

7.57 In addition to the above facilities, ex-Andaman Political Prisoners and their widows areentitled to the following facilities :-

(a) Free voyage facility to visit Port Blaironce a year along with companion.

(b) Free air travel facility to visit Port Blaironce a year from Chennai/ Calcuttaalong with companion.

(c) Facility to travel in Shatabadi/RajdhaniExpress trains along with companion.

REHABILITREHABILITREHABILITREHABILITREHABILITAAAAATION OF DISPLATION OF DISPLATION OF DISPLATION OF DISPLATION OF DISPLACEDCEDCEDCEDCEDPERSONSPERSONSPERSONSPERSONSPERSONS

Sri Lankan RefugeesSri Lankan RefugeesSri Lankan RefugeesSri Lankan RefugeesSri Lankan Refugees

7.58 Due to ethnic violence and continueddisturbed conditions in Sri Lanka, a large numberof Sri Lankan refugees have entered India sinceJuly, 1983 and their influx, though substantiallysubsided, still continues. The tabulated informationwill indicate the position of influx of refugees inphases:-

Phase Period No. of Refugees

First 1983-89 1,34,053

Second 1989-91 1,22,078

Third 1996-2004 22,418*

* Up to March, 2004

7.59 With a view to preventing fresh massinflux of Sri Lankan refugees, several measures,including intensified coastal patrolling, collectionand collation of advance intelligence andstrengthening of Naval detachments in Tamil Naduhave been undertaken. Largely because of thesemeasures, the influx of refugees has come downsubstantially. The influx of refugees in the last 3years is shown in table below :

7.60 Government’s approach is to discouragethe influx of refugees, but if some refugees (from Sri

Year Influx of refugees2000 16202001 5052002 842003 132004* Nil*(Upto March, 2004)

��

��

Lanka) arrive, they are accommodated in relief campsand relief is provided on humanitarian grounds withthe ultimate objective of arranging for their earlyrepatriation. Till March 1995, 98,649 refugees havebeen repatriated. There has been no organizedrepatriation after March, 1995 mainly due to lack ofsufficient number of refugees willing to be repatriatedin view of continued disturbed conditions in SriLanka. However, some refugees have gone back toSri Lanka or left for other countries on their own. Atpresent 57,900 Sri Lankan refugees are staying in 103refugee camps in Tamil Nadu and one camp in Orissa.Besides, 18,013 refugees are staying outside thecamps on their own after getting themselves registeredin the nearest Police Station.

7.61 Pending repatriation of Sri Lankanrefugees, certain essential relief facilities are providedto Sri Lankan refugees on humanitarian grounds. Thesefacilities include shelter in camps, cash doles, clothing,subsidized ration, utensils and medical care. Assistanceof Rs.922/- (approx.) is provided per month to eachSri Lankan refugee family. This does not, however,include free accommodation, medical and educationalassistance. The entire expenditure on relief to SriLankan refugees incurred by the State Government isreimbursed by the Central Government. An amountof Rs.328 crore (approx.) has been spent by theGovernment of India for providing relief andaccommodation to these refugees during the periodJuly, 1983 to March, 2004. In addition, an amount ofRs.27 crore has been provided for continuing thesefacilities during the current financial year 2004-05.

RepaRepaRepaRepaRepatrtrtrtrtriaiaiaiaiates frtes frtes frtes frtes from Srom Srom Srom Srom Sri Lankai Lankai Lankai Lankai Lanka

7.62 The Government of India agreed togrant Indian citizenship to and accept repatriation

of 5.06 lakh persons of Indian origin together withtheir natural increase under the Indo-Sri LankaAgreements of 1964, 1974 and 1986. Out of these5.06 lakh persons, 3.35 lakh persons along with theirnatural increase of 1.26 lakh, comprising 1,16,146families, were repatriated up to March, 2004. Therepatriate families have been provided withresettlement assistance. No organized repatriationhas taken place from Sri Lanka after 1984 due todisturbed conditions there. However, repatriatesarriving in India on their own are being rehabilitatedunder various schemes in Tamil Nadu.

Rehabilitation Plantations LimitedRehabilitation Plantations LimitedRehabilitation Plantations LimitedRehabilitation Plantations LimitedRehabilitation Plantations Limited(RPL),(RPL),(RPL),(RPL),(RPL), Punalur Punalur Punalur Punalur Punalur,,,,, K K K K Keralaeralaeralaeralaerala

7.63 The RPL is an undertaking jointlyowned by the Government of India and theGovernment of Kerala. The Company wasincorporated, under the Companies Act, 1956, onMay 5, 1976 primarily for providing employmentto 675 repatriate families from Sri Lanka aslabourers by raising rubber plantations in an areaof 2000 hectares. The authorised and paid-upequity share capital of the Company as on March31,2004 was Rs.350 lakh and Rs.339.27 lakhrespectively. The contribution of the Governmentof India and the Government of Kerala in the paid-up capital was Rs.133.42 lakh and Rs.205.85 lakhrespectively. The Company is under administrativecontrol of the State Government of Kerala.However, two officers of the Ministry of HomeAffairs represent the Government of India on theBoard of Directors of the Company.

7.64 The overall performance of theCompany in the year 2002-03 showed a profit aftertax of Rs.480.52 lakh. The turnover of the Company

��

��

has increased remarkably despite significantreduction in the planted area due to replanting.TheCompany has declared a dividend @ 20% on thenet profit after tax for the accounting year 2002-2003. The agricultural operations during the yearresulted in higher profits due to effectivemanagement, increased productivity, improvedmarket conditions and cost effectiveness ofoperations.

The Repatriates CooperativeThe Repatriates CooperativeThe Repatriates CooperativeThe Repatriates CooperativeThe Repatriates CooperativeFinance and Development BankFinance and Development BankFinance and Development BankFinance and Development BankFinance and Development BankLtd. (REPCO), ChennaiLtd. (REPCO), ChennaiLtd. (REPCO), ChennaiLtd. (REPCO), ChennaiLtd. (REPCO), Chennai

7.65 The Repatriates Co-operative Financeand Development Bank Ltd. (REPCO), Chennai wasregistered in September, 1969 as a CooperativeSociety under the Madras Cooperative Societies Act,1961. The Bank is now governed by the Multi-StateCooperative Societies Act, 2002 administered by theMinistry of Agriculture and Cooperation,Government of India. The area of operation of theBank includes the States of Andhra Pradesh,Karnataka, Kerala, Tamil Nadu and the Unionterritory of Pondicherry. The main objective of theBank is to provide help in promoting rehabilitationof repatriates from Sri Lanka and Myanmar. Themanagement of the Bank vests in a Board ofDirectors which, inter alia, includes two membersrepresenting the Government of India . Theauthorised capital of the Bank is Rs 510 lakh. Thepaid up capital of the Bank at the close of the year2002-2003, i.e. on March 31, 2003 was Rs.4.25 croreout of which the contribution of the Government ofIndia is Rs.1.96 crore, which is 47%. . The balancecapital has been contributed by the StateGovernments of Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh,Karnataka and Kerala; ‘A’ Class individual

repatriates, Institutions & Societies & ‘B’ Classmembers.

7.66 The REPCO Bank has been performingwell despite uncertainty in the global economicenvironment, hesitant economic growth andsoftening of interest rates with fierce competitionin the banking industry in the last few years. TheBank earned a net profit of Rs.3.84 crore during thefinancial year 2002-03. The performance of theBank in all the key areas such as advances, depositsand recovery has been quite good as compared tothe average of the Banking industry. The Bank has33 branches as on March 31, 2003. All the branchesof the Bank have been computerized. 30 brancheshave been linked to Head Office through Internetconnectivity, which facilitates instantcommunication at low cost.

Tibetan RefugeesTibetan RefugeesTibetan RefugeesTibetan RefugeesTibetan Refugees

7.67 Tibetan refugees started pouring intoIndia in the wake of the flight of His Holiness theDalai Lama in 1959 from Tibet. The Governmentof India decided to give them asylum as well asassistance for temporary settlement. Care has beentaken to ensure their separate ethnic and culturalidentity.

7.68 The current population of Tibetanrefugees in India is about 1,08,414 (based on thedemographic survey conducted by the Bureau of HisHoliness the Dalai Lama in June 1998). Majorityof these refugees have settled themselves eitherthrough self-employment or with Government’sassistance under agricultural and handicraft schemesin different States in the country. Majorconcentration of the Tibetan refugees is in

��

��

Karnataka, (35,002) Himachal Pradesh, (19,593)Arunachal Pradesh (6,858), Uttar Pradesh (6,300)and Jammu & Kashmir (6,242). The Ministry ofHome Affairs has spent an amount of Rs.18.17 croreapproximately up to March 31, 2004 on resettlementof Tibetan refugees. This does not include theamount incurred by the Ministry of Human ResourceDevelopment on education of Tibetan children.

7.69 The rehabilitation of Tibetan Refugeesis almost complete and only a few residuary housingschemes involving an expenditure of Rs 84 lakh areat various stages of implementation in the States ofUttaranchal and Himachal Pradesh.

BENEFITS BENEFITS BENEFITS BENEFITS BENEFITS TTTTTO PHYSICO PHYSICO PHYSICO PHYSICO PHYSICALLALLALLALLALLYYYYYHANDICAPPED PERSONSHANDICAPPED PERSONSHANDICAPPED PERSONSHANDICAPPED PERSONSHANDICAPPED PERSONS

7.70 The Central Government has prescribed3% reservation (one per cent each for blindness orlow vision, hearing impairment and locomotordisability or cerebral palsy.

7.71 There are 13 visually handicapped, 9hearing handicapped and 79 orthopaedicallyhandicapped persons working in the Ministry ofHome Affairs and its attached and subordinate offices.

7.72 On account of nature of work, allcategories of posts of ‘combatant personnel’ of theCentral Para Military Forces, namely CentralReserve Police Force (CRPF), Border Security Force(BSF), Indo-Tibetan Border Police (ITBP), CentralIndustrial Security Force (CISF) and Assam Rifles(AR) are exempted from the provisions of Section33 of the Persons with Disabilities (EqualOpportunities, Protection of Rights and FullParticipation) Act, 1955.

EMPOWERMENT OF WOMENEMPOWERMENT OF WOMENEMPOWERMENT OF WOMENEMPOWERMENT OF WOMENEMPOWERMENT OF WOMENAND WEAKER SECTIONS OF THEAND WEAKER SECTIONS OF THEAND WEAKER SECTIONS OF THEAND WEAKER SECTIONS OF THEAND WEAKER SECTIONS OF THESOCIETYSOCIETYSOCIETYSOCIETYSOCIETY

LegLegLegLegLegislaislaislaislaislativtivtivtivtive initiae initiae initiae initiae initiativtivtivtivtive fe fe fe fe for pror pror pror pror preeeeevvvvventionentionentionentionentionof ofof ofof ofof ofof offences agfences agfences agfences agfences against wainst wainst wainst wainst womenomenomenomenomen

7.73 The Code of Criminal Procedure(Amendment) Bill, 1994 introduced in the RajyaSabha on 9th May, 1994 has inter-alia followingproposal particularly concerning women:-

(i) a new sub-section (4) is proposed to beadded to section 46 of the Cr.PC toprohibit arrest of women after sunsetand before sunrise except in unavoidablecircumstances;

(ii) section 176 Cr.PC is proposed to beamended to provide that in the case ofdeath or rape of a woman while in thecustody of the police there shall be amandatory judicial inquiry.

7.74 The Law Commission in its 172nd reporton review of rape laws focused the need to reviewthe rape laws in the light of increased instances ofcustodial rape and crime of sexual abuse againstyoungsters. In the report, the Law Commission hasrecommended changes for widening scope of theoffences in section 375 and to make it gender neutral.Various other changes have been recommended insections 376 and 376A to 376D of the Indian PenalCode, 1860 and insertion of new section 376E inthe code dealing with unlawful sexual contact,deletion of section 377 IPC and enhancement ofpunishment in section 509 of IPC.

��

��

7.75 The 172nd report of the LawCommission is being processed in this Ministry inconsultation with the State Governments.

RedrRedrRedrRedrRedressal of complaints peressal of complaints peressal of complaints peressal of complaints peressal of complaints pertainingtainingtainingtainingtainingto sexual harassment at workto sexual harassment at workto sexual harassment at workto sexual harassment at workto sexual harassment at workplaceplaceplaceplaceplace

7.76 Ministry of Home Affairs has constituteda five member Complaint Committee for redressalof complaints pertaining to sexual harassment at workplace, if any, made by the aggrieved womenemployees of the Ministry. The Committee has fourwomen members, including the chairperson, and amember from the YWCA, an NGO.

7.77 The Committee received one complaintof harassment. The concerned official tenderedunconditional apology in writing. He has beenwarned to be careful in future and desist from suchbehaviour.

Swatantrata Sainik SammanSwatantrata Sainik SammanSwatantrata Sainik SammanSwatantrata Sainik SammanSwatantrata Sainik SammanPension SchemePension SchemePension SchemePension SchemePension Scheme

7.78 Swatantrata Sainik Samman PensionScheme, 1980 envisages the grant of pension toliving freedom fighters, and on their, demise, to theireligible dependents. Without discrimination theScheme provides for grant of pension to men as wellas women freedom fighters.

7.79 For the grant of pension, the Schemespecifies a minimum period of six month’s jail/underground suffering which the freedom fightersshould have undergone during the freedommovement. The Scheme, however, provides for aspecial dispensation for women freedom fighters by

way of three months relaxation in the minimum ofsix months suffering.

7.80 Widows of deceased freedom fighters,unmarried/unemployed daughters have beenincluded within the ambit of eligible dependentsfor the purpose of grant of family pension underthe Scheme. Upto three such daughters can receivepension at a time. The spirit behind this provisionis to ensure the physical and financial security ofthe widow and the young daughters of thedeceased.

7.81 All major facilities provided to thedeceased freedom fighters, which had beensanctioned pension under the scheme, are extendedto their widows as well. These facilities include freerailway pass, free medical facilities in Government/PSU hospitals, telephone connection as perprescribed conditions and retention ofaccommodation for six months after the demise ofthe concerned freedom fighter.

Gender issues in census 2001Gender issues in census 2001Gender issues in census 2001Gender issues in census 2001Gender issues in census 2001

7.82 The results from Census 2001 revealedthe unfavourable sex ratio of the girl child in certainparts of the country pointing towards the sexselective feticide prevalent in such areas. Workingfurther in this direction the Office of the RegistrarGeneral, India and the Ministry of Health and FamilyWelfare, in collaboration with the United nationsPopulation Fund, brought out a booklet titled‘missing…..’ mapping the adverse child sex ratioin India. The brochure captures the decline in thenumber of girls as compared to boys in India. Mapsare presented for the reader to understand theworsening conditions of the girl child and shows

��

��

how the child sex ratio has deteriorated across thecountry over the last decade.

WWWWW omen in Pomen in Pomen in Pomen in Pomen in Police Serolice Serolice Serolice Serolice Servicesvicesvicesvicesvices

7.83 There is no restriction on the recruitmentof women officers in IPS. There are 134 womenIPS officers. The women Police Officers have shownperformance standards equivalent to their malecolleagues. They have also been given importantassignments.

7.84 CRPF has two Mahila Battalions andthey perform all kinds of internal security duties. Incase of BSF and Assam Rifles, women officers andstaff are mostly in medical and ministerial category.Recently NSG has also been allowed to have womenon some kinds of duties like Sky Marshals etc.

CrCrCrCrCrime ime ime ime ime A gA gA gA gA gainst ainst ainst ainst ainst WWWWW omenomenomenomenomen

7.85 Crime against Women includes onlythose crimes where they alone are victims or theoffence is specifically committed against them. TheMinistry of Home Affairs is concerned withcollection, compilation and analysis of crime datapertaining to women and children, SCs/STs etc.,whereas the Ministry of Social Justice &Empowerment and the Department of Women &Child Development (in the Ministry of HumanResources Development) are the nodal Ministriesconcerned with their welfare, socio-economicdevelopment, policy and legislation to protect theirrights and promotion of their socio-economic status.

7.86 Crime against women are broadlyclassified under two categories, viz (a) the crimeidentified under the Indian Penal Code (IPC) such

as rape, kidnapping and abduction for differentpurposes, dowry deaths, torture, molestation, sexualharassment and importation of girls and (b) crimeidentified under the Special Laws such as ImmoralTraffic (Prevention) Act, Indecent Representationof Women (P) Act, Dowry Prohibition Act, etc.

7.87 Crime against women revealed anincreasing trend over the years . Against 1,21,265reported cases during the year 1997, 1,43,795 wasreported during the year 2001. However, during theyear 2002, reported cases declined by 6.9 per cent(1,33,915 cases).

7.88 ‘Public Order’ and ‘Police’ are Statesubjects as per the seventh schedule to theConstitution of India. Detection, registration,investigation, prosecution and prevention of crimesare primarily the responsibility of the StateGovernments. However, the Government of Indiahas been periodically advising and emphasisingupon the State Governments to take effectivemeasures under the existing laws to protect women,such as:-

a) sensitisation of police officials chargedwith the responsibility of protectionwomen;

b) enforcement of existing legislationrelating to dowry violence;

c) setting up of women police cells inPolice Stations and exclusive womenPolice Stations;

d) institutional support to the victims ofviolence;

e) establishment of linguistically andculturally accessible services for

��

��

migrant women in educationalinstitutions and working places;

f) counselling victims of rapes;

g) special measures to eliminate traffickingin women;

h) appointment of Dowry ProhibitionOfficers;

i) wider recruitment of women policeofficers;

j) training to police personnel in speciallaws dealing with atrocities againstwomen; and

k) co-ordination with NGOs inrehabilitation of women crime victims.

Crime Against Scheduled CastesCrime Against Scheduled CastesCrime Against Scheduled CastesCrime Against Scheduled CastesCrime Against Scheduled CastesAnd Scheduled And Scheduled And Scheduled And Scheduled And Scheduled TTTTTrrrrribesibesibesibesibes

7.89 As already stated above, ‘Police’ and‘Public Order’ are State subjects under theConstitution and the primary responsibility ofdetection, registration, investigation and prosecutionas well as prevention of crime vests with the StateGovernments. However, the Government of Indiais committed to the welfare and development of theweaker sections of society which include theScheduled Caste (SCs) and Scheduled Tribes (STs).To safeguard their interests the Ministry of SocialJustice & Empowerment has enacted Protection ofCivil Rights Act, 1955 (PCR) and the SC/ST(Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989 (POA). Theseenactments have extended positive discriminationin favour of these weaker sections of society in thefield of criminal law in as much as they prescribepenalties that are more stringent than correspondingoffences under the Indian Penal Code (IPC).

7.90 The IPC crimes against SCs to total IPCcrimes has remained almost constant at one percent.In 2002 a decline of 16.0 per cent over 2001 wasnoticed. In case of crimes against STs, the percentageto total IPC crimes has been about 0.20. Thesecrimes reported decline of 20.2 % in 2002 over 2001.

7.91 Ministry of Home Affairs has beenadvising the State Governments from time to timeto give more focussed attention to improve theadministration of the criminal justice system toensure prevention of atrocities against SCs and STsand other vulnerable sections of society. The CentralGovernment has advised that following steps maybe taken by State Governments/UT Administrationsto protect members of SCs/STs in a systematic andsustained manner:-

a) implementation of the PCR and POAActs for SCs and STs in letter and spirit;

b) identification of atrocities – prone areas,preparing actions plans and takingnecessary preventive steps to protect thelife and property of the members of theSCs and STs in these areas;

c) sensitisation of police personnel to havea more sympathetic approach whiledealing with cases of atrocities againstSCs and STs;

d) recruitment of sufficient number ofpersons belonging to SCs and STs inpolice forces especially at cutting edgelevel;

e) setting up of special cells to deal withoffences against SCs and STs andevaluating their working to ensure

��

��

speedy disposal of pending cases withthe Police;

f) setting up special courts to reduce thependency of such cases and toimprove the rate of conviction bycourts and devising measures/strategies to improve the rate ofconviction, which could includeadequate incentives to witnesses toappear in the courts;

g) developing programmes for creatingawareness among the vulnerablesections of society and legal recourseopen to them; and

h) developing of programmes forimparting education and economicupliftment of members of SCs and STscommunity.

❏

��

�

AAAAAWWWWW ARDS ARDS ARDS ARDS ARDS AND DECORAAND DECORAAND DECORAAND DECORAAND DECORATIONSTIONSTIONSTIONSTIONS

BharaBharaBharaBharaBharat Rat Rat Rat Rat Ratna tna tna tna tna AAAAAwwwwwarararararddddd

8.1 Bharat Ratna is the highest civilianaward. It is given for exceptional service towardsadvancement of art, literature and science and inrecognition of public service of the highest order.Since its inception in 1954 only 40 persons havebeen decorated with Bharat Ratna. Ustad BismillahKhan is the last awardee of Bharat Ratna in theyear 2001.

PPPPPadma adma adma adma adma AAAAAwwwwwararararardsdsdsdsds

8.2 Padma series of awards are the secondhighest civilian awards. There are three categoriesof Padma Awards. Padma Vibhushan awards aregiven for exceptional and distinguished servicein any field, Padma Bhushan for distinguishedservice of high order and Padma Shri fordistinguished service in any field.Recommendations for Padma Awards are invitedfrom the State Governments/Union territoryAdministrations, Ministries/Departments of theCentral Government, Institutes of Excellence andpersons who have been awarded Bharat Ratana/Padma Vibhushan. However, allrecommendations, including recommendationsmade by Ministers, MPs and MLAs etc., received


��

in the Ministry are placed before the PadmaAwards Committee for consideration. To obviateomission of name of any talented person for wantof nomination, a Search Committee has beenconstituted. It comprises 15 officials of the levelof Joint Secretary and above from Ministries/Departments concerned with the fields of art,culture, science and engineering, literature &education & sports, etc. The nominations madeby the Search Committee carry no special weightand are considered by the Padma AwardsCommittee along with other recommendations.Padma Awards are announced on the eve of theRepublic Day.The President approved theconferment of Padma Vibhushan on 3 persons,Padma Bhushan on 19 persons and Padma Shrion 74 persons for the year 2004.

VIII

��

��

GallantrGallantrGallantrGallantrGallantry y y y y AAAAAwwwwwararararardsdsdsdsds

8.3 The Ashoka Chakra series of awards,basically meant for armed forces, are open tocivilians also. Recommendations received in respectof civilians from the State Governments/Unionterritory Administrations and Ministries/Departments of the Central Government areprocessed by the Ministry of Home Affairs and sentto Ministry of Defence for the consideration of theCentral Honours and Awards Committee chaired bythe Defence Minister. These awards are biannual andare given on the Republic Day and IndependenceDay. The Government approved the name of onecivilian for Kirti Chakra and four for Shaurya Chakraon Independence Day, 2003 and one for Kirti Chakraand one for Shaurya Chakra on Republic Day, 2004.

Jeevan Raksha Padak series ofJeevan Raksha Padak series ofJeevan Raksha Padak series ofJeevan Raksha Padak series ofJeevan Raksha Padak series ofa wa wa wa wa wararararardsdsdsdsds

8.4 The Jeevan Raksha Padak series ofawards are given for courage and promptitudeunder circumstances of great danger to the life orbodily injury of the rescuer, displayed in an actor a series of acts of humane nature, in saving thelife from drowning, fire, rescue operations inmines, etc. There are three categories of JeevanRaksha Padak awards viz Sarvottam JeevanRaksha Padak, Uttam Jeevan Raksha Padak andJeevan Raksha Padak. Recommendations forJeevan Raksha Padak series of awards arereceived from the State Governments/UnionTerritory Administrations and Ministries/Departments of the Government of India. On thebasis of the recommendations of the AwardsCommittee, the President approved the award ofUttam Jeevan Raksha Padak to 3 persons and

Jeevan Raksha Padak to 21 persons for the year2003. No Sarvotttam Jeevan Raksha Padak awardwas announced this year.

VIGILANCE MAVIGILANCE MAVIGILANCE MAVIGILANCE MAVIGILANCE MACHINERYCHINERYCHINERYCHINERYCHINERY

8.5 With a view to maintaining integrity anddiscipline and implementing anti-corruptionmeasures in the organisation, a Vigilance Cell hasbeen set up in the Ministry of Home Affairs. ThisCell functions under Joint Secretary (Administration& Public Grievances) who has also been designatedas the Chief Vigilance Officer. He is assisted by aDeputy Secretary and an Under Secretary indischarge of his functions. The Vigilance Cell in theMinistry also coordinates vigilance activities in itsattached and subordinate offices such as Central ParaMilitary Forces, Central Police Organisations, Unionterritory Administrations, etc.

8.6 The measures taken within the Ministryto strengthen preventive vigilance are brieflyoutlined below:-

a) All officers and members of staffworking in sensitive Sections/Divisionsare required to fill up a special securityquestionnaire periodically and positivevetting in their cases is done through theIntelligence Bureau. It serves as aneffective tool in ensuring that onlypersons with unimpeachable integrityare posted at such places in the Ministry.

b) Liaison is maintained with the Heads ofthe Divisions which have beencategorized as sensitive Divisions inorder to ensure that a close watch is kepton the activities of the officials workingin such Divisions.

��

�

c) Some Divisions in the Ministry likeFreedom Fighters & Rehabilitation,Foreigners and Police Modernisation(Procurement wing) having substantialpublic dealings, are kept under closewatch and periodic surprise inspectionsare conducted in these Divisions.

d) The Chief Vigilance Officer maintainsclose liaison with all the Attached/Subordinate Offices to ensurecompletion of various tasks relating toVigilance work.

e) The Annual Action Plan issued by theDepartment of Personnel and Training,the nodal agency for administrativevigilance, is scrupulously implementedin the Ministry. Also, all Attached/Subordinate Offices in the Ministry areasked to implement the Plan effectivelyand report the progress every quarter tothe Ministry. A review of the vigilanceactivities in the subordinate formationsof the Ministry is undertaken regularlyand reports sent to the Department ofPersonnel and Training at the end ofevery quarter.

f) All periodical reports prescribed by theCentral Vigilance Commission and theDepartment of Personnel and Trainingare sent to the concerned authorities intime.

g) Progress on disposal of complaintsreceived from various sources andpendency of disciplinary/vigilance casesis regularly monitored by the CVO.

h) List of officers whose integrity isdoubtful is maintained and periodicallyupdated.

i) With a view to curbing the developmentof vested interests, staff in the Ministryis rotated amongst various divisions asper rotational transfer policy preparedkeeping in view the instructions issuedby the Central Vigilance Commissionand the Department of Personnel andTraining from time to time in this regard.

j) Vigilance Awareness Week wasobserved from November 3 to 8, 2003.

8.7 With a view to expediting the pending

vigilance cases, the Ministry keeps a close watch

over all cases pending at different stages including

the cases pending in its attached and subordinate

offices. These organisations are reminded

periodically to expedite disposal of the cases/

inquiries.

8.8 Statistics in respect of vigilance and

disciplinary cases dealt with in the Ministry of Home

Affairs and its attached and subordinate offices

during the year 2003-2004 (upto March,2004) is at

Annexure-XVI .

Home Secretary administering pledge to the employees onthe occasion of Vigilance Awareness Week

��

��

OFFICIAL LANGUAGEOFFICIAL LANGUAGEOFFICIAL LANGUAGEOFFICIAL LANGUAGEOFFICIAL LANGUAGE

8.9 An Official Language cell is functioningin the Ministry of Home Affairs under the charge ofthe Director (OL) which is responsible for ensuringcompliance of the Official Language Act, the rulesmade there under and the administrative instructionsregarding use of Hindi in the Ministry of HomeAffairs and its attached and subordinate offices.

Meetings of the Division LevelMeetings of the Division LevelMeetings of the Division LevelMeetings of the Division LevelMeetings of the Division LevelOfOfOfOfOfffffficial Language Implementaicial Language Implementaicial Language Implementaicial Language Implementaicial Language ImplementationtiontiontiontionCommitteesCommitteesCommitteesCommitteesCommittees

8.10 Keeping in view the large size ofMinistry of Home Affairs, eighteen OfficialLanguage Implementation Committees have beenconstituted at the Division level each headed by therespective Joint Secretary. All Officers of the rankof Section Officer and above upto the rank ofDirector of the concerned Divisions are membersof the respective Committees. The QuarterlyProgress Reports regarding use of Hindi receivedfrom Sections/Desks of the respective Divisions arereviewed in the meetings of these Committees andremedial measures taken to remove theshortcomings.

Compliance of Section 3(3) of theCompliance of Section 3(3) of theCompliance of Section 3(3) of theCompliance of Section 3(3) of theCompliance of Section 3(3) of theOfOfOfOfOfffffficial Language icial Language icial Language icial Language icial Language Act,Act,Act,Act,Act, 1963 and 1963 and 1963 and 1963 and 1963 andCorrCorrCorrCorrCorrespondence in Hindiespondence in Hindiespondence in Hindiespondence in Hindiespondence in Hindi

8.11 Section 3(3) of the Official LanguageAct is being complied with fully and all thedocuments covered under this section are invariablybeing issued bilingually. Efforts are being made toprogressively increase correspondence in Hindi with

the offices of the Central Govt., State Govts/UTsand the general public in regions “A” & “B”. Vigilis kept in regard to compliance of the orders issuedto all sections/desks of the Ministry for dealing withat least two of their subjects in Hindi. The positionis being monitored through the division levelmeetings of the Official Language ImplementationCommittees.

OfOfOfOfOfffffficial Language Inspectionsicial Language Inspectionsicial Language Inspectionsicial Language Inspectionsicial Language Inspections

8.12 Official Language Inspections of 06subordinate offices of the Ministry located outsideDelhi were carried out during the year under report.In addition, 07 Sections/Desks of the Ministry havealso been inspected. The Committee of Parliamenton Official Language carried out inspections of thefollowing attached/subordinate offices of theMinistry in which the Ministry was represented byJS(A&PG)/ Director(OL):-

(a) Recruit Training Centre No.4, CentralReserve Police Force, Srinagar.

(b) I.G., Zone (J&K), Indo Tibetan BorderPolice, Srinagar. .

(c) Frontier Headquarter, Border SecurityForce, Srinagar (J&K)

(d) Inspector General (Ops), CentralReserve Police Force, Jammu.

(e) Sector DIG (HP), Indo-Tibetan BorderPolice, Shimla.

(f) Directorate of Census O p e r a t i o n s ,H.P, Shimla.

(g) Group Centre, Central Reserve PoliceForce, Gandhinagar.

(f) Subsidiary Training Centre, BorderSecurity Force, Jalpaigudi.

(g) C.R.P.F. (Headquarters), New Delhi.

��

��

TTTTTraining in Hindi Languageraining in Hindi Languageraining in Hindi Languageraining in Hindi Languageraining in Hindi Language

8.14 18 officers/employees were nominatedfor learning Hindi Language during the year.

TTTTTraining in Hindi raining in Hindi raining in Hindi raining in Hindi raining in Hindi TTTTTyping/ Hindiyping/ Hindiyping/ Hindiyping/ Hindiyping/ HindiStenographyStenographyStenographyStenographyStenography

8.15 22 employees were nominated for HindiTyping and 18 for Hindi Stenography Trainingrespectively.

Hindi Hindi Hindi Hindi Hindi WWWWW orororororkshopkshopkshopkshopkshop

8.16 With a view to encouraging more andmore employees to do their work in Hindi, two Hindiworkshops were organised in June and Septemberin 2003 in which 28 employees were trained to workin Hindi.

Rajbhasha Shield Rajbhasha Shield Rajbhasha Shield Rajbhasha Shield Rajbhasha Shield YYYYYojnaojnaojnaojnaojna

8.17 An incentive scheme called“Rajbhasha Shield Yojna” has been in voguein the Ministry. Under the Scheme, shields aregiven to attached/subordinate offices for doingtheir maximum work in Hindi. The entries forthe shield yojna for the year 2002-2003 havebeen received and evaluation committee’smeeting will be convened shortly.

Incentive SchemeIncentive SchemeIncentive SchemeIncentive SchemeIncentive Scheme

8.18 An incentive scheme for officersand employees doing their maximum work inHindi in a year is also in vogue in the Ministry.Under the scheme, cash awards are given to

(h) C.I.S.F., National Industrial securityAcademy, Hyderabad.

(i) Chief Secretary, Andaman and NicobarAdministration, Port Blair.

Hindi Day/Hindi Fortnight-Hindi Day/Hindi Fortnight-Hindi Day/Hindi Fortnight-Hindi Day/Hindi Fortnight-Hindi Day/Hindi Fortnight-Publication of HindiPublication of HindiPublication of HindiPublication of HindiPublication of Hindim a gm a gm a gm a gm a gazine”Grazine”Grazine”Grazine”Grazine”Grih ih ih ih ih VVVVVaaaaatika”tika”tika”tika”tika”

8.13 Hindi Fortnight was organised in the

Ministry from September 15 to 19, 2003. There

was an overwhelming response to the programmes/

competitions organised during the fortnight. In

addition, a special lecture on”Rajbhasha ke roop

mein Hindi” by Dr. Parmanand Panchal was also

arranged during the fortnight. Cash awards were

given away to the prize winners in the prize

distribution function organized on the 16th March,

2004 and on this occasion, Home Secretary also

released”Grih Vatika”(House magazine of the

Ministry of Home Affairs).

Release of first issue of “Griha Vatika” a House Magazine ofMinistry of Home Affairs, by Home Secretary

��

��

ten persons for doing noting and drafting in Hindi.The entries for the year 2002-2003 have since beenevaluated and the awards finalised.

REDRESSAL OF PUBLICREDRESSAL OF PUBLICREDRESSAL OF PUBLICREDRESSAL OF PUBLICREDRESSAL OF PUBLICGRIEVGRIEVGRIEVGRIEVGRIEVANCESANCESANCESANCESANCES

8.19 Internal Grievances RedressalMachinery (IGRM) is functioning in the Ministry.All Grievances received are attended to promptlyand sent to concerned offices of the Ministryincluding its attached and subordinate offices, forquick disposal. During the period from January 1,2003 to March 31, 2004, 468 grievances werereceived and attended to.

8.20 The Joint Secretary (Administrative &Public Grievances) has been designated as Directorof Grievances. The name, designation, room number,telephone number, etc. of Director of Grievances hasbeen displayed at the Reception Counter.

8.21 A Public Grievance Officer of the levelof Deputy Secretary/Director has been nominatedin each division who monitor the progress of theprogress of redressal of Public Grievances relatingto the Division.

8.22 Public Grievance Redress andMonitoring System (PGRAMS) has been introducedfor on line submission and monitoring of publicgrievances.

AAAAACCOUNTING ORGANISACCOUNTING ORGANISACCOUNTING ORGANISACCOUNTING ORGANISACCOUNTING ORGANISATIONTIONTIONTIONTIONUNDER MINISTRY OF HOMEUNDER MINISTRY OF HOMEUNDER MINISTRY OF HOMEUNDER MINISTRY OF HOMEUNDER MINISTRY OF HOMEAFFAFFAFFAFFAFFAIRSAIRSAIRSAIRSAIRS

8.23 The Accounting Organization of

Ministry of Home Affairs came into existenceconsequent upon the departmentalization ofaccounts in 1976. As per this financial reform of1976, the Union Home Secretary has become theChief Accounting Authority for the Ministry ofHome Affairs and discharges his duties with theassistance of the Financial Advisor and ChiefController of Accounts (Home). The Office of ChiefController of Accounts looks after the payment/Treasury functions for all the Departments andCentral Police Forces of Ministry of Home Affairs.

8.24 The Accounting Organization isentrusted with the responsibility of speedy payment,settlement of personal claims, authorization ofPensions and GPF final Payment, maintenance ofGeneral Provident Fund accounts of the staff ofMinistry of Home Affairs and Central Police Forces,submission of monthly accounts for the Grants ofMHA to the Parliament through Ministry of Finance.The organization provides accounting informationto the management in Ministry of Home Affairs forthe financial Management and for the ManagementInformation System.

8.25 The Accounting organization of theM.H.A. has three basic units :-

(i) Principal Accounts Office,(ii) Pay & Accounts Office, and(iii) Internal Audit Wing

8.26 At the present, there are 16 Pay &Accounts Offices under Chief Controller of Accounts,Ministry of Home Affairs. In the year 2002-03, thePAO, S.S.B. has also been transferred under thecharge of C.C.A. In order to streamline the paymentof SSB in the light of its reorganization, two new

��

��

PAOs have been created at Patna and Lucknow. Inaddition, the payment functions of NCB has also beentransferred from the Ministry of Finance to Ministryof Home Affairs and accordingly, the additionalaccounting duties of the NCB has been entrusted tothe CCA’s organization. The Pr.AO., MHA isresponsible for submission of the appropriationaccounts, monthly accounts of the whole Ministry,Annual Accounts and Statement of Centraltransactions. It also compiles the receipt budget andFinance Accounts and also look after the paymentfunction of the Loans and Grants to the StateGovernment. The PAOs are organized Department/Central Police Forces-wise under Ministry of HomeAffairs and look after the payment function andcompilation of monthly accounts, processing of theGPF Final Payment cases and Pension cases for theirrespective Central Police Forces.

8.27 The CCA (Home)’s Organization alsoplays significant role in the audit. The Internal AuditWing works under CCA (Home) and is headed bythe Controller of Accounts. It comprises seven fieldparties – four at the headquarter and one each atKolkata, Chennai and Shillong. Chief Controller ofAccounts (Home) is the Chief Co-ordinator with thebudget and planning divisions of this Ministry as wellas Dept. of Development of North Eastern Region.

8.28 Keeping in view the emergingrequirement of advanced technology and immediateinformation heads, the CCA (Home) organizationaims at providing a complete and comprehensivecomputer-based financial information system. Thejob of computerization of PAOs is in full swing underthe direct control of CA (Home) being the nodalofficer and PAO-2000 (Compact) applicationsoftware has already been installed in every PAO.

Further the computerization and linking of GPFpayment system of CISF is also under process andefforts are being made to train each and every memberof staff by organizing training/workshop under thecomplete control of Controller of Accounts (Home).

AAAAAUDIT OBJECTIONS/PUDIT OBJECTIONS/PUDIT OBJECTIONS/PUDIT OBJECTIONS/PUDIT OBJECTIONS/PARASARASARASARASARAS

8.29 The Demands for Grants of the Ministryof Home Affairs include budgetary requirements ofvarious Central Police Forces, Central PoliceOrganisations, Union territories (with and withoutlegislature), Registrar General of India, D/o OfficialLanguage etc. While the internal audit of CPFs/CPOs and all other Units is carried out by an InternalAudit Organisation of MHA under Chief Controllerof Accounts and Internal Audit Parties of the Forcesunder Internal Financial Adviser of the respectiveForces, the statutory audit is carried out by theComptroller & Audit General through the respectiveAccountants General.

8.30 After carrying out the audit ofexpenditure initially, the inspection reports indicatingthe audit observations are made available to theconcerned Units/Organisations and efforts are madeby these Units/Organisations to settle theobservations. Ad-hoc Committees have also beenconstituted for the settlement of such auditobservations, through periodical meetings, whererepresentatives of the concerned Auditor Generals arealso invited. The number of outstanding objections/paras in respect of all organizations under the controlof MHA as on January 1, 2003 was 3913. Duringthe period from January, 2003 to March, 2004, thetotal number of audit objections/paras settled andreceived was 2187 and 1727 respectively. Thus ason March 31, 2004, the number of Outstanding

��

��

Objections/Paras has been reduced to 3453. Thedetails in respect of each organizations are given inthe enclosed Annexure-XVII

8.31 C&AG, through its Report submitted to

Parliament, prepares audit paras against which

Action Taken Notes are required to be prepared by

MHA. The number of pending audit paras as on

January,2003 was 36. During the period from

January 2003 to March 31, 2004, Action Taken

Notes on 35 paras were settled in consultation with

the Office of the C&AG and 19 new paras were

received. Thus there were 20 outstanding paras as

on March 31, 2004.

OUTSTOUTSTOUTSTOUTSTOUTSTANDING ANDING ANDING ANDING ANDING AAAAAUDITUDITUDITUDITUDITOBSEROBSEROBSEROBSEROBSERVVVVVAAAAATIONS/PTIONS/PTIONS/PTIONS/PTIONS/PARAS OF C &ARAS OF C &ARAS OF C &ARAS OF C &ARAS OF C &AAAAAG G G G G AND AND AND AND AND AAAAATRSTRSTRSTRSTRS

Audit ObsevAudit ObsevAudit ObsevAudit ObsevAudit Obsevations/Parasations/Parasations/Parasations/Parasations/Paras

(UNION TERRITORIES)(UNION TERRITORIES)(UNION TERRITORIES)(UNION TERRITORIES)(UNION TERRITORIES)

Andaman and Nicobar Administration:Andaman and Nicobar Administration:Andaman and Nicobar Administration:Andaman and Nicobar Administration:Andaman and Nicobar Administration:

Public works departmentPublic works departmentPublic works departmentPublic works departmentPublic works department

UnfrUnfrUnfrUnfrUnfruitful euitful euitful euitful euitful expenditurxpenditurxpenditurxpenditurxpenditureeeee

Andaman and Nicobar Administration’s

objective of providing transit accommodation for

ship passengers remained unrealized despite

expenditure of Rs 1.26 crore.

(Para 14.1 of Report No.2 of 2003)

Transaction Audit Observations

Non-rNon-rNon-rNon-rNon-realisaealisaealisaealisaealisation of objectivtion of objectivtion of objectivtion of objectivtion of objectives ofes ofes ofes ofes of

irrigation schemeirrigation schemeirrigation schemeirrigation schemeirrigation scheme

On account of delay in completing anti-

seepage measures, benefits envisaged by

implementation of the Ramakrishnapur Irrigation

Scheme continued to remain unrealized even after

the lapse of nine years and investments aggregating

to Rs 444.61 lakh.



DirDirDirDirDirectoraectoraectoraectoraectorate of infte of infte of infte of infte of inforororororm am am am am ation/publicity andtion/publicity andtion/publicity andtion/publicity andtion/publicity and

tourismtourismtourismtourismtourism

First Sunrise of the Millennium at KatchalFirst Sunrise of the Millennium at KatchalFirst Sunrise of the Millennium at KatchalFirst Sunrise of the Millennium at KatchalFirst Sunrise of the Millennium at Katchal

IslandIslandIslandIslandIsland

On account of poor planning and inadequate

publicity efforts, a unique, even once in a life-time,

opportunity to promote the Andaman and Nicobar

Islands in particular and the country in general as

an attractive international tourist destination by

celebrating the Millennium Sunrise was lost. A

privileged few alone having witnessed the event

from a vessel chartered for the purpose, apart from

very few fare-paying passengers, expenditure of Rs

115.37 lakh incurred on celebration of the event can

only be termed infructuous and entirely unjustified.



��

��

Lakhshadweep AdministrationLakhshadweep AdministrationLakhshadweep AdministrationLakhshadweep AdministrationLakhshadweep Administration

AAAAAvvvvvoidaoidaoidaoidaoidable loss of interble loss of interble loss of interble loss of interble loss of interest on advest on advest on advest on advest on advanceanceanceanceancedepositdepositdepositdepositdeposit

Fai lure of the LakshadweepAdministration to ensure that the advance paidto its consultants towards cost of construction

of a vessel was not retained by the latter inunremunerative instruments pending actualutilization resulted in avoidable loss of interestof Rs 177 lakh.

(Para 14.6 of Report No. 2 of 2003) Transaction Audit Observations

❏

��

��

STSTSTSTSTAAAAATEMENT INDICTEMENT INDICTEMENT INDICTEMENT INDICTEMENT INDICAAAAATING TING TING TING TING THE PRESENT STTHE PRESENT STTHE PRESENT STTHE PRESENT STTHE PRESENT STAAAAATUS OF TUS OF TUS OF TUS OF TUS OF VVVVVARIOUS ARIOUS ARIOUS ARIOUS ARIOUS AAAAAUDITUDITUDITUDITUDITPPPPPARAS PERARAS PERARAS PERARAS PERARAS PERTTTTTAINNING AINNING AINNING AINNING AINNING TTTTTO O O O O ADMINISTRAADMINISTRAADMINISTRAADMINISTRAADMINISTRATIONS OF TIONS OF TIONS OF TIONS OF TIONS OF A N DA N DA N DA N DA N DAMAN &AMAN &AMAN &AMAN &AMAN &NICOBAR AND LAKSHADWEEP BEING HANDED BY OTHERNICOBAR AND LAKSHADWEEP BEING HANDED BY OTHERNICOBAR AND LAKSHADWEEP BEING HANDED BY OTHERNICOBAR AND LAKSHADWEEP BEING HANDED BY OTHERNICOBAR AND LAKSHADWEEP BEING HANDED BY OTHERMINISTRIES/DEPMINISTRIES/DEPMINISTRIES/DEPMINISTRIES/DEPMINISTRIES/DEPARARARARARTMENTSTMENTSTMENTSTMENTSTMENTS

S.No Para No. Brief Subject Subject matter Present StatusMinistries/Deptts.

1. 14.1 of Report Unfruitful expenditure Ministry of Urban The Ministry of UrbanNo.2 of 2003 (A & N Administration) Development and Development and Poverty

Poverty Alleviation Alleviation has informed thata reply has been received fromA&N Administration and thesame is being examinedby them.

2. 14.2 of Report Non-realisation of Ministry of Urban The Ministry of UrbanNo.2 of 2003 objective of irrigation Development and Development & Poverty

scheme. Poverty Alleviation Alleviation has informed that(A&N Administration) a reply has been received from

A & N Administration and thesame is being examinedby them.

3. 14.3 of Report First Sunrise of the Ministry of Tourism The Ministry of Tourism hasNo.2 of 2003 Millennium at Katchal informed that draft ATN has

Island. already been sent to DG(Audit)(A & N Administration) for vetting on 27.1.2004.

In response to this, DeputyDirector (Audit) has informedthat they have taken up thismatter with Principal Directorof Accounts, Kolkata at DG’slevel for expediting the reply.

4. 14.6 of Report Avoidable loss of interest Ministry of Shipping The Ministry of Shipping hasNo.2 of 2003 on advance deposit informed that this Ministry has

(Lakshadweep Admn.) taken a view to recover themoney (interest liability) fromShipping Corporation of India(SCI) and after confirmationfrom SCI, the para will besettled.

��

�

ANNEXURES

��

��

��

��

DEPUTY PRIME MINISTER & HOME MINISTER

Shri L.K. Advani

MINISTERS OF STATE

Shri I.D. Swami

Shri Harin Pathak

Shri Swami Chinmayanand

HOME SECRETARY

Shri Anil Baijal

SPECIAL SECRETARY

Shri B.B. Mishra

ADDITIONAL SECRETARIES

Shri Dev Swarup

Shri Kanwar Pratap Singh

Shri N.A. Viswanathan

JOINT SECRETARIES

Shri Akhil Kumar Jain

Shri Anoop Kumar Srivastava

Shri Arun Kumar Jain

Shri Atanu Purkayastha

Shri H.S. Brahma

Shri Harminder Raj Singh

Shri L.C. Goyal

Shri K.S. Ramasubban

Dr. K.S. Sughathan

Shri P.K. Jalali

Dr. P.K. Seth

Shri Rakesh

Dr. Rakesh Hooja

Shri Rajiv Agarwal

Shri R.K. Singh

Shri S.K. Chattopadhyay

Shri Yashwant Raj

(Reference : Chapter II, Para No.2.6)

MINISTERS, SECRETARY, SPECIAL SECRETARY, ADDITONAL SECRETARIES &JOINT SECRETARIES HOLDING POSITIONS IN

THE MINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS AS ON MARCH 31, 2004

ANNEXURE-I

��

��

Month Incidents Civilian Killed

1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004* 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004*Jan 179 227 370 308 268 213 61 55 74 72 47 37Feb 190 212 286 212 166 194 47 72 77 54 45 54Mar 223 240 299 335 243 231 60 72 66 80 100 59Apr 205 200 367 327 276 81 42 79 87 54May 220 254 411 377 315 73 64 88 103 84June 244 262 372 304 282 81 56 53 87 73July 292 233 401 327 328 102 37 83 105 75Aug 323 257 466 379 374 86 106 121 98 71Sept 438 278 496 483 355 80 51 75 107 93Oct 257 326 403 392 280 57 41 77 79 61Nov 230 278 361 291 277 36 69 60 89 53Dec 270 307 290 303 237 57 97 66 47 39Total 3071 3074 4522 4038 3401 821 762 919 1008 795

ANNEXURE II

Terrorist activities in J&K since 1999

Month SF Killed Terrorist Killed

1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004* 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004*Jan 13 26 28 24 21 22 47 78 78 173 100 91Feb 21 30 33 9 10 21 93 59 87 107 73 86Mar 25 26 53 37 19 19 64 108 98 157 93 86Apr 17 23 46 34 29 79 98 118 164 148May 24 27 36 37 28 94 140 159 156 132June 26 38 41 22 30 58 180 217 113 121July 22 32 51 39 34 68 136 233 110 126Aug 70 29 43 56 38 114 142 162 163 126Sept 28 54 63 60 40 145 182 223 157 204Oct 18 31 57 55 28 127 183 231 171 142Nov 46 50 57 51 27 104 163 253 110 129Dec 46 31 28 29 10 89 51 161 126 100Total 356 397 536 453 314 1082 1520 2020 1707 1494

(Reference : Chapter III, Para No.3.9) * Upto March

��

��

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997

AK Rifles & Pistols 1991 3169 4260 3130 3136 3020 3202 2749

UMG’s 77 130 164 142 127 67 84 64

Rocket Launchers 108 29 62 36 31 36 43 81

Recovery of arms from terrorists/militants in J&K

ANNEXURE-III

1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004* Cum.Total

AK Rifles & Pistols 2104 1629 1887 2016 1879 1784 317 36273

UMG’s 71 28 21 10 3 8 0 996

Rocket Launchers 140 42 59 39 36 30 2 774

(Reference : Chapter III, Para No.3.10) * Upto March

��

��

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997

RDX (in Kgs) 0 0 0 0 0 0 166 342

Explosives 231 274 285 2950 1342 1484 2381 6448

IED (improvised) 0 18 86 136 126 811 245 1033

Explosive Devices

Grenades 2502 1784 2391 4363 2603 2870 3949 5124

Rockets 296 286 245 135 395 170 378 479

ANNEXURE-IV

Recovery of explosive materials from terrorists/militants in J&K

1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004* Cum. Total

RDX (in Kgs) 769 886 1508 2547 647 1624 428 8917

Explosives 2922 2182 1798 1009 912 861 197 25276

IED (improvised) 514 466 718 450 211 229 44 5087

Explosive Devices

Grenades 5883 4093 4807 4152 2701 3733 593 51548

Rockets 375 332 555 392 138 144 23 4343

(Reference : Chapter III, Para No. 3.10) *Upto March

��

��

YEAR TOTAL GOVT. EDUCATIONAL BRIDGES HOSPITALS PRIVATE SHOPS

INCIDENTS BUILDINGS BUILDINGS HOUSES

1990 646 501 129 172 0 1242 202

1991 391 45 24 24 0 819 83

1992 564 65 57 28 0 2312 200

1993 662 98 46 34 0 1110 400

1994 606 172 119 46 4 666 162

1995 688 127 133 16 2 1814 402

1996 482 52 68 2 3 602 161

1997 259 13 11 5 1 437 67

1998 177 13 15 1 0 273 66

1999 136 7 9 2 0 284 6

2000 129 14 6 1 0 330 107

2001 274 30 16 2 1 419 77

2002 255 14 10 4 - 421 20

2003 205 6 5 2 - 259 9

2004(upto March) 38 1 - - - 40 20

TOTAL 5512 1158 648 339 11 11028 1982

ANNEXURE-V

(Reference : Chapter III, Para No. 3.10)

Destruction of property by terrorist

��

��

Aff

ecte

dD

am

ag

eL

ives

Los

t

Sl.

Sta

tes/

UT

sC

alam

ity

To

tal

Dis

tric

tT

aluk

s/V

illag

esT

ota

lP

opul

atio

nC

rops

Est

imat

edH

ouse

sE

stim

ated

Est

imat

edH

uman

Cat

tle

Rem

arks

No

.di

stri

ctN

os.

Blo

cks/

Are

a(i

n la

kh)

area

valu

e of

(N

os.)

valu

e of

valu

e of

(N

os)

(N

os)

Nos

.M

unic

ip(i

n la

khs

(in

lakh

Cro

ps (

Rs.

hous

es (

Rs.

Pub

lic

alit

ies.

Ha.

)H

a.)

In c

rore

)in

cro

re)

prop

erti

e

(Rs.

In

cror

e)

12

34

56

78

91

01

11

21

31

41

51

61

7

1A

unac

hal

HR

/F/L

15

10

12

68

NR

0.1

4N

RN

R 4

NR

11

.37

2N

R

Pra

desh

2.A

ssam

HR

/F24

22N

R49

626.

7952

.75

3.82

NR

4641

2.05

189.

5530

NR

3.B

ihar

HR

/F38

2417

250

64N

R75

.69

6.05

62.6

645

175

19.9

210

.35

237

106

4.C

hatti

sgar

hF

1611

5219

96N

R6.

840.

7546

.13

3023

942

.79

110.

6630

2798

5.G

ujar

atH

R25

629

1304

NR

21.0

06.

00N

RN

RN

RN

R10

618

8

6.H

imac

hal

HR

/F12

10N

RN

R0.

323.

030.

1617

.79

2924

60.0

687

.96

8945

2

Prad

esh

7.K

arna

taka

F/L

44

75N

R0.

013

0.24

0.23

164

0.60

2.72

00

8.K

eral

aH

R/F

L14

14N

R49

8N

R0.

120.

2803

637

771.

620.

0132

Nil

9.O

riss

aH

R/F

3023

1484

6846

NR

35.7

64.

7887

.00

1848

43N

R4.

0960

2474

10M

adhy

aH

R/F

452

NR

80N

R14

.36

1.27

NR

3051

1N

R51

.60

1873

5

Prad

esh

11.

Mah

aras

htra

HR

/F/F

ire/

3534

9024

91N

R0.

50N

RN

R10

051

3.85

1.39

.232

933

light

ning

12.

Meg

hala

yaH

R/F

1N

RN

RN

RN

RN

RN

RN

RN

RN

R1

NR

13.

Raj

asth

anFF

321

318

1N

RN

R0.

17N

R25

640.

450.

205

NR

14.

Utta

r Pra

desh

HR

/F/

7154

202

1714

823

.72

135.

9212

.92

538.

8632

2244

523.

856

28.6

098

033

04

light

ning

15.

Uttr

anch

alH

R/L

1312

NR

312

NR

NR

NR

NR

499

NR

NR

2030

0

16

.W

est

Ben

gal

HR

/L1

98

31

38

3N

R2

.69

0.1

0N

R4

96

1N

RN

R2

3N

R

CA

LA

MIT

Y R

EL

LIE

F F

UN

D 2

003-

2004

AN

NE

XU

RE

VI

As

on 3

1.3.

2004

(R

s in

lak

h)

$ 1s

t in

stal

men

t of

Cen

tre’

s sh

are

of C

RF

for

the

yea

r 20

03-0

4 ha

s no

t be

en r

elea

sed

for

wan

t of

info

rmat

ion

rela

ting

to

cred

itin

g of

ear

lier

rel

ease

d fu

nds,

uti

lisa

tion

cer

tifi

cate

and

ann

ual

repo

rt.

(Ref

eren

ce :

Ch

apte

r-IV

, P

ara

No.

4.35

)

��

��

State Centre’s States’ First six- Centre’s Balance Centre’s Amount Second

Share Share Total monthly Share Centre’s share due on instalment

installment released share released 1st due

of Centr’s in advance 2002-03 during instalment 2003-04

share during 2003-04 2003-04 $ (1.11.2003)

2002-03 (1.5.2003)

for 2003-04

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Andhra Pradesh 17196 5732 22928 8598.00 0.00 0.00 17196.00 0.00 0.00

Arunachal Pradesh 1044 348 1392 522.00 0.00 0.00 1044.00 0.00 0.00

Assam 8812 2937 11749 4406.00 0.00 0.00 8812.00 0.00 0.00

Bihar 5814 1938 7752 2907.00 0.00 0.00 2907.00 0.00 2907.00

Chhattisgarh 2385 795 3180 1192.50 0.00 0.00 1192.50 0.00 1192.50

Goa 108 36 144 54.00 0.00 0.00 159.50 0.00 0.00

Gujarat 14013 4671 18684 7006.50 0.00 0.00 14013.00 0.00 0.00

Haryana 7059 2353 9412 3529.50 0.00 0.00 7059.00 0.00 0.00

Himachal Pr. 3775 1258 5033 1887.50 0.00 0.00 3775.00 0.00 0.00

Jammu & Kashmir 3030 1010 4040 1515.00 0.00 0.00 3030.00 0.00 0.00

Jharkhand 4922 1641 6563 2461.00 0.00 0.00 9610.00 0.00 0.00

Karnataka 6474 2158 8632 3237.00 0.00 0.00 6474.00 0.00 0.00

Kerala 5838 1946 7784 2919.00 0.00 0.00 5838.00 0.00 0.00

Madhya Pradesh 5439 1812 7251 2719.50 0.00 0.00 5439.00 0.00 0.00

Maharashtra 13649 4550 18199 6824.50 0.00 0.00 13649.00 0.00 0.00

Manipur 249 83 332 124.50 0.00 118.50 0.00 124.50 124.50

Meghalaya 342 114 456 171.00 0.00 0.00 342.00 0.00 0.00

Mizoram 258 86 344 129.00 0.00 0.00 252.00 0.00 129.00

Nagaland 170 57 227 85.00 0.00 0.00 251.00 0.00 0.00

Orissa 9504 3168 12672 4752.00 0.00 0.00 9504.00 0.00 0.00

Punjab 10655 3552 14207 5327.50 0.00 0.00 10655.00 0.00 0.00

Rajasthan 17972 5991 23963 8986.00 4493.00 0.00 13479.00 0.00 0.00

Sikkim 600 200 800 300.00 0.00 0.00 885.50 0.00 0.00

Tamil Nadu 8911 2970 11881 4455.50 0.00 0.00 8911.00 0.00 0.00

Tripura 451 150 601 225.50 0.00 0.00 451.00 0.00 0.00

Uttar Pradesh 12700 4233 16933 6350.00 0.00 0.00 12700.00 0.00 0.00

Uttaranchal 2810 937 3747 1405.00 0.00 0.00 4148.00 0.00 0.00

West Bengal 8778 2926 11704 4389.00 0.00 0.00 8778.00 0.00 0.00

Total 172958 57652 230610 86479.00 4493.00 118.50 170554.50 124.50 4353.00

$ 1st instalment of Centre’s share of CRF for the year 2003-04 has not been released for want of

information relating to crediting of earlier released funds, utilisation certificate and annual report.

(Reference : Chapter-IV, Para No.4.38)

Calamity rellief fund 2003-2004

ANNEXURE VII

As on 31.3.2004 (Rs in lakh)

��

��

As on 31.03.2004

(Rs. in crore )

S/ State Calamity AssistanceNo. approved

by IMG/HLC Assistance Released

2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 Andhra Pradesh Rain/floods 10.00 0.00 10.00

Rain/floods 20.44 20.44Drought ( subsidy to farmers) 13.72 13.72

Drought ( freight charges) 0.47 0.47

Drought 109.79 45.75 64.04Drought 50.58 50.58


2 Arunachal Pradesh Flash Floods 2.00 2.00 Floods 12.78 12.78

Floods 26.79 26.79

Floods/ Landslides 3.00 3.00

3 Bihar Rain/floods 29.67 29.67

4 Chhattisgarh Drought 40.00 40.00

Drought 18.94 18.94Floods 23.94 23.94

Drought 45.85 45.85

Drought ( subsidy to farmers) 35.67 35.67Drought 45.99 19.16 26.83

5 Gujarat Drought 85.00 85.00

Drought 27.00 27.00Earthquake 1467.37 500.00 967.37

Drought (freight charges) 23.29 23.29

for Gaushalas/Cattle Camps 5.15 5.15Drought (freight charges) 7.18 7.18

Floods 20.08 20.08

6 J & K Drought 23.20 23.20

7 Haryana For Gaushalas 2.19 2.20

Release of Assistance From Nccf

ANNEXURE VIII

��

��

8 Himachal Pradesh Flash Floods 8.29 8.29Flash Floods 25.00 25.00

Rains/floods 17.50 17.50

Drought 18.98 18.98Drought 9.80 9.80

Drought ( subsidy to farmers) 4.05 4.05

Drought 0.50 0.20 0.30

9 Karnataka Drought 171.28 171.28


Drought 18.47 7.70 10.77Drought 115.86 115.86

Floods 7.54 7.54

Drought 50.00 50.00Drought 71.85 71.85

Drought 60.45 60.45

10 Madhya Pradesh Drought 35.00 35.00Drought 22.72 22.72

Drought-2001-02 34.62 34.62

Drought 95.03 95.03Drought ( subsidy to farmers) 36.90 36.90

Drought (freight charges) 0.23 0.23

Drought 39.73 16.56 23.17for Gaushalas/Cattle Camps 0.10 0.10

For Gaushalas 0.61 0.61

Floods 12.84 12.84

11 Maharashtra Drought 20.00 20.00

Drought 44.25 44.25

Drought 33.21 33.21Drought 165.3325

12 Manipur Floods 7.07 7.07

13 Meghalaya Cyclonic winds 1.00 1.00

14 Orissa Drought 35.00 35.00

Drought 14.62 14.62

Floods 100.00 100.00



2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

��

��

Suply-assistance for floods of 2001 16.41 16.41Drought ( subsidy to farmers) 5.29 5.29


Floods 50.00 50.00Floods 54.43 54.43

15 Rajasthan Drought 85.00 85.00

Drought 28.97 28.97Drought 50.00 50.00

For Goshalas 11.66 11.66

Drought ( subsidy to farmers) 155.68 155.68Drought ( freight charges) 7.40 7.40

Drought 622.44 259.34 363.10

for Gaushalas/Cattle Camps 14.48 14.48Drought * 99.83 99.83]


16 Tamil Nadu Drought 109.70 109.70


Drought 199.03 82.93 116.10Drought 50.00 50.00

Drought 123.35 123.35

17 Uttar Pradesh Drought 237.65 237.65Drought ( subsidy to farmers) 72.41 72.41

For Gaushalas 0.98 0.98

Floods 40.89 40.89

18 West Bengal Rain/floods 103.25 103.25

Total 5645.63 924.21 1368.68 1600.00 1587.42

* (i) Gratuitours Relief Rs.50.00 crore.(ii) Supplementary Nutrition Rs.15.00 crore.

(iii) Supplementary Nutrition for Cattle Rs.8.00 crore.

(iv) Drinking Water for Cattle Rs.8.00 crore(v) cash component for addl. employment generation of Rs.18.83 crore.

(Reference : Chapter IV, Para No. 4.38)



2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

��

��

Name of the Total length Total length Length of the Remaining Year of completion

State of border of border to border fenced length of the

(In kms) be fenced so far (In kms) border proposed

(In kms) to be fenced

(In kms)

Punjab 553 457 457 –– Work completed in 1993

Rajasthan 1037 1056 1048.27 –– Work completed in 1999

Jammu & Kashmir 210 180 110 70 2006

Gujaramt 404 310 66 248 2005

* Length is more due to topographical factors/alignment of fencing

** 66 kms of roads & embankment and 26 kms of fencing

FLOODLIGHTING

Name of the Total length Total length Length of the Remaining length Year of completion

State of border of border to border floodlit of the border

(In kms) be floodlit so far (In kms) proposed to

(In kms) be floodlit

(In kms)

Punjab 553 460 460 –– Work completed 1993

Rajasthan 1037 1022.80 1022.80 –– Work completed in 1999

Jammu & Kashmir 210 195.80 80 115.80 2006

Gujarat 404 310 48 262 2005

(Reference : Chapter IV Para No. 4.48)

Status of Fencing and flood-lighting on Indo-Pak Border

FENCING

ANNEXURE - IX

*

**

��

��

(Fence & Roads in km, Bridges in meters)

NAME OF PROJECT PROGRESS ASSTATES CONTENTS ON 31.3.2004

WEST BENGAL

Road 1770 1592.12Bridge 12562 14263

Fence 507 507

ASSAMRoad 186.33 176.50

Bridge 4683.00 4497.400

Fence 152.31 149.294MEGHALAYA

Road 211.29 211.29

Bridge 1479.73 1479.73Fence 198.06 198.06

TRIPURA*

Road 545.37 473.38Bridge 1914.23 1458.33

MIZORAM*

Road 153.40 153.06Bridge 1078.64 884.60

TOTAL :

ROADS 2866.39 2606.35

BRIDGES 21717.60 22583.06

FENCE 857.37 854.354

* No fencing was sanctioned for Tripura and Mizoram in

First Phase.(Reference : Chapter IV Para No. 4.50)

Status of Construction of Fencing, Roads & Bridges on Indo-Bangladesh BorderPhase-I & Phase-II

(Fence & Roads in km, Bridges in meters)

NAME OF PROJECT PROGRESS ASSTATES CONTENTS ON 31.3.2004

WEST BENGAL

Fence 1021 477.00ASSAM

Road 77.50 24.48

Bridge 300.00 -Fence 71.50 4.00

MEGHALAYA

Road 204 17.65Bridge 2027 -

Fence 201 26.48

TRIPURARoad 269

Bridge 200 -

Fence 736 140.60MIZORAM

Road 246.50 21.39

Bridge 1535 210.60Fence 400 -

TOTAL :

ROADS 797.00 63.52

BRIDGES 4062.00 210.60

FENCE 2429.50 648.08

ANNEXURE – X

kms.

mtrs.

kms.

kms.

mtrs.

kms.

kms.

mtrs.

kms.

kms.

mtrs.

kms.

��

��

Sl.No. Union Territory Area Population Population

(in sq. km.) (1991 census) (2001 census -

Provisional)

1. A&N Islands 8,249 2,80,661 3,56,265

2. Chandigarh 114 6,42,015 9,00,914

3. Dadra & Nagar Haveli 491 1,38,477 2,20,456

4. Daman & Diu 112 1,01,586 1,58,059

5. Lakshadweep 32 51,707 60,695

6. NCT of Delhi 1,483 94,20,644 1,37,82,976

7. Pondicherry 492 8,07,785 9,73,829

Total 10,973 1,14,42,875 1,64,53,194

(Reference: Chapter V, Para No. 5.25)

Area and Population of the Union Territories

ANNEXURE-XI

��

��

(Rs. in crore)

Sl No. Name of Union Tenth Five Year Annual Plan Annual Plan

Territory Plan 2002-2007 2002-2003 2003-04

1. Andaman & Nicobar Islands 2483.00 402.06 410.00

2. Chandigarh 1000.00 165.58 168.00

3. Dadra & Nagar Haveli 304.00 56.50 56.00

4. Daman & Diu 245.00 44.92 46.00

5. Lakshadweep 437.00 92.81 70.00

6. NCT of Delhi 23000.00 4703.16 4864.00

7. Pondicherry 1906.49 400.00 452.77

Total 29375.49 5865.03 6066.77

(Reference: Chapter V, Para No. 5.26)

Plan outlay of Union Territories for tenth five year plan (2002-2007),annual plan 2002-2003 and annual plan 2003-04

ANNEXURE-XII

��

��

(Rs. in crore)

Sl. Name of PMGY Slum Roads & NSAP National Girls

No. Union Development Bridges and Programme Other

Territory Annapurna for Schemes

Adolscent

1. A&N Islands 10.02 1.00 1.83 0.20 0.45 2.00

2. Chandigarh 4.42 1.00 2.21 0.16 0.73 -

3. DNH 1.28 1.00 1.07 0.15 0.47 -

4. Daman & Diu 1.11 1.00 0.76 0.05 0.29 0.99

5. Lakshadweep 1.72 1.00 0.05 0.04 0.06 -

6. NCT of Delhi 10.78 17.94 0.00 2.73 1.24 127.96

7. Pondicherry 4.65 1.00 0.00 0.54 0.26 17.22

Total 33.98 23.94 5.92 3.87 3.50 148.17

* Additional Central Assistance for Tribal Sub-Plan (TSP).

# This includes Addl. Central Assistance for Accelerated Power Development & Restructuring Programme (Rs.105.51 cr.)

and for Strengthening of Urban Infrastructure (Rs.22.45 cr.).

@ The ACA for Roads & Bridges for Pondicherry and NCT of Delhi has been included in the Demand No.76 – Ministry of

Road Transport & Highways.

$ This includes ACA of Rs.12.00 crore for priority schemes and Rs.5.22 crore for Externally Aided Projects.

(Reference : Chapter V, Para No. 5.26 )

Provision of central assistance for pradhan mantri gramodaya yojana (pmgy),slum development, rboads & bridges and other schemes for union territories

for the year 2003-2004.

ANNEXURE-XIII

@

@

*

*

#

$

��

��

Sl. Name of course Duration Start date Finish date Participation

1. IPS Probationers : 55 RR - Phase I 44 weeks 23-Dec-02 31-Oct-03 IPS Probationers

2. IPS Probationers : 54 RR - Phase II 3 weeks 13-Aug-03 1-Sep-03 IPS Probationers

Inservice Courses / Seminars / Workshops / Reunion Seminars.1. Course on Investigation of Anti-Corruption Case 1 week 7-Apr-03 11-Apr-03 SP/DIG/PSU2. Reunion Seminar : 1978 RR 2 Days 16-Apr-03 17-Apr-03 IPS 1978 RR3. Seminar : National Security 1 week 28-Apr-03 2-May-03 IAS/IPS/ SERVICES4. Enforcement of Drug Laws 1 week 21-Apr-03 26-Apr-03 SP5. Seminar : Best Policing Practices 1 week 5-May-03 9-May-03 SP/DIG/IG6. SOC : Level-1 Leadership Dev. Prog. 3 weeks 19-May-03 6-Jun-03 SP7. Training Administrator’s Course 2 weeks 9-Jun-03 20-Jun-03 SP/DIG8. Prevention, Detection and Investigation of wildlife Crimes 1 week 30-Jun-03 5-Jul-03 IFS Probationers9. Seminar of Sr.IPS Retiring Officers in June, 1 day 23-Jun-03 23-Jun-03

July & August, 200310. Course : Cyber Crimes 1 week 30-Jun-03 4-Jul-03 SP/DIG11. Workshop : Police-Media Interface 1 week 7-Jul-03 11-Jul-03 SP/DIG12. 2-Day Regional Conference on Gender Sensitization 2 days 11-Jul-03 12-Jul-03 SP/DIG/IG

of Police Officers13. VIC (Community Policing) 1 week 14-Jul-03 19-Jul-03 SP & Above14. 12th IPS Induction course for SPS Officers 6 weeks 21-Jul-03 29-Aug-03 SP/DIG15. Seminar : Recent Trends in Eco. Crimes 1 week 1-Sep-03 5-Sep-03 SP/DIG/PSU16. SOC : Level-II : Management Dev. programme 2 weeks 8-Sep-03 19-Sep-03 DIG17. Co-ordinated approach to Criminal Justice system 1 week 22-Sep-03 26-Sep-03 SP/DIG18. Reunion Seminar : 1973 RR 3 days 29-Sep-03 1-Oct-03 IPS 1973 RR19. Course : Cyber Crimes 1 week 13-Oct-03 17-Oct-03 SP/DIG20. 13th IPS Induction Course for SPS Officers 6 week 10-Nov-03 19-Dec-03 SP/DIG21. SOC : Level-III Strategic Mgt. Prog. 1 week 17-Nov-03 21-Nov-03 IG22. Reunion Seminar : 1968 RR 2 days 11-Dec-03 12-Dec-03 IPS 1968 RR23. Replication of Major Case Management 1 week 8-Dec-03 13-Dec-03 SP/DIG24. Reunion Seminar of 1953 RR 2 days 22-Dec-03 23-Dec-03 IPS 1953 RR25. Prevention, Detection and Investigation 1 week 22-Dec-03 30-Dec-03 IFS/IPS

of wildlife Crimes26. VIC (Interrogation Skills) 1 week 5-Jan-04 10-Jan-04 SP & Above27. Training of Trainers Course 5 weeks 12-Jan-04 13-Feb-04 DySP/SP28. Investigative Psychology and Criminal 1 week 2-Feb-04 7-Feb-04 SP/DIG & Above

Profiling for IPS Officers29. Seminar : Gender Issues 1 week 9-Feb-04 13-Feb-04 SP/DIG30. Management of Training course 2 weeks 16-Feb-04 27-Feb-04 DIG & Above31. Seminar : Science & Technology in Police Work 1 week 1-Mar-04 5-Mar-04 SP/DIG

(Reference : Chater VI, Para No. 6.10)

ANNEXURE - XIV

Training Programmes scheduled and conducted during 2003-2004

��

��

India/States/ Birth rate Death rate Natural growth rate Infant mortality rateUnion territories Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

India* 25.0 26.6 19.9 8.1 8.7 6.1 16.9 17.9 13.9 64 69 40Bigger States1. Andhra Pradesh 20.6 21.0 19.2 8.0 8.8 5.4 12.6 12.2 13.7 62 71 352. Assam 26.6 27.5 18.3 9.2 9.6 6.0 17.4 18.0 12.3 70 73 383. Bihar 30.9 31.8 23.5 7.9 8.2 6.1 23.0 23.7 17.4 61 62 504. Gujarat 24.6 26.5 20.5 7.6 8.3 6.3 17.0 18.3 14.2 60 68 375. Haryana 26.5 27.5 22.5 7.0 7.2 6.3 19.5 20.4 16.2 62 65 516. Karnataka 22.0 23.4 18.8 7.2 7.8 5.7 14.9 15.6 13.0 55 65 257. Kerala1 6.8 17.0 16.3 6.4 6.4 6.2 10.5 10.6 10.2 10 11 88. Madhya Pradesh 30.3 32.2 22.7 9.7 10.4 7.2 20.6 21.8 15.4 85 90 569. Maharashtra 20.2 20.5 19.8 7.3 8.3 5.6 12.9 12.2 14.1 45 52 3410. Orissa 23.1 23.6 19.5 9.8 10.3 6.3 13.3 13.3 13.2 87 91 5611. Punjab 20.8 21.7 18.1 7.1 7.4 6.2 13.7 14.4 11.8 51 55 3512. Rajasthan 30.6 31.9 24.2 7.7 8.0 6.4 22.9 24.0 17.8 78 81 5513. Tamil Nadu 18.5 19.1 17.5 7.7 8.6 5.9 10.8 10.5 11.5 44 50 3214. Uttar Pradesh 31.6 32.6 26.8 9.7 10.2 7.3 21.9 22.4 19.5 80 83 5815. West Bengal 20.3 22.5 14.0 6.6 6.8 6.3 13.7 15.7 7.7 49 52 36Smaller States1. Arunachal Pradesh20.2 20.9 12.3 4.8 5.0 2.6 15.4 15.9 9.7 40 42 112. Chhatisgarh 25.0 26.5 22.6 8.7 9.7 7.2 16.3 16.8 15.4 73 85 513. Goa 14.0 14.4 13.5 8.3 9.0 7.2 5.7 5.4 6.3 19 21 164. Jharkhand 26.4 28.5 19.0 7.9 8.6 5.8 18.4 20.0 13.1 58 61 385. Himachal Pradesh 20.7 21.1 16.5 7.5 7.7 5.1 13.2 13.3 11.4 58 60 326. Jammu & Kashmir 19.2 19.9 16.0 5.7 5.7 5.7 13.4 14.1 10.3 47 49 387. Manipur 16.8 17.4 15.3 4.6 4.2 5.8 12.2 13.2 9.5 17 17 218. Meghalaya 25.8 27.8 14.6 7.7 8.4 3.9 18.1 19.4 10.7 60 62 419. Mizoram 16.9 20.8 12.0 4.8 5.7 3.7 12.1 15.1 8.3 15 16 1410. Nagaland NA NA 11.9 NA NA 2.5 NA NA 9.4 NA NA 1611. Sikkim 21.9 22.2 13.4 4.9 5.0 4.1 17.0 17.3 9.4 39 39 2712. Tripura 14.9 15.3 13.3 5.7 5.6 6.2 9.2 9.6 7.0 38 38 3413. Uttaranchal1 7.0 18.1 16.2 6.4 9.0 4.4 10.6 9.0 11.8 44 66 22Union territories1. Andaman & 16.8 17.6 14.6 5.5 6.1 3.8 11.3 11.5 10.7 21 25 8

Nicobar Islands2. Chandigarh1 4.6 21.5 13.8 3.4 4.1 3.4 11.2 17.4 10.4 25 30 243. Dadra & Nagar 30.4 31.3 20.4 6.8 7.1 4.0 23.6 24.2 16.3 56 59 16

Haveli4. Daman & Diu 22.4 23.5 21.4 6.6 7.4 5.9 15.8 16.2 15.5 39 35 425. Delhi 17.2 18.2 17.1 5.1 5.7 5.1 12.1 12.4 12.1 32 31 326. Lakshadweep 19.3 20.2 18.3 5.2 5.3 5.1 14.0 14.9 13.2 25 25 257. Pondicherry 17.9 18.1 17.7 6.7 8.1 5.7 11.2 10.1 12.0 23 32 17

* : Excludes Nagaland (Rural) due to part-receipt of returns.N. A. : Not available due to part-receipt of returns.Note : Infant mortality rates for Smaller States and Union territories are for the period 2000-2002.

(Reference : Chapter VII, Para No. 7.40)

ANNEXURE - XV

StatementProvisional estimates of Birth rate, Death rate, Natural growth

rate andInfant mortality rate, 2002

��

��

Sl . Item Gazetted Non- Gazetted

No. Cases Officers Cases Officers

1. Number of Vigilance/disciplinary cases as on 1.1.2003. 159 174 658 696

2. Vigilance/disciplinary cases started from 1.1.2003 to 31.3.2004. 40 49 1370 1388

3 .Vigilance/disciplinary cases disposed of upto 31.3.2004. 73 87 1320 1364

4. vigilance/disciplinary cases as on 1.4.2004. 126 136 708 720

5. Action taken in respect of Vigilance/disciplinary cases disposed3): -

of (with reference to serial number-

(a) Dismissal 7 8 262 278

(b) Removal 2 2 187 197

(c) Compulsory retirement 3 3 23 25

(d) Reduction in rank/pay etc. 14 14 71 74

(e) Withholding of increment 2 2 60 60

(f) Withholding of promotion 1 2 131 133

(g) Recovery ordered from pay 0 0 53 56

(h) Censure 3 4 121 126

(i) Warning 2 10 85 85

(j) Displeasure 5 7 5 5

(k) Exoneration 16 18 24 24

(l) Transfer of cases 1 1 2 2

(m) Proceedings dropped 11 11 39 38

(n) Cut in pension 3 2 2 2

(o) Resignation accepted - - 20 20

(p) Confinement in Unit - - 105 106

(q) Confinement in Q. Guard - - 129 132

(r) Transferred Out - - 1 1

(s) Kept in abeyance 2 2 - -

(t) Removal from Instt. area - - - -

(u) proceedings dropped as per 1 1 - -

Court orders.

Total(a to u) 73 87 1320 1364

(Reference : Chapter VIII, Para No. 8.8)

ANNEXURE-XVI

Details of Vigilance/Disciplinary Cases ian Ministry of Home Affairs and itsAttached/Subordinate Offices

��

��

Sl. Name of the Organization Objections Objections Objections ObjectionsNo. outstanding received settled during outstanding

as on 31.12.2002 during 1.1.2003 1.1.2003 to at the end to 31.3.2004 31.3.2004 of 31.3.2004

1 Ministry of Home Affairs (Proper) 34 24 31 272 Department of Official Language 46 29 32 433 Registrar General of India 95 19 23 914 Border Security Force 341 381 380 3425 Central Reserve Police Force 259 191 234 2166 National Security Guard 47 58 28 777 Central Industrial Security Force 169 129 162 1368 Intelligence Bureau 65 74 64 759 SVP, National Police Academy, Hyderabad 14 7 12 910 Assam Rifles 44 59 27 7611 Indo Tibetan Border Police 54 74 71 5712 Bureau of Police Research & Development 13 19 20 1213 National Institute of Criminology & 7 8 5 10

Forensic science14 National Crime Record Bureau 19 40 31 2815 Lakshadweep 188 43 122 10916 Andaman & Nicobar Islands 685 337 303 71917 Daman & Diu 56 12 18 5018 Dadra & Nagar Haveli 158 37 34 16119 Chandigarh 1619 186 590 1215

Total 3913 1727 2187 3453

(Reference : Chapter VIII, Para No. 8.30)

ANNEXURE-XVII

Details of Outstanding Audit Objections